3D Innovations Gas Grill DLT8000 User Manual
Product Manual  
Tandberg DLT8000  
Revision 1 - January 2001  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
352'8&7ꢀ0$18$/  
7$1'%(5*ꢀ'$7$ꢀ$6$  
P.O. Box 134 Kjelsås  
N-0411 OSLO, NORWAY  
Phone + 47 22 18 90 90  
Telefax + 47 22 18 95 50  
Part No. 43 22 54-01  
Publ. No.  
January  
9158-1  
2001  
© Tandberg Data ASA  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This publication may describe designs for which patents are granted or pending. By  
publishing this information, Tandberg Data ASA conveys no license under any pat-  
ent or any other rights.  
Every effort has been made to avoid errors in text and diagrams. However, Tand-  
berg Data ASA assumes no responsibility for any errors, which may appear in this  
publication.  
It is the policy of Tandberg Data ASA to improve products as new techniques and  
components become available. Tandberg Data ASA therefore reserves the right to  
change specifications at any time.  
We would appreciate any comments on this publication.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
86(5ꢀ0$18$/ꢀ67$7(0(176ꢀ)25ꢀ&/$66ꢀ$ꢀ(48,30(17  
ꢁ,17(51$/ꢀ7$3(ꢀ6<67(0ꢂ  
This equipment generates, uses, and may emit radio frequency energy. The  
equipment has been type tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class A  
digital device pursuant to Part 15 of FCC rules, which are designed to provide rea-  
sonable protection against such radio frequency interference.  
Operation of this equipment in a residential area may cause interference in which  
case the user at his own expense will be required to take whatever measures may  
be required to correct the interference.  
Any modifications to this device - unless expressly approved by the manufacturer -  
can void the user’s authority to operate this equipment under part 15 of the FCC  
rules.  
127(ꢃ  
Additional information on the need to interconnect the device with shielded (data) cables  
or the need for special devices, such as ferrite beads on cables, is required if such  
means of interference suppression was used in the qualification test for the device. This  
information will vary from device to device and needs to be obtained from the EMC  
group or product manager.  
:DUQLQJꢄ  
7KLVꢀ LVꢀ Dꢀ &ODVVꢀ $ꢀ SURGXFWꢅꢀ ,Qꢀ Dꢀ GRPHVWLFꢀ HQYLURQPHQWꢀ WKLVꢀ SURGXFWꢀ PD\  
FDXVHꢀUDGLRꢀLQWHUIHUHQFHꢀLQꢀZKLFKꢀFDVHꢀWKHꢀXVHUꢀPD\ꢀEHꢀUHTXLUHGꢀWRꢀWDNH  
DGHTXDWHꢀPHDVXUHVꢅ  
$FKWXQJꢄ  
'LHVHVꢀ LVWꢀ HLQꢀ *HUlWꢀ GHUꢀ )XQNVW|UJUHQ]ZHUWNODVVHꢀ $ꢅꢀ ,Qꢀ :RKQEHUHLFKHQ  
N|QQHQꢀ EHLꢀ %HWULHEꢀ GLHVHVꢀ *HUlWHVꢀ 5XQGIXQNVW|UXQJHQꢀ DXIWUHWHQꢆꢀ LQ  
ZHOFKHQꢀ )lOOHQꢀ GHUꢀ %HQXW]HUꢀ IUꢀ HQWVSUHFKHQGHꢀ *HJHQPD‰QDKPHQ  
YHUDQWZRUWOLFKꢀLVWꢅ  
:DUQLQJꢄ  
7KLVꢀ&ODVVꢀ$ꢀGLJLWDOꢀDSSDUDWXVꢀFRPSOLHVꢀZLWKꢀ&DQDGLDQꢀ,&(6ꢇꢈꢈꢉꢅ  
&HWꢀDSSDUHLOꢀQXPpULTXHꢀGHꢀODꢀFODVVHꢀ$ꢀHVWꢀFRQIRUPHꢀjꢀODꢀQRUPHꢀ10%ꢇꢈꢈꢉ  
GXꢀ&DQDGDꢅ  
$WWHQWLRQꢄ  
&HFLꢀHVWꢀXQꢀSURGXLWꢀGHꢀ&ODVVHꢀ$ꢅꢀ'DQVꢀXQꢀHQYLURQQHPHQWꢀGRPHVWLTXHꢆꢀFH  
SURGXLWꢀULVTXHꢀGHꢀFUpHUꢀGHVꢀLQWHUIpUHQFHVꢀUDGLRpOHFWULTXHVꢆꢀLOꢀDSSDUWLHQGUD  
DORUVꢀjꢀOꢊXWLOLVDWHXUꢀGHꢀSUHQGUHꢀOHVꢀPHVXUHVꢀVSpFLILTXHVꢀDSSURSULpHVꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8VHUꢀ0DQXDOꢀ6WDWHPHQWVꢀIRUꢀ&ODVVꢀ$ꢀ(TXLSPHQW  
ꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
86(5ꢀ0$18$/ꢀ67$7(0(176ꢀ)25ꢀ&/$66ꢀ%ꢀ(48,30(17  
ꢁ(;7(51$/ꢀ7$3(ꢀ6<67(0ꢂ  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B  
digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to  
provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installa-  
tion. Any modifications to this device - unless expressly approved by the manufac-  
turer - can void the user’s authority to operate this equipment under part 15 of the  
FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may  
not cause harmful interference and (2) This device must accept any interference  
that may cause undesirable operation.  
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not  
installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interfer-  
ence to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will  
not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interfer-  
ence to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the  
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by  
one or more of the following measures:  
•
•
•
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the  
receiver is connected  
•
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
127(ꢃ  
Additional information on the need to interconnect the device with shielded (data) cables  
or the need for special devices, such as ferrite beads on cables, is required if such  
means of interference suppression was used in the qualification test for the device. This  
information will vary from device to device and needs to be obtained from the EMC  
group or product manager.  
This Class B digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.  
Cet appareil numérique de la classe B est conforme à la norme NMB-003 du  
Canada.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8VHUꢀ0DQXDOꢀ6WDWHPHQWVꢀIRUꢀ&ODVVꢀ%ꢀ(TXLSPHQWꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DEOHꢀRIꢀ&RQWHQWV  
ꢁꢂ  
$ERXWꢀ7KLVꢀ0DQXDO  
$XGLHQFH  
ꢁꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢅ
ꢁꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢁꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢁꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢁꢂꢆꢂ  
3XUSRVH  
'RFXPHQW 2UJDQL]DWLRQ  
&RQYHQWLRQV  
ꢄꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢃꢂ  
*HQHUDOꢀ'HVFULSWLRQꢀDQGꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢄꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
ꢃꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂ  
$H\ )HDWXUHV  
6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢊꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢋꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢀꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢍꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢁꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢃꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢄꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢅꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢆꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢉꢂ  
ꢃꢂꢅꢂꢃꢊꢂ  
'ULYH &DSDFLW\  
,QWHUIDFH 7\SH  
ꢄ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢉ
ꢉ
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢋ
3HUIRUPDQFH DQG 7LPLQJ 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
5HOLDELOLW\ ꢇ3URMHFWHGꢈ  
3K\VLFDO 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
7HPSHUDWXUH DQG +XPLGLW\  
2SHUDWLQJ $LU 9HORFLW\  
9LEUDWLRQꢌ 6KRFNꢌ DQG 'URS 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
$OWLWXGH  
$FRXVWLF (PLVVLRQV  
(OHFWURPDJQHWLF (PLVVLRQV  
3RZHU 5HTXLUHPHQWV  
&XUUHQW 5HTXLUHPHQWV  
ꢍ
ꢃꢁ  
ꢃꢁ  
ꢃꢃ  
ꢃꢄ  
ꢃꢅ  
ꢃꢅ  
ꢃꢉ  
7DSH 6\VWHP 5HFRUGLQJ 7\SH  
'/7WDSH 5HFRUGLQJ 0HGLD 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
(OHFWURPDJQHWLF ,QWHUIHUHQFH ꢇ(0,ꢈ 6XVFHSWLELOLW\  
ꢅꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢃꢂ  
&RQILJXULQJꢆꢀ,QVWDOOLQJꢆꢀDQGꢀ2SHUDWLQJꢀWKHꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHP  
6DIHW\ꢌ +DQGOLQJꢌ DQG (OHFWURVWDWLF 'LVFKDUJH ꢇ(6'ꢈ 3URWHFWLRQ  
6DIHW\ 3UHFDXWLRQV  
ꢅꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅ
ꢆ
ꢉ
ꢋ
ꢀ
ꢄꢂꢃꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢃꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢃꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢄꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢄꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢄꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢄꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢅꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢅꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢅꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢆ ꢂ  
+DQGOLQJ  
(OHFWURVWDWLF 'LVFKDUJH ꢇ(6'ꢈ 3URWHFWLRQ  
&RQILJXULQJ DQG ,QVWDOOLQJ DQ ,QWHJUDO 7DSH 6\VWHP  
6HWWLQJ WKH 6&6, ,'  
6HWWLQJ 7(50 3:5  
6HWWLQJ 3DULW\ &KHFNLQJ  
,QVWDOOLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
&RQILJXULQJ DQG ,QVWDOOLQJ D 7DEOHWRS 7DSH 6\VWHP  
6HOHFWLQJ 6&6, ,'  
ꢍ
ꢃꢉ  
ꢃꢊ  
ꢃꢋ  
ꢃꢀ  
ꢄꢃ  
ꢄꢄ  
&RQQHFWLQJ WKH 6&6, %XV &DEOHV  
,QVWDOOLQJ WKH $& 3RZHU &RUG  
7KH 7DSH &DUWULGJH  
ꢄꢂꢆꢂꢃꢂ  
&DUH DQG +DQGOLQJ RI 7DSH &DUWULGJHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
L
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
7DEOH RI &RQWHQWV  
ꢄꢂꢆꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢆꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢆꢂꢆ  
ꢄꢂꢆꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢆꢂꢊꢂ  
7DSH &DUWULGJH :ULWHꢎ3URWHFW 6ZLWFK  
&KHFNLQJ D 7DSH &DUWULGJH  
/RDGLQJ D &DUWULGJH  
8QORDGLQJ D &DUWULGJH  
+RZ DQG :KHQ WR 8VH D &OHDQLQJ 7DSH &DUWULGJH  
ꢄꢆ  
ꢄꢊ  
ꢄꢋ  
ꢄꢍ  
ꢅꢁ  
ꢅꢄ  
ꢅꢅ  
ꢅꢅ  
ꢅꢆ  
ꢄꢂꢉ  
2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP ± &RQWUROV DQG ,QGLFDWRUV  
8QORDG %XWWRQ  
ꢄꢂꢉꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢉꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢉꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢊꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢋꢂ  
ꢄꢂꢀꢂ  
&DUWULGJH ,QVHUWꢏ5HOHDVH +DQGOH  
6HOHFWLQJ 'HQVLW\  
3RZHU 2Q 6HOI 7HVW ꢇ3267ꢈ DQG ,QGLFDWRU $FWLYLW\ 'XULQJ 3267  
7DSH 6\VWHP 2SHUDWLQJ 0RGHV DQG ,QGLFDWRU $FWLYLW\  
8VLQJ WKH '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 7DSH 6\VWHP¶V %DVLF +HDOWK &KHFN ꢇ%+&ꢈ  
7HVW )HDWXUH  
ꢅꢋ  
ꢅꢍ  
ꢆꢄ  
ꢆꢅ  
ꢄꢂꢍꢂ  
7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ  
ꢇꢂ  
6&6,ꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
6&6, 2YHUYLHZ  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
6LJQDO 9DOXHV  
ꢇꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢅꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢅꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢉ
ꢅꢂꢅꢂꢄ 6&6, ,' %LWV  
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢅꢂꢆꢂ  
6&6, 6LJQDOV  
ꢅꢂꢆꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢆꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢊꢂ  
6&6, 6LJQDO 'HILQLWLRQV  
6LJQDO %XV 7LPLQJ  
6&6, %XV 3KDVHV  
%86 )5(( 3KDVH  
$5%,75$7,21 3KDVH  
6(/(&7,21 3KDVH  
5(6(/(&7,21 3KDVH  
,QIRUPDWLRQ 7UDQVIHU 3KDVHV  
6&6, %XV &RQGLWLRQV  
$WWHQWLRQ &RQGLWLRQ  
ꢋ
ꢀ
ꢃꢃ  
ꢃꢃ  
ꢃꢅ  
ꢃꢉ  
ꢃꢋ  
ꢃꢍ  
ꢄꢀ  
ꢄꢀ  
ꢅꢁ  
ꢅꢃ  
ꢅꢂꢊꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢊꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢅꢂꢊꢂꢅꢂ  
5HVHW &RQGLWLRQ  
4XHXHG 8QLW $WWHQWLRQV  
ꢈꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢃꢂ  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
0HVVDJH )RUPDW  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂ  
6XSSRUWHG 6&6, 0HVVDJHV  
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢆ
ꢉ
ꢊ
ꢋ
ꢀ
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢊꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢋꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢀꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢍꢂ  
$%257 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢊKꢈ  
%86 '(9,&( 5(6(7 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁ&Kꢈ  
&200$1' &203/(7( 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢁKꢈ  
',6&211(&7 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢆKꢈ  
,'(17,)< 0HVVDJH ꢇꢀꢁK ꢎ ))Kꢈ  
,*125( :,'( 5(6,'8( 0HVVDJH ꢇꢄꢅKꢈ  
,1,7,$725 '(7(&7(' (5525 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢉKꢈ  
/,1$(' &200$1' &203/(7( 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁ$Kꢈ  
/,1$(' &200$1' &203/(7(ꢌ ZLWK )ODJ 0HVVDJH  
ꢇꢁ%Kꢈ  
ꢍ
ꢍ
LL  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
7DEOH RI &RQWHQWV  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢃꢁꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢃꢃꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢃꢄꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢃꢅꢂ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢃꢆꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢄꢆꢇꢄ  
0(66$*( 3$5,7< (5525 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢍKꢈ  
0(66$*( 5(-(&7 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢋKꢈ  
12 23(5$7,21 ꢇꢁꢀKꢈ  
5(6725( 32,17(56 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ  
6$9( '$7$ 32,17(5 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢄKꢈ  
ꢍ
ꢍ
ꢃꢁ  
ꢃꢁ  
ꢃꢁ  
6<1&+521286 '$7$ 75$16)(5 5(48(67 0HVVDJH  
ꢇꢁꢃKꢈ  
ꢃꢃ  
ꢃꢄ  
ꢆꢂꢄꢂꢃꢊꢂ  
:,'( '$7$ 75$16)(5 5(48(67 0HVVDJH ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ  
ꢉꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢂ  
6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGV  
6&6, &200$1'6  
ꢉꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢊꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢂꢋꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢆꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢆꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢆꢂꢅꢂ  
6&6, 3RLQWHUV  
&RPPDQG 'HVFULSWRU %ORFN  
6WDWXVꢏ(UURU 5HSRUWLQJ  
'$7$ꢎ3KDVH &RPPDQG &RPSRQHQWV  
8QLW $WWHQWLRQ &RQGLWLRQ  
ꢅ
ꢆ
ꢋ
ꢀ
ꢃꢃ  
ꢃꢄ  
ꢃꢅ  
ꢃꢆ  
ꢃꢊ  
ꢃꢀ  
ꢃꢍ  
ꢄꢅ  
%HKDYLRU $W 3RZHUꢎ2Q DQG 6&6, %XV 5HVHW  
'DWD &DFKH DQG 7DSH :ULWH ,QWHUDFWLRQ  
6&6,ꢎFRPPDQG 'HVFULSWLRQV LQ 7KLV 0DQXDO  
(5$6( &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢍKꢈ  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ  
6WDQGDUG ,QTXLU\ 'DWD 3DJH  
9HQGRU 8QLTXH ,QTXLU\ 'DWD  
6XSSRUWHG 9LWDO 3URGXFW 'DWD 3DJHV DQG &RPPDQG  
6XSSRUW 'DWD  
ꢄꢉ  
ꢅꢅ  
ꢅꢊ  
ꢅꢀ  
ꢉꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢊꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢋꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢋꢂꢃꢂ  
/2$' 81/2$' &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ%Kꢈ  
/2&$7( &RPPDQG ꢇꢄ%Kꢈ  
/2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ&Kꢈ  
/RJ 'HWHFWLRQ 6XPPDU\ LQ /2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG  
'HVFULSWRU %ORFN  
2SHUDWLRQ RI /2* 6(/(&7  
/RJ 6HOHFW 3DJH )RUPDW  
(UURU 'HWHFWLRQ 6XPPDU\ LQ /RJ 6HOHFW 3DJHV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ  
(UURU 'HWHFWLRQ 6XPPDU\ LQ /2* 6(16( &RPPDQG  
'HVFULSWRU %ORFN  
ꢆꢁ  
ꢆꢁ  
ꢆꢃ  
ꢆꢉ  
ꢆꢊ  
ꢉꢂꢋꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢋꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢋꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢆꢍ  
ꢉꢁ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢅꢂ  
6XSSRUWHG 3DJHV /RJ 3DJH ꢇ3DJH ꢁꢁKꢈ  
5($' ꢇ3DJH ꢁꢅKꢈ ꢏ :5,7( ꢇ3DJH ꢁꢄKꢈ (5525 /2*  
6(16( 3DJH  
/$67 Q (5525 (9(176 3DJH ꢇꢁꢋKꢈ  
7DSH$OHUW 3DJH ꢇꢄ(Kꢈ  
5($' ꢏ :5,7( &2035(66,21 3DJH ꢇꢅꢄKꢈ  
'HYLFH :HOOQHVV 3DJH ꢇꢅꢅKꢈ  
'HYLFH 6WDWXV 3DJH ꢇꢅ(Kꢈ  
ꢉꢃ  
ꢉꢉ  
ꢉꢋ  
ꢊꢃ  
ꢊꢉ  
ꢊꢀ  
ꢋꢄ  
ꢋꢆ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢊꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢋꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢀꢂꢀꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂ  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉK ꢏ ꢉꢉKꢈ  
0RGH 3DUDPHWHU /LVW  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢃꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
LLL  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
7DEOH RI &RQWHQWV  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢊꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢋꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢀꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢍꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢃꢁꢂ  
5($' ꢏ :5,7( (5525 5(&29(5< 3$*( ꢇꢁꢃKꢈ  
',6&211(&7 ꢏ 5(&211(&7 3$*( ꢇꢁꢄKꢈ  
&21752/ 02'( 3$*( ꢇꢁ$Kꢈ  
'$7$ &2035(66,21 3$*( ꢇꢁ)Kꢈ  
'(9,&( &21),*85$7,21 3$*( ꢇꢃꢁKꢈ  
0(',80 3$57,7,21 3$*( ꢇꢃꢃKꢈ  
7$3($/(57 3$*( ꢇꢃ&Kꢈ  
((3520 9(1'25 81,48( 3$*( ꢇꢅ(Kꢈ  
&KDQJHDEOH 3DUDPHWHUV ZLWKLQ 02'( 6(/(&7  
ꢀꢃ  
ꢀꢅ  
ꢀꢉ  
ꢀꢋ  
ꢀꢍ  
ꢍꢄ  
ꢍꢆ  
ꢍꢋ  
ꢃꢁꢉ  
ꢃꢁꢊ  
ꢃꢁꢍ  
ꢃꢃꢄ  
ꢃꢃꢉ  
ꢃꢅꢆ  
ꢃꢆꢊ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢁꢂ  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ  
02'( 6(16( 'DWD +HDGHUV  
02'( 6(16( %ORFN 'HVFULSWRU  
02'( 6(16( 0RGH 3DJHV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢁꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢁꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢁꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢉꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢊꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢊꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢊꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢊꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢋꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢋꢂꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢋꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢀꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢃꢍꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢁꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢅꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢉꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢊꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢋꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢀꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢍꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢁꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢃꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢄꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢄꢂꢃ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢄꢂꢄ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢄꢂꢅ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢄꢂꢆꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢅꢅꢂ  
35(9(17 ꢏ $//2: 0(',80 5(029$/ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ(Kꢈ  
5($' &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢀKꢈ  
5($' %/2&$ /,0,76 &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢉKꢈ  
5($' %8))(5 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅ&Kꢈ  
&RPELQHG +HDGHU DQG 'DWD 0RGH  
'DWD 0RGH  
ꢃꢊꢁ  
ꢃꢊꢃ  
ꢃꢊꢆ  
ꢃꢊꢊ  
ꢃꢊꢀ  
ꢃꢊꢍ  
ꢃꢊꢍ  
ꢃꢋꢁ  
ꢃꢋꢃ  
ꢃꢋꢅ  
ꢃꢋꢆ  
ꢃꢋꢊ  
ꢃꢋꢀ  
ꢃꢀꢁ  
ꢃꢀꢊ  
ꢃꢀꢀ  
ꢄꢁꢄ  
ꢄꢁꢉ  
ꢄꢃꢁ  
ꢄꢃꢃ  
ꢄꢃꢋ  
ꢄꢃꢍ  
ꢄꢄꢁ  
ꢄꢄꢃ  
ꢄꢄꢆ  
ꢄꢄꢉ  
ꢄꢄꢉ  
ꢄꢄꢉ  
ꢄꢄꢊ  
ꢄꢄꢋ  
'HVFULSWRU 0RGH  
5($' 326,7,21 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅꢆKꢈ  
6WDQGDUG 5($' 326,7,21 'DWD  
7RWDO &XUUHQW /RJLFDO 3RVLWLRQ  
5(&(,9( ',$*1267,& 5(68/76 &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ&Kꢈ  
5(/($6( 81,7 ꢇꢊꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢋKꢈ  
5(/($6( 81,7 ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢉꢋKꢈ  
5(3257 '(16,7< 6833257 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆꢆKꢈ  
5(3257 /816 &RPPDQG ꢇ$ꢁKꢈ  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ  
5(6(59( 81,7 ꢇꢊꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢊKꢈ  
5(6(59( 81,7 ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢉꢊKꢈ  
5(:,1' &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢃKꢈ  
6(1' ',$*1267,& &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ'Kꢈ  
63$&( &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢃKꢈ  
7(67 81,7 5($'< &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢁKꢈ  
9(5,)< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢅKꢈ  
:5,7( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁ$Kꢈ  
:5,7( %8))(5 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅ%Kꢈ  
:ULWH &RPELQHG +HDGHU DQG 'DWD 0RGH ꢇꢁꢁꢁEꢈ  
:ULWH 'DWD 0RGH ꢇꢁꢃꢁEꢈ  
'RZQORDG 0LFURFRGH 0RGH ꢇꢃꢁꢁEꢈ  
'RZQORDG 0LFURFRGH DQG 6DYH 0RGH ꢇꢃꢁꢃEꢈ  
:5,7( ),/(0$5$6 &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢁKꢈ  
LY  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
7DEOH RI &RQWHQWV  
$ꢂ 'HILQLWLRQꢀRIꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ6HQVHꢀ'DWDꢀ,QIRUPDWLRQ  
%ꢂ ((3520ꢃUHVLGHQWꢀ%XJFKHFNꢀDQGꢀ(YHQWꢀ/RJV  
$ꢃꢄ  
%ꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
%ꢂꢃ ꢂ  
((3520 3DFNHWV ꢇ/$67 Q (9(176ꢈ  
%XJFKHFN 3DFNHWV  
%ꢂꢄꢂ  
ꢄ
%ꢂꢄꢂꢃꢂ  
%ꢂꢄꢂꢄꢂ  
3267 )DLOXUH 3DFNHWV  
(YHQW /RJ 3DFNHWV  
ꢅ
ꢅ
&ꢂ 8SGDWLQJꢀWKHꢀ)LUPZDUH  
&ꢃꢄ  
ꢃ
&ꢂꢃꢂ  
&ꢂꢄꢂ  
&ꢂꢅꢂ  
&ꢂꢆꢂ  
2YHUYLHZ  
&UHDWLQJ D )LUPZDUH 8SGDWH 7DSH  
)LUPZDUH 8SGDWH 3URFHGXUH  
,QWHUSUHWLQJ WKH 5HVXOWV RI D )LUPZDUH 8SGDWH  
ꢃ
ꢄ
ꢆ
'ꢂ 5XQQLQJꢀWKHꢀ%DVLFꢀ+HDOWKꢀ&KHFNꢀꢊ%+&ꢋꢀ7HVWꢀYLDꢀWKHꢀ/LEUDU\ꢀ3RUW  
(ꢂ 9LVXDOꢀ,QVSHFWLRQꢀ3URFHGXUHꢀIRUꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ&DUWULGJHV  
'ꢃꢄ  
(ꢃꢄ  
)ꢂ  
7LPHRXWꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQVꢀIRUꢀ'/7ꢌꢁꢁꢁꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGV )ꢃꢄ  
*ꢂ '/7ꢍꢁꢁꢁꢀ(PXODWLRQꢀ)HDWXUH  
*ꢃꢄ  
ꢄ
*ꢂꢃꢂ  
*ꢂꢄꢂ  
*ꢂꢅꢂ  
*ꢂꢆꢂ  
*ꢂꢉꢂ  
(QDEOLQJ DQG &OHDULQJ WKH '/7ꢋꢁꢁꢁ (PXODWLRQ )HDWXUH  
:KDW <RX 6KRXOG $QRZ $ERXW WKH '/7ꢋꢁꢁꢁ (PXODWLRQ )HDWXUH  
9HULI\LQJ 3URGXFW )DPLO\ YLD WKH 6&6, %XV  
6&6, %XV 'LIIHUHQFHV  
ꢅ
ꢆ
ꢉ
ꢋ
)URQW 3DQHO 'LIIHUHQFHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Y
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
7DEOH RI &RQWHQWV  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
YL  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢁꢂ $ERXWꢀ7KLVꢀ0DQXDO  
³$ERXW WKLV 0DQXDO´ RXWOLQHV WKH VFRSH DQG FRQWHQWV RI WKLV PDQXDOꢂ ,W FRQWDLQV LQIRUPDWLRQ  
DERXW WKH LQWHQGHG DXGLHQFHꢌ SXUSRVH RI WKH PDQXDOꢌ GRFXPHQW RUJDQL]DWLRQꢌ DQG GRFXPHQW  
FRQYHQWLRQVꢂ  
ꢈꢅꢋꢅ  
$XGLHQFH  
This manual is written for original equipment manufacturers (OEMs) that are  
integrating this Tandberg DLT8000 system into a host system or subsystem. Its  
primary audience is the OEM technical staff that makes tape system purchase and  
configuration decisions, and system integrators that are responsible for the SCSI  
interface. Additionally, the manual can be used by technically astute end-users for  
installation and operation of the tape system, although that is a secondary  
audience.  
ꢈꢅꢌꢅ  
3XUSRVH  
This manual describes the Tandberg DLT8000 Tape System. It is intended to  
provide the information necessary to integrate the tape system into a computer  
system or subsystem.  
ꢈꢅꢉꢅ  
'RFXPHQWꢀ2UJDQL]DWLRQ  
This product manual contains five chapters, a number of appendixes of related  
useful information, and an index. It includes an overview of the Small Computer  
System Interface (SCSI) and detailed descriptions of the messages and SCSI  
commands as used by the tape system. The manual is organized as follows:  
&KDSWHUꢀꢋꢃ *HQHUDOꢀ'HVFULSWLRQꢀDQGꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
This chapter contains a brief description of and specifications for the  
system.  
&KDSWHUꢀꢌꢃ &RQILJXUDWLRQꢀDQGꢀ,QVWDOODWLRQ  
This chapter contains information on system hardware and system  
interfaces.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$ERXW 7KLV 0DQXDO  
&KDSWHUꢀꢉꢃ 6&6,ꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
This chapter provides a detailed description of the logical interfaces  
of the tape system. It describes the product’s compliance with the  
ANSI SCSI-2 specification. The system’s many optional features are  
described here and throughout the manual.  
&KDSWHUꢀꢍꢃ 6&6,ꢀ0HVVDJHV  
This chapter provides a list and description of most messages sup-  
ported by the tape system. The SCSI message system allows com-  
munication between SCSI initiators and SCSI targets (the tape  
system, in this case) for interface management and for command  
elaboration and qualification.  
&KDSWHUꢀꢎꢃ 6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGV  
This chapter describes in detail each command supported by the tape  
system. The SCSI command system enables an initiator to direct a  
tape system to perform a wide range of operational and diagnostic  
functions.  
$SSHQGL[ꢀ$ 'HILQLWLRQꢀRIꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ6HQVHꢀ'DWDꢀ,QIRUPDWLRQ  
Appendix A provides a list of internal status codes related to the  
REQUEST SENSE SCSI command.  
$SSHQGL[ꢀ% 6HQVHꢀEH\ꢀ,QIRUPDWLRQ  
Appendix B provides a list of tape system additional sense codes,  
additional sense code qualifiers, and their meanings.  
$SSHQGL[ꢀ& ((3520ꢇ5HVLGHQWꢀ%XJFKHFNꢀDQGꢀ(YHQWꢀ/RJV  
Appendix C provides an explanation of the event logs stored in  
semi-permanent, non-volatile memory.  
$SSHQGL[ꢀ' 8SGDWLQJꢀWKHꢀ)LUPZDUH  
Appendix D provides a step-by-step procedure for updating a tape  
system’s PCBA controller-resident firmware.  
ꢄ
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$ERXW 7KLV 0DQXDO  
$SSHQGL[ꢀ( 5XQQLQJꢀWKHꢀ%DVLFꢀ+HDOWꢀ&KHFNꢀꢁ%+&ꢂꢀ7HVWꢀ9LDꢀWKHꢀ/LEUDU\ꢀ3RUW  
Appendix E explains how a trained service provider can run the  
DLT8000 tape system’s BHC test on a tape drive that is configured  
as a component within a library.  
$SSHQGL[ꢀ) 9LVXDOꢀ,QVSHFWLRQꢀ3URFHGXUHꢀIRUꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ&DUWULGJHV  
Appendix F explains how to visually inspecct a DLTtape cartridge.  
Damaged tape cartridges must not be used.  
ꢈꢅꢍꢅ  
&RQYHQWLRQV  
This manual uses the following conventions to designate specific elements:  
(OHPHQW  
&RQYHQWLRQ  
([DPSOH  
Commands  
Messages  
Uppercase (unless case-sensitive)  
Uppercase  
FORMAT UNIT  
INVALID PRODUCT  
NUMBER  
Hexadecimal Notation  
Binary Notation  
Decimal Notation  
Acronyms  
Number followed by lowercase K  
Number followed by lowercase E  
Number without suffix  
25h  
101b  
512  
Uppercase  
POST  
Abbreviations  
Lowercase, except where standard  
usage requires uppercase  
Mb (megabits)  
MB (megabytes)  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅ
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$ERXW 7KLV 0DQXDO  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
ꢆ
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢄꢂ *HQHUDOꢀ'HVFULSWLRQꢀDQG  
6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
7KLV FKDSWHU SURYLGHV D GHVFULSWLRQ DQG JLYHV VSHFLILFDWLRQV IRU WKH 7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ  
7DSH 6\VWHPꢂ  
ꢋꢅꢋꢅ  
*HQHUDOꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
The Tandberg DLT8000 tape system is a high-performance, high-capacity,  
streaming cartridge tape product designed for efficient data back-up for midrange  
and high-end computing systems. With Tandberg Data’s DLT advanced linear  
recording technology, a highly accurate tape guide system, and an adaptive control  
mechanism, the system is ideally suited for mid-range systems, network servers,  
and high-end workstations and systems.  
Using data compression and compaction, the DLT8000 tape system features a  
formatted capacity of 80.0 GB* and a sustained user data transfer rate of up to 12  
MB/second* (native capacity is 40.0 GB; native data transfer rate is 6.0  
MB/second).  
The device is an extended-length, 5.25 inch form factor, half-inch tape system. The  
design includes a four channel read/write head, Lempel-Ziv (LZ) high-efficiency  
data compression, and tape mark directory to maximize data throughput and  
minimize data access time.  
The tape system is available either as an integrated or “embedded” drive or as a  
tabletop version. The tabletop version is packaged in a housing and includes its  
own cooling fan and power supply, requiring ac power.  
ꢋꢅꢌꢅ  
EH\ꢀ)HDWXUHV  
•
•
•
•
•
•
40.0 GB Native, 80.0 GB Compressed* Capacity  
Superior Error Detection and Correction  
Extensive Embedded Diagnostic/Self-Test Software  
Dual Speed Recording  
Fast access to Data via Tape Mark Directory  
Tape-Loadable Firmware  
* Actual transfer rate and capacity will vary depending on data.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢋꢅꢉꢅ  
6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
This section of Chapter 1 provides the performance, physical, environmental, and  
electrical specifications for the tape system. Specifications for the DLTtapetape  
media cartridges are included.  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢂ  
'ULYHꢀ&DSDFLW\  
Table 1−1 provides the ranges of capacity (native and compressed) for the tape  
system, depending on which DLTtape cartridge is used.  
'/7WDSHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
ꢁ/HQJWKꢀRIꢀ0HGLXPꢂ  
6WRUDJHꢀ&DSDFLW\  
ꢁ1DWLYHꢂ  
6WRUDJHꢀ&DSDFLW\  
ꢁ&RPSUHVVHGꢂ  
DLTtape IV  
40.0 GB User Data  
15.0 GB User Data  
10.0 GB User Data  
80.0 GB User Data*  
30.0 GB User Data*  
20.0 GB User Data*  
(1800 foot tape)  
DLTtape IIIXT  
(1800 foot tape)  
DLTtape III  
(1200 foot tape)  
ꢐ$FWXDO FDSDFLW\ ZLOO YDU\ GHSHQGLQJ RQ GDWDꢂ  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢀꢀ6WRUDJHꢀ&DSDFLW\  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢅꢂ  
,QWHUIDFHꢀ7\SH  
Two interfaces are available: Low Voltage Differential (LVD)/Single-Ended and  
High Voltage Differential (HVD) SCSI-2.  
ꢃꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢇꢂ  
3HUIRUPDQFHꢀDQGꢀ7LPLQJꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Table 1−2 provides performance and timing specifications for the tape system.  
,WHP  
6SHFLILFDWLRQ  
Transfer Rates  
User Native = 6.0 MB/second  
Compresseed = Up to 12.0  
MB/second *  
Error Rates  
Recoverable READ Error Rate =  
1 in 106 bits read  
Unrecoverable READ Error Rate = 1  
in 1017 bits read **  
Undetected READ Error Rate = 1 in  
1027 bits read  
Tracks  
208 physical (52 quad logical tracks  
on media); drive has 4 parallel  
physical (1 logical) tracks written or  
read simultaneously  
Linear Bit Density  
READ / WRITE Tape Speed  
Rewind Tape Speed  
98,250 bpi per track  
168 inches/second  
175 inches/second  
175 inches/second  
60 seconds  
Linear Search Tape Speed  
Average Rewind Time  
* = Depending on data type and SCSI bus limitations/system configuration  
** = An unrecoverable error is any READ error that cannot be recovered using the  
drive’s internal error recovery algorithms or, if the drive indicates “Cleaning  
Required”, by removing the data cartridge, performing a cleaning operation, and  
attempting to re-read the data from the data cartridge.  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢅꢀꢀ3HUIRUPDQFHꢀDQGꢀ7LPLQJꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
,WHP  
6SHFLILFDWLRQ  
READ/WRITE Tape Speed  
168 inches/second  
Linear Search Tape Speed  
Rewind Tape Speed  
175 inches/second  
175 inches/second  
60 seconds  
Average Rewind Time  
Maximum Rewind Time  
120 seconds  
0LQLPXP  
$YHUDJH  
0D[LPXP  
Access Time From BOT  
(32KB blocks) in seconds  
2
69  
136  
Save Set Access Times  
6
70  
134  
(25 Mb Save Set) in seconds  
$YHUDJH  
LOAD Time to BOT  
(Formatted tape)  
130 seconds (steady state)  
$YHUDJH  
LOAD Time to BOT  
(Unformatted tape)  
in seconds  
133 seconds (steady state)  
$YHUDJH  
UNLOAD Time From BOT  
21 seconds  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢅꢀꢀ3HUIRUPDQFHꢀDQGꢀ7LPLQJꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢃꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢈꢂ  
5HOLDELOLW\ꢀꢊ3URMHFWHGꢋ  
Mean time between failures (MTBF) for the tape system is projected to be 250,000  
hours at 100% duty cycle, not including heads; 300,000 hours at 20% duty cycle,  
not including heads. Life of recording heads is 30,000 hours, minimum; 50,000  
hours, average.  
Media durability is projected to be 1,000,000 passes of the tape medium across the  
read/write heads (15,000 uses). One tape pass is defined as any point on the tape  
passing the head in either direction.  
Tandberg Data does not warrant that predicted MTBF is representative of any  
particular unit installed for customer use. Actual figures vary from unit to unit.  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢉꢂ  
3K\VLFDOꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Table 1−3 provides the key physical specifications for the integratible and tabletop  
versions of the tape system.  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
,QWHJUDWLEOHꢀ9HUVLRQ  
7DEOHWRSꢀ9HUVLRQ  
Height  
3.25 in. (82.5 mm) without  
front bezel; 3.4 in (86.3 mm)  
with front bezel.  
6.48 in. (164.592 mm)  
Width  
Length  
Weight  
5.735 in. .045 in. (144.8 mm  
1.143 mm) behind front  
bezel; 5.87 in (149.0 mm) with  
front bezel.  
6.88 in. (174.752 mm)  
9.00 in. (228.6 mm) measured  
from back of front bezel; 9.60  
in. (243.8 mm) including front  
bezel  
12.8 in. (325.12 mm) (includes  
the Tape Eject Handle  
protruding 0.2 inches [5.08  
mm])  
6 lb, 7 oz (2.9 kg)  
14 lbs (6.35 kg)  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢈꢀꢀ3K\VLFDOꢀ'LPHQVLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢎꢂ  
7HPSHUDWXUHꢀDQGꢀ+XPLGLW\  
Table 1−4 provides the temperature and humidity specifications for the tape  
system.  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
,QWHJUDWLEOHꢀ9HUVLRQ  
7DEOHWRSꢀ9HUVLRQ  
2SHUDWLQJꢀ5DQJHV  
Temperature Range  
Temperature Gradient  
50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C)  
50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C)  
18°F (10°C ) per hour (across  
18°F (10°C ) per hour (across  
the range)  
the range)  
Dry Bulb Temp. Range  
Wet Bulb Temperature  
Relative Humidity  
50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C)  
77°F (25°C)  
50°F to 104°F (10°C to 40°C)  
77°F (25°C)  
20% to 80%, non-condensing  
10% / hour  
20% to 80%, non-condensing  
10% / hour  
Humidity Gradient  
6WRUDJHꢀ5DQJHVꢀꢁ8QSDFNHGꢀRUꢀ3DFNHGꢂ  
Temperature Gradient  
36°F (20°C ) per hour with 5°  
36°F (20°C ) per hour with 5°  
margin (across the range)  
margin (across the range)  
Dry Bulb Temp. Range  
-40°F to 150.8°F (-40°C to  
66°C)  
-40°F to 150.8°F (-40°C to  
66°C)  
Wet Bulb Temperature  
Relative Humidity  
114.8°F (46°C)  
5% to 95%, non-condensing  
10% / hour  
114.8°F (46°C)  
5% to 95%, non-condensing  
10% / hour  
Humidity Gradient  
6KLSSLQJꢀ5DQJHV  
Temperature Gradient  
36°F (20°C ) per hour with 5°  
36°F (20°C ) per hour with 5°  
margin (across the range)  
margin (across the range)  
Dry Bulb Temp. Range  
-40°F to 150.8°F (-40°C to  
66°C)  
-40°F to 150.8°F (-40°C to  
66°C)  
Wet Bulb Temperature  
Relative Humidity  
114.8°F (46°C)  
10% to 95%, non-condensing  
10% / hour  
114.8°F (46°C)  
10% to 95%, non-condensing  
10% / hour  
Humidity Gradient  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢃꢀꢀ7HPSHUDWXUHꢀDQGꢀ+XPLGLW\ꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢃꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢍꢂ  
2SHUDWLQJꢀ$LUꢀ9HORFLW\  
Both versions of the tape system require an air flow velocity of 125 linear feet per  
minute measured directly in front of the bezel.  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢌꢂ  
9LEUDWLRQꢆꢀ6KRFNꢆꢀDQGꢀ'URSꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Table 1−5 provides the vibration and shock specifications for operating tape  
systems, and for non-operating tape systems (both packaged and unpackaged).  
Table 1-6 provides the drop specifications for the tape system.  
2SHUDWLQJꢀ9LEUDWLRQꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Vibration Type  
Sine  
Sweep  
Frequency Range  
5 – 500 – 5 Hz  
Upward and downward  
sweep  
Acceleration Level  
Application  
0.25 G  
Between 22 and 500 Hz  
0.010” DA  
Between 5 and 22 Hz  
(crossover)  
X, Y, and Z axes  
Sweep rate: 1 octave per  
minute  
2SHUDWLQJꢀ6KRFNꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Pulse Shape  
½ sine pulse  
10 G  
Peak Acceleration  
Duration  
10 ms  
Application  
X, Y, and Z axes; once in each axis  
1RQꢇ2SHUDWLQJꢀꢁ3DFNDJHGꢂꢀ9LEUDWLRQꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Vibration Type  
Random Vibration  
Frequency Range  
5 to 300 Hz, Vertical Axis (Z); 5 to 200 Hz, Horizontal  
Axes (X and Y)  
Vibration Levels  
Application  
1.0 GRMS overall in X, Y, and Z axes  
X, Y, and Z axes (one hour, each axis; 3 hour total)  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢇꢀꢀ9LEUDWLRQꢀDQGꢀ6KRFNꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
1RQꢇ2SHUDWLQJꢀꢁ8QSDFNDJHGꢂꢀ9LEUDWLRQꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Vibration Type:  
Frequency Range  
Acceleration Level  
Application  
Sine  
Sweep  
5 – 500 – 5 Hz  
1 G  
Upward and downward sweep  
5 – 500 – 5 Hz  
X, Y, and Z axes  
0.010 inch DA  
Sweep rate: 1 octave per minute  
Between 5 – 31 Hz (crossover)  
Vibration Type:  
Frequency Range  
Acceleration Level  
PSD Envelope  
Application  
Random  
10 – 500 Hz  
2 g  
0.008 g^2/Hz  
X, Y, and Z axes  
60 minutes/axis  
1RQꢇ2SHUDWLQJꢀꢁ3DFNDJHGꢂꢀ5HSHWLWLYHꢀ6KRFNꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Excitation Type  
Shock (Bounce) Cycles  
Application  
Synchronous vertical motion; 1 inch excursion  
14,200 total  
Half cycles each in X and Y orientations; ½ 7100 impacts in the  
shipping orientation, 3500 impacts in the remaining two axes.  
1RQꢇ2SHUDWLQJꢀꢁ8QSDFNDJHGꢂꢀ6KRFNꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Pulse Shape: Square wave  
Peak Acceleration  
Duration  
40 G  
10ms/180 inches/second  
Application  
X, Y, and Z axes, twice in each axis (once each direction)  
Pulse Shape: ½ sine pulse  
Peak Acceleration  
Duration  
140 G  
2 ms  
Application  
X, Y, and Z axes, twice in each axis (once each direction)  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢇꢀꢀ9LEUDWLRQꢀDQGꢀ6KRFNꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢃꢎꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
1RQꢇ2SHUDWLQJꢀꢁ3DFNDJHGꢂꢀ'URSꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Test Type: Drop Shock  
Drop Height:  
30 inches for items < 20.9 lbs (9.48 kg)  
23 inches for items between 21lbs (9.52 kg) and 40.9  
lbs. (18.55 kg)  
Application  
10 drops total; 1 each side, 3 edges, 1 corner  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢉꢀꢀ'URSꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢏꢂ  
$OWLWXGH  
The following table provide the tape system’s altitude specifications, both  
operating and non-operating.  
2SHUDWLQJꢀGꢀ1RQꢇ2SHUDWLQJꢀ$OWLWXGHꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
- 500 ft (-152 m) to 40,000 ft (12192 m) at ambient temperature of 77ºF (25ºC)  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢊꢀꢀ$OWLWXGHꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
.
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢁꢂ  
$FRXVWLFꢀ(PLVVLRQV  
The following tables provide the tape system’s acoustic noise emission levels, both  
as noise power and sound pressure. Information about acoustic emissions is also  
provided in German to fulfill an international requirement.  
1RLVHꢀ3RZHUꢀ(PLVVLRQꢀ/HYHOꢀꢁ/13(Fꢂ  
0RGH  
,QWHJUDWLEOHꢀ9HUVLRQ  
Not applicable  
5.9 Bel  
7DEOHWRSꢀ9HUVLRQ  
5.4 Bel  
Idle  
Streaming  
5.9 Bel  
6RXQGꢀ3UHVVXUHꢀ/HYHOꢀꢁ/3$Fꢂ  
,QWHJUDWLEOHꢀ9HUVLRQ  
Not applicable  
0RGH  
7DEOHWRSꢀ9HUVLRQ  
40 dB  
Idle  
Streaming  
47 dB  
44 dB  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢋꢀꢀ$FRXVWLFꢀ1RLVHꢀ(PLVVLRQVꢌꢀ1RPLQDO  
6FKDOOHPLVVLRQVZHUWHꢀ±ꢀ:HUWHDQJDEHQꢀQDFKꢀ,62ꢀꢏꢌꢏꢐꢀXQGꢀ,62ꢀꢑꢑꢑꢏꢒ',1ꢀ(1ꢌꢑꢑꢑꢏꢃ  
6FKDOOGUXFNSHJHO  
6FKDOOHLVWXQJVSHJHO  
/Z$'ꢆꢀ%  
/S$PꢆꢀG%$  
ꢁ=XVFKDXHUSRVLWLRQHQꢂ  
*HUlW  
THxxx *  
THxBx *  
/HHUODXI  
%HWULHE  
/HHUODXI  
%HWULHE  
47  
5,9  
5,9  
5,4  
40  
44  
•
= THxxx is the integratible version of the tape system; THxBx is the tabletop version.  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢍꢀꢀ$FRXVWLFꢀ1RLVHꢀ'HFODUDWLRQꢀIRUꢀ*HUPDQꢀ1RLVHꢀ'HFODUDWLRQꢀ/DZ  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢄꢂ  
(OHFWURPDJQHWLFꢀ(PLVVLRQV  
The tabletop version complies with FCC Class B limits.  
ꢃꢎꢃꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢅꢂ  
3RZHUꢀ5HTXLUHPHQWV  
Table 1−10 provides the applicable power requirements for both versions of the  
tape system. Note that the tabletop version requires ac power.  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
,QWHJUDWLEOHꢀ9HUVLRQ  
(Auto Not applicable  
7DEOHWRSꢀ9HUVLRQ  
Electrical  
Ranging)  
Rating  
100 to 240 VAC  
Power Requirements  
28 W, steady state  
56 W, maximum  
Power Consumption:  
+5 V ( 5%) bus *  
2.8 A, steady state;  
4.35 A, maximum  
Not Applicable  
Not Applicable  
+12 V ( 5%) bus *  
1.2 A, steady state;  
4.5 A, maximum  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢎꢀꢀ3RZHUꢀ5HTXLUHPHQWV  
* = Voltage measured at the power bus connector pins.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢇꢂ  
&XUUHQWꢀ5HTXLUHPHQWV  
Table 1-11 presents the current requirements for the tape system in a variety of  
operating conditions. These numbers may vary with workload.  
Drive Operating in WRITE Mode Start/Stop  
Typical  
2.2  
Maximum (Includes Ripple)  
5 Volt  
3.9  
3.6  
12 Volt  
1.2  
Drive Operating in Calibration  
Typical  
2.1  
Maximum (Includes Ripple)  
5 Volt  
3.3  
4.5  
12 Volt  
1.2  
Drive Tensioned, but Tape Not in Motion (Standby Mode)  
Typical  
Maximum (Includes Ripple)  
5 Volt  
2.2  
0.6  
2.7  
1.0  
12 Volt  
Drive Unloaded with Cartridge Door Opened  
Typical  
2.1  
Maximum (Includes Ripple)  
5 Volt  
2.6  
1.1  
12 Volt  
0.6  
Drive Rewinding to BOT  
Typical  
2.3  
Maximum (Includes Ripple)  
5 Volt  
3.6  
3.0  
12 Volt  
0.8  
Drive Operating in Stream WRITE/READ Mode  
Typical  
Maximum (Includes Ripple)  
5 Volt  
3.1  
1.0  
4.3  
3.6  
12 Volt  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢆꢀꢀ&XUUHQWꢀ5HTXLUHPHQWV  
ꢃꢎꢃꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢈꢂ  
7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ5HFRUGLQJꢀ7\SH  
The tape system uses 2,7 RLL code with DLTTM 2000, DLTTM 2000XT,  
DLTTM 4000, DLTTM 7000, or DLT8000 format.  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢉꢂ  
'/7WDSHꢀ5HFRUGLQJꢀ0HGLDꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Table 1−12 provides specifications for tape media. Table 1-12 provides operating  
and storage enviroment limits for the tape cartridges  
'/7WDSHꢀ0HGLDꢀ7\SH  
'/7WDSHꢀ,,,  
6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Width: 0.5 inch  
Length:  
1200 feet  
Cartridge Dimensions:  
Shelf Life:  
4.1 in x 4.1 in x 1.0 in  
20 years min. @ 20°C & 40%  
RH (non-condensing)  
Usage:  
500,000 passes  
Width:  
0.5 inch  
'/7WDSHꢀ,,,;7  
Length:  
1800 feet  
Cartridge Dimensions:  
Shelf Life:  
4.1 in x 4.1 in x 1.0 in  
30 years min. @ 20°C & 40%  
RH (non-condensing)  
Usage:  
500,000 passes  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢅꢀꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ0HGLDꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
'/7WDSHꢀ0HGLDꢀ7\SH  
'/7WDSHꢀ,9  
6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
Width: 0.5 inch  
Length:  
1800 feet  
Cartridge Dimensions:  
Shelf Life:  
4.1 in x 4.1 in x 1.0 in  
30 years min. @ 20°C & 40%  
RH (non-condensing)  
Usage:  
1,000,000 passes  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢅꢀꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ0HGLDꢀ6SHFLILFDWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
2SHUDWLQJꢀ&RQGLWLRQVꢃ  
Temperature  
50° to 104°F (10° to 40°C)  
Relative Humidity  
20% to 80% non-  
condensing  
6WRUDJHꢀ&RQGLWLRQVꢃ  
Temperature  
:LWKꢀ'DWDꢃ  
:LWKRXWꢀ'DWDꢃ  
64° to 79°F (18° to 26°C)  
61° to 89°F (16° to 32°C)  
Relative Humidity  
40% to 60% non-  
condensing  
20% to 80% non-  
condensing  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢈꢀꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ&DUWULGJHꢀ2SHUDWLQJꢀDQGꢀ6WRUDJHꢀ/LPLWV  
ꢃꢎꢃꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
ꢄꢂꢇꢂꢄꢎꢂ  
(OHFWURPDJQHWLFꢀ,QWHUIHUHQFHꢀꢊ(0,ꢋꢀ6XVFHSWLELOLW\  
This section presents tables that provide the specifications for conducted  
emissions, radiated emissions, magnetic radiated susceptibility, radiated  
susceptibility, conducted susceptibility, and ESD failure limits.  
Regulations and certifications for the tape system include:  
)RUꢀHOHFWURPDJQHWLFꢀHPLVVLRQVꢃ  
•
•
CSA 108.8  
EEC Directive 89/336  
(1ꢎꢎꢈꢌꢌꢀDQGꢀQDWLRQDOꢀVWDQGDUGVꢀDUHꢀEDVHGꢀRQꢃ  
•
•
•
•
BS6527 (UK)  
NEN55022 (Netherlands)  
VDE 0971 Class B (Germany)  
CE Mark  
&LVSUꢌꢌꢀ&ODVVꢀ%ꢃ  
•
•
FCC Rules Part 15B  
Class B Certification  
127(ꢃ  
Limits for Class B equipment are in the frequency range from 0.15 to 30  
MHz. The limit decreases linearly, with the logarithm of the frequency in  
the range from 0.15 to 0.50 MHz.  
)UHTXHQF\ꢀ5DQJHꢀꢁ0+]ꢂ  
/LPLWVꢀꢁG%ꢂ  
4XDVLꢇ3HDN  
66 to 56*  
56  
$YHUDJH  
56 to 46  
46  
0.15 to 0.05  
0.50 to 5  
5 to 30  
60  
50  
*
The limit decreases with the logarithm of the frequency.  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢃꢀꢀ&RQGXFWHGꢀ(PLVVLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢃꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
127(ꢃ  
Table 1-15 shows the Class B equipment limits for radiated interference  
field strength in the frequency range from 30 MHz to 30 GHz at a test  
distance of 3 and 10 meters.  
)UHTXHQF\ꢀ5DQJHꢀꢁ0+]ꢂ  
4XDVLꢇ3HDNꢀ/LPLWꢀG%ꢀꢁµ9ꢒP  
#ꢀꢉꢀ0HWHUV#ꢀꢋꢈꢀ0HWHUV  
30 to 230  
230 to 1000  
Above 1000  
40  
46  
30  
37  
54  
N/A  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢇꢀꢀ5DGLDWHGꢀ(PLVVLRQV  
/RZꢀ)UHTXHQF\ꢆꢀ0DJQHWLFꢀ)LHOGVꢆꢀꢋꢈꢀWRꢀꢉꢈꢈꢈꢀN+]  
100 dB (pt) @ 10 kHz Declining  
to 80 dB (pt) @ 1 MHz  
No errors, no screen distortion  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢉꢀꢀ0DJQHWLFꢀ5DGLDWHGꢀ6XVFHSWLELOLW\  
+LJKꢀ)UHTXHQF\ꢆꢀ(OHFWULFꢀ)LHOGVꢆꢀꢋꢀWRꢀꢋꢈꢈꢈꢀ0+]  
3 V/m (rms) 80% modulated  
1 kHz  
No errors, no screen distortion  
S/W recoverable errors  
No hardware failure  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢊꢀ5DGLDWHGꢀ6XVFHSWLELOLW\  
ꢃꢎꢃꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
127(  
The transient voltage is the actual peak voltage above the normal ac  
voltage from the power source.  
)DVWꢀ7UDQVLHQWꢀꢁ%XUVWVꢂꢀIRUꢀ3RZHUꢀDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ&DEOHV  
2 kV  
S/W recoverable errors  
No hardware failures  
+LJKꢀ(QHUJ\ꢀ7UDQVLHQWꢀ9ROWDJHꢀIRUꢀ3RZHUꢀ&DEOHVꢀꢓ  
1.2 kV  
2.5 kV  
No errors  
S/W recoverable errors  
No hardware failures  
/RZꢇ/HYHOꢀ&RQGXFWHGꢀ,QWHUIHUHQFH  
3 V (rms) 80% modulated  
kHz  
1
No errors  
S/W recoverable errors  
No hardware failures  
)DVWꢀ7UDQVLHQWꢀꢁ%XUVWVꢂꢀIRUꢀ3RZHUꢀDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ&DEOHV  
2 kV  
S/W Recoverable errors  
No hardware failures  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢋꢀꢀ&RQGXFWHGꢀ6XVFHSWLELOLW\  
)DLOXUHꢀ7\SH  
(TXLSPHQW  
)DLOXUHꢀ/HYHO $OORZDEOHꢀ(UURUV  
Hard  
Office  
1 to 12 kV  
No Operator Intervention (soft  
recoverable allowed)  
Hardware  
Office  
Up to 15 kV  
No component damage – operator  
intervention allowed (soft/hard  
errors allowed)  
7DEOHꢀꢆ−ꢆꢍꢀꢀ(6'ꢀ)DLOXUHꢀ/HYHOꢀ/LPLWV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢃꢎꢃꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
*HQHUDO 'HVFULSWLRQ DQG 6SHFLILFDWLRQV  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
ꢃꢎꢃꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢅꢂ Configuring, Installing, and  
Operating the Tape System  
7KLV FKDSWHU FRQWDLQV LQIRUPDWLRQ QHHGHG IRU WKH LQWHJUDWLRQ RI WKH WDSH V\VWHP LQWR D  
V\VWHP RU VXEV\VWHPꢂ 7KLV LQFOXGHV VDIHW\ DQG KDQGOLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQVꢌ FRQILJXUDWLRQ MXPSHU  
VHWWLQJVꢌ FRQQHFWRU SLQ DVVLJQPHQWVꢌ LQVWDOODWLRQ LQVWUXFWLRQVꢌ SRZHU DQG VLJQDO FDEOLQJ  
GHVFULSWLRQVꢌ DQG RSHUDWLQJ LQVWUXFWLRQVꢂ  
ꢌꢅꢋꢅ  
6DIHW\ꢆꢀ+DQGOLQJꢆꢀDQGꢀ(OHFWURVWDWLFꢀ'LVFKDUJH  
ꢁ(6'ꢂꢀ3URWHFWLRQ  
Inappropriate or careless handling of tape systems may result in damage to the  
product. Follow the precautions and directions to prevent damaging the tape  
system.  
ꢅꢂꢄꢂꢄꢂ  
6DIHW\ꢀ3UHFDXWLRQV  
For your safety, follow all safety procedures described here and in other sections  
of the manual.  
•
Remove power from the computer system (or expansion unit) before installing  
or removing the tape system to prevent the possibility of electrical shock or  
damage to the tape system. Unplug the unit that contains or is to contain the  
system from ac power to provide an added measure of safety.  
•
Read, understand, and observe any and all label warnings.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢄꢂꢅꢂ  
+DQGOLQJ  
Damage to the system can occur as the result of careless handling, vibration,  
shock, or electrostatic discharge (ESD). Always handle the tape system with care  
to avoid damage to the precision internal components.  
Follow these guidelines to avoid damage to the system:  
•
•
•
Always observe prescribed ESD precautions.  
Keep the system in its anti-static bag until ready to install.  
Always use a properly fitted wrist strap or other suitable ESD protection when  
handling the system.  
•
•
Hold system only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the PCBA.  
Always handle the system carefully and gently. A drop of 1/4 inch onto a  
bench or desktop may damage a system.  
•
•
Do not bump, jar, or drop the system. Use care when transporting the system.  
Never place the tape system so that it rests on its front bezel. Always gently  
place the system flat, PCB side down, on an appropriate ESD-protected work  
surface to avoid the system being accidentally knocked over.  
•
•
•
•
•
Do not pack other materials with the system in its shielded bag.  
Place the system in the anti-static bag before placing in shipping container.  
Do not stack objects on the system.  
Do not expose the system to moisture.  
Do not place hands or foreign objects inside the tape system’s door/receiver  
area.  
•
Do not touch the tape leader, cartridge leader, or tape media. Body oils will  
damage the media and recording heads.  
ꢄꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢄꢂꢇꢂ  
(OHFWURVWDWLFꢀ'LVFKDUJHꢀꢊ(6'ꢋꢀ3URWHFWLRQ  
Various electrical components on/within the tape system are sensitive to static  
electricity and Electrostatic Discharge (ESD). Even a static buildup or discharge  
that is too slight to feel can be sufficient to destroy or degrade a component’s  
operation.  
To minimize the possibility of ESD-related damage to the system, we strongly  
recommend using both a properly installed workstation anti-static mat and a  
properly installed ESD wrist strap. When correctly installed, these devices reduce  
the buildup of static electricity which might harm the system.  
Observe the following precautions to avoid ESD-related problems:  
•
•
Use a properly installed anti-static pad on your work surface.  
Always use a properly fitted and grounded wrist strap or other suitable ESD  
protection when handling the system and observe proper ESD grounding  
techniques.  
•
•
Hold the system only by its sides. Do not touch any components on the PCBA.  
Leave the system in its anti-static bag until you are ready to install it in the  
system.  
•
•
Place the system on a properly grounded anti-static work surface pad when it is  
out of its protective anti-static bag.  
Do not use the bag as a substitute for the work surface anti-static pad. The  
outside of the bag may not have the same anti-static properties as the inside. It  
could actually increase the possibility of ESD problems.  
•
Do not use any test equipment to check components on the PCBA. There are  
no user-serviceable components on the system.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢌꢅ  
&RQILJXULQJꢀDQGꢀ,QVWDOOLQJꢀDQꢀ,QWHJUDOꢀ7DSH  
6\VWHP  
This section provides information for configuring and installing a tape system that  
is integrated into a host system, expansion cabinet, or other chassis. For  
information for configuring and installing a tabletop tape system, see Section 2.3.  
:$51,1*  
Before you begin, review the Safety, ESD, and Handling precautions  
described at the beginning of this chapter to avoid personal injury or  
damage to equipment.  
This section contains information about configuring (“tailoring”) the tape system  
via the system’s jumper settings. Settings are included for the following options:  
2SWLRQ  
6HHꢀ6HFWLRQ«ꢅ  
SCSI ID Selection and Disabling  
Parity Checking  
2.2.1  
TERM PWR Setting  
2.2.2  
2.2.3  
Parity Checking Setting  
ꢄꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢅꢂꢄꢂ  
6HWWLQJꢀWKHꢀ6&6,ꢀ,'  
Select the appropriate SCSI ID (IDs 0 through 15 are available) for the tape system  
by installing jumper blocks on the pin pairs of the connector block located on the  
tape system’s PCBA (Figure 2-1). Refer to Table 2-1 for the allowable SCSI IDs.  
Front Bezel  
SCSI ID Connector Block  
Pin Pair 1 / 2  
A jumper must always be placed across Pin Pair 9 / 10 if  
any SCSI ID other than the default (5) is selected.  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢀꢀ/RFDWLRQꢀRIꢀ6&6,ꢀ,'ꢀ&RQQHFWRUꢀ%ORFN  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
127(6  
The default setting (no jumpers installed) for the tape system is SCSI ID  
5. A jumper must DOZD\V be placed on pin pair ꢏꢀꢒꢀꢋꢈ (SCSI ID Present)  
for the host to recognize DQ\ SCSI ID selections made on this connector,  
otherwise, the SCSI ID remains SCSI ID 5.  
Note that the SCSI ID of the host adapter is typically SCSI ID 7.  
6&6,ꢀ,'  
3LQꢀ3DLU  
ꢑꢀꢒꢀꢔ  
3LQꢀ3DLU  
ꢎꢀꢒꢀꢐ  
3LQꢀ3DLU  
ꢉꢀꢒꢀꢍ  
3LQꢀ3DLU  
ꢀꢋꢀꢒꢀꢌ  
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
2
3
4
5 *  
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
* = Default SCSI ID setting is SCSI ID 5.  
0 = No jumper block installed on pin pair  
1 = Jumper block installed on pin pair  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢀꢀ6&6,ꢀ,'ꢀ-XPSHUꢀ6HWWLQJV  
ꢄꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢅꢂꢅꢂ  
ꢀ6HWWLQJꢀ7(50ꢀ3:5  
A SCSI bus must be terminated at each end of the bus. At least one device on the  
bus must supply terminator power (TERM PWR).  
To configure the DLT8000 tape drive to supply TERM PWR, install a jumper  
block on pin pair ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃ (Figure 2-2).  
Side View of Tape System  
Front Bezel  
Jumper on Pin Pair 3 / 4 enables  
termination power (TERM PWR).  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢅꢀꢀ-XPSHUꢀ,QVWDOOHGꢀRQꢀ3LQꢀ3DLUꢀꢈꢀꢏꢀꢃ  
(QDEOHVꢀ7HUPLQDWLRQꢀ3RZHUꢀꢁ7(50ꢀ3:5ꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢅꢂꢇꢂ  
6HWWLQJꢀ3DULW\ꢀ&KHFNLQJ  
Parity checking is the default setting for DLT8000 tape systems. If the system to  
which you are configuring the tape system does not generate parity, disable parity  
checking on the tape system by installing a jumper block on pin pair 1 / 2 on the  
connector as shown in Figure 2-3. Note that this is the same connector as the one  
used to select the setting for TERM PWR (Section 2.2.2).  
Side View of Tape System  
Front Bezel  
Jumper on Pin Pair 1 / 2  
disables parity checking.  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢈꢀꢀ-XPSHUꢀ,QVWDOOHGꢀRQꢀ3LQꢀ3DLUꢀꢆꢀꢏꢀꢅ  
'LVDEOHVꢀ3DULW\ꢀ&KHFNLQJ  
ꢄꢎꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢅꢂꢈꢂ  
ꢀ,QVWDOOLQJꢀWKHꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHP  
Installing the tape system requires securing the tape system in its bay or chassis  
and connecting SCSI bus and power cables.  
ꢌꢅꢌꢅꢍꢅꢋꢀꢅ  
6HFXULQJꢀWKHꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀLQꢀ%D\ꢀRUꢀ&KDVVLV  
Using four (4) screws, secure the tape system in its bay or chassis.  
Figure 2-4 is a dimensional drawing that shows the locations of the mounting holes  
at the bottom and sides of the tape system.  
Note that screws used to mount the tape system must be #6-32 UNC-2B screws.  
When the recommended size screws are used, there is no danger of the screws  
touching electronic components or otherwise damaging the tape system.  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢃꢀꢀ/RFDWLRQVꢀDQGꢀ'LPHQVLRQVꢀIRUꢀ0RXQWLQJꢀ+ROHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢌꢅꢍꢅꢌꢀꢅ &RQQHFWLQJꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀDQGꢀ3RZHUꢀ&DEOHV  
Carefully connect the appropriate SCSI and power cables to their matching  
connectors.  
Figure 2-5 shows the location of the SCSI and power connectors on the rear of the  
tape system. Tables 2-2 through 2-4 provide SCSI pin signal names/locations for  
the SCSI connectors. Table 2-5 provides power connector signal names/locations.  
127(  
In some installations, it may be easier to connect the SCSI bus and power  
cables before securing the tape system in its bay or position within its  
cabinet or chassis.  
Pin 1  
Pin 1  
68-Pin SCSI Connector  
Power Connector  
5HDUꢀ9LHZꢀꢁ&RQQHFWRUꢀ(QGꢂꢀRIꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHP  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢇꢀꢀ&RQQHFWRUVꢀIRUꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ&DEOHꢀDQGꢀ3RZHUꢀ&DEOH  
ꢄꢎꢃꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
6LJQDOꢀ1DPH  
3LQꢀ1XPEHU  
3LQꢀ1XPEHU  
6LJQDOꢀ1DPH  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Ground (DIFFSENS)  
TERMPWR  
TERMPWR  
Reserved  
Ground  
Signal Return  
Ground  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
Signal Return  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
-DB(12)  
-DB(13)  
-DB(14)  
-DB(15)  
-DB(P1)  
-DB(0)  
-DB(1)  
-DB(2)  
-DB(3)  
-DB(4)  
-DB(5)  
-DB(6)  
-DB(7)  
-DB(P0)  
Ground  
Ground  
TERMPWR  
TERMPWR  
Reserved  
Ground  
-ATN  
Ground  
-BSY  
-ACK  
-RST  
-MSG  
-SEL  
-C/D  
-REQ  
-I/O  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
-DB(8)  
-DB(9)  
-DB(10)  
-DB(11)  
Note: The minus sign (-) next to a signal indicates active low.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢅꢀꢀꢉꢋꢐ3LQꢀ6LQJOHꢐ(QGHGꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ6&6,ꢀ&RQQHFWRUꢀ6LJQDOꢀ1DPHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
6LJQDOꢀ1DPH  
3LQꢀ1XPEHU 3LQꢀ1XPEHU  
6LJQDOꢀ1DPH  
-DB(12)  
-DB(13)  
-DB(14)  
-DB(15)  
-DB(P1)  
-DB(0)  
+DB(12)  
+DB(13)  
+DB(14)  
+DB(15)  
+DB(P1)  
+DB(0)  
+DB(1)  
+DB(2)  
+DB(3)  
+DB(4)  
+DB(5)  
+DB(6)  
+DB(7)  
+DB(P)  
GROUND  
DIFFSENS  
TERMPWR  
TERMPWR  
RESERVED  
GROUND  
+ATN  
GROUND  
+BSY  
+ACK  
+RST  
+MSG  
+SEL  
+C/D  
+REQ  
+I/O  
1
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
-DB(1)  
-DB(2)  
-DB(3)  
-DB(4)  
-DB(5)  
-DB(6)  
-DB(7)  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
-DB(P)  
GROUND  
GROUND  
TERMPWR  
TERMPWR  
RESERVED  
GROUND  
-ATN  
GROUND  
-BSY  
-ACK  
-RST  
-MSG  
-SEL  
-C/D  
-REQ  
-I/O  
-DB(8)  
-DB(9)  
-DB(10)  
-DB(11)  
+DB(8)  
+DB(9)  
+DB(10)  
+DB(11)  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢈꢀꢀꢉꢋꢐ3LQꢀ:LGHꢀ/9'ꢀ9HUVLRQꢀ6&6,ꢀ&RQQHFWRUꢀ6LJQDOꢀ1DPHV  
ꢄꢎꢃꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
6LJQDOꢀ1DPH  
3LQꢀ1XPEHU  
3LQꢀ1XPEHU  
6LJQDOꢀ1DPH  
+DB(12)  
+DB(13)  
+DB(14)  
+DB(15)  
+DB(P1)  
Ground  
+DB(0)  
+DB(1)  
+DB(2)  
+DB(3)  
+DB(4)  
+DB(5)  
+DB(6)  
+DB(7)  
+DB(P)  
DIFFSENS  
TERMPWR  
TERMPWR  
Reserved  
+ATN  
Ground  
+BSY  
+ACK  
+RST  
+MSG  
+SEL  
+C/D  
+REQ  
+I/O  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
-DB(12)  
-DB(13)  
-DB(14)  
-DB(15)  
-DB(P1)  
Ground  
-DB(0)  
-DB(1)  
-DB(2)  
-DB(3)  
-DB(4)  
-DB(5)  
-DB(6)  
-DB(7)  
-DB(P)  
Ground  
TERMPWR  
TERMPWR  
Reserved  
-ATN  
Ground  
-BSY  
-ACK  
-RST  
-MSG  
-SEL  
-C/D  
-REQ  
-I/O  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
Ground  
+DB(8)  
+DB(9)  
+DB(10)  
+DB(11)  
Ground  
-DB(8)  
-DB(9)  
-DB(10)  
-DB(11)  
Note: The minus sign (-) next to a signal indicates active low.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢃꢀꢀꢉꢋꢐ3LQꢀ'LIIHUHQWLDOꢀ9HUVLRQꢀ6&6,ꢀ&RQQHFWRUꢀ6LJQDOꢀ1DPHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
3LQ  
1
6LJQDO  
+12 VDC  
2
Ground (+12 V return)  
Ground (+5 V return)  
+5 VDC  
3
4
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢇꢀꢀ3RZHUꢀ&RQQHFWRUꢀ6LJQDOꢀ1DPHV  
ꢌꢅꢌꢅꢍꢅꢉꢀꢅ  
7KHꢀ/RDGHUꢀ&RQQHFWRU  
Located on the side of the integratible tape system (Figure 2-6), the loader  
connector provides signals used when the tape system is part of a loader  
configuration.  
Front Bezel  
Loader Connector Block  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢉꢀꢀ/RDGHUꢀ&RQQHFWRUꢀ%ORFN  
ꢄꢎꢃꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢉꢅ &RQILJXULQJꢀDQGꢀ,QVWDOOLQJꢀDꢀ7DEOHWRSꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHP  
This section provides instructions for configuring and installing the tabletop  
version of the tape system. The tabletop version is enclosed in a top cover and the  
enclosure includes a separate power supply. The power switch and the SCSI ID  
selection switch are located on the unit’s rear panel. SCSI cables and the unit’s ac  
power cable are connected at the rear panel.  
:$51,1*  
Before you begin, review the Safety, ESD, and Handling precautions  
described at the beginning of this chapter to avoid personal injury or  
damage to equipment.  
This section contains information about configuring (“tailoring”) the tape system  
via the unit’s external switches. Settings are included for the following options:  
2SWLRQ  
6HHꢀ6HFWLRQ«ꢅ  
2.3.1  
SCSI ID Selection  
Connecting SCSI Cable(s) and/or Terminators  
Connecting AC Power Cable  
2.3.2  
2.3.3  
127(  
To disable parity, contact your service representative. There are no  
external switches on the tabletop version to disable parity checking.  
Figure 2-7 provides physical dimensions of the tabletop unit.  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢊꢀ3K\VLFDOꢀ'LPHQVLRQVꢀRIꢀ'/7ꢋꢎꢎꢎꢀ7DEOHWRSꢀ6\VWHP  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢃꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢇꢂꢄꢂ  
6HOHFWLQJꢀ6&6,ꢀ,'  
Select the appropriate SCSI ID for the tabletop version of the tape system by  
incrementing or decrementing the number displayed on the SCSI ID selection  
switch on the tabletop tape system’s rear panel (Figure 2-8). Press either the small  
switch above the indicator to increment the number, or the small switch below the  
indicator to decrement the number.  
Note that the default SCSI ID of the system is SCSI ID 3.  
SCSI  
Connectors (2)  
SCSI ID  
Switch  
Fan  
Power Switch  
Power Connector  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢋꢀ'/7ꢋꢎꢎꢎꢀ7DEOHWRSꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ5HDUꢀ3DQHO  
ꢄꢎꢃꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢇꢂꢅꢂ  
&RQQHFWLQJꢀWKHꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ&DEOHV  
Figure 2-9 shows the locations of the two SCSI bus connectors on the rear panel of  
the tabletop tape system. The SCSI bus cable leading from the host adapter can be  
connected to either of the connectors. If the tape unit is the last device on the bus,  
then a terminator should be installed on the open connector. If the bus continues  
from the tape system to another SCSI device, then install a SCSI bus cable between  
the open connector and the next device on the bus.  
SCSI Connectors (2)  
7HUPLQDWRUV  
ꢐꢔꢇ3LQꢀ/9'ꢒ6(ꢀ7HUPLQDWRU  
ꢐꢔꢇ3LQꢀ+9'ꢀ'LIIHUHQWLDOꢀ7HUPLQDWRU  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢍꢀꢀ/RFDWLRQꢀRIꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ&RQQHFWRUVꢀRQꢀ5HDUꢀ3DQHO  
ꢁ7DEOHWRSꢀ9HUVLRQꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢃꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢇꢂꢇꢂ  
,QVWDOOLQJꢀWKHꢀ$&ꢀ3RZHUꢀ&RUG  
:$51,1*  
Do not attempt to modify or use an external 100 - 115 VAC power cord for  
220 - 240 VAC input power. Modifying the power cord in any way can  
cause personal injury and severe equipment damage.  
An ac power cord is supplied with each tabletop tape unit. Carefully inspect the  
power cord and ensure that the cord is the appropriate cord for your country or  
region based on the criteria below.  
The ac power cord used with the tabletop tape unit must meet the following  
criteria:  
1. The power cord should be a minimum of 18/3 AWG, 60°C, Type SJT or SVT.  
2. UL and CSA Certified cordage rated for use at 250 VAC with a current rating  
that is at least 125% of the current rating of the product.  
3. The ac plug must be terminated in a grounding-type male plug designed for use  
in your country or region. It must also have marks showing certification by an  
agency acceptable in your country or region.  
4. The connector at the tabletop unit end of the cord must be an IEC type CEE-22  
female connector.  
5. The cord must be no longer than 14.5 feet (4.5 meters).  
Figure 2-10 shows different ac power cord plug-end configurations for 115 V and  
220 / 240 V usage.  
Note that the power supply of the tabletop unit has an auto-sensing feature; no  
adjustment or switch setting changes are required for different ac sources.  
ꢄꢎꢃꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
115V  
220V / 240V  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢎꢀꢀ$&ꢀ3RZHUꢀ&RUGꢀ3OXJꢀ(QGV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢃꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
Figure 2-11 shows the location of the ac power cord connector on the tabletop tape  
system’s rear panel.  
AC Power Cord Connector  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢆꢀꢀ/RFDWLRQꢀRIꢀ$&ꢀ3RZHUꢀ&RUGꢀ&RQQHFWRUꢀRQꢀ5HDUꢀ3DQHO  
ꢁ7DEOHWRSꢀ9HUVLRQꢂ  
ꢄꢎꢄꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢍꢀꢅ  
7KHꢀ7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
The tape system can use one of the following types of DLTtape cartridge:  
7\SH  
3ODVWLFꢀ&RORU  
Greyish Brown  
White  
)HHWꢒ&DUWULGJH  
1200  
DLTtape III  
DLTtape IIIXT  
DLTtape IV  
1800  
Black  
1800  
This section of the manual covers handling and care of tape cartridges, discusses  
the tape cartridge write-protect switch, and explains how to load and unload a tape  
cartridge to and from the tape system, and how to use a cleaning tape cartridge  
7RSLF  
6HHꢀ6HFWLRQ«ꢅ  
2.4.1  
Care and Handling of Tape Cartridges  
Tape Cartridge Write-Protect Switch  
Loading a Tape Cartridge  
2.4.2  
2.4.3  
Unloading a Tape Cartridge  
How to Use a Cleaning Tape Cartridge  
2.4.4  
2.4.5  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢉꢀꢀ7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJHꢀ7RSLFVꢀ'LVFXVVHGꢀLQꢀWKLVꢀ0DQXDO  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢄꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢈꢂꢄꢂ  
&DUHꢀDQGꢀ+DQGOLQJꢀRIꢀ7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJHV  
Although designed and manufactured to withstand much handling and use, tape  
cartridges should be handled properly.  
•
Do not carry cartridges loosely in a box or other container that exposes them to  
unnecessary physical shock.  
•
•
Store each cartridge vertically in its protective case until needed.  
Do not drop or bump the cartridge; this may dislodge and/or damage internal  
components.  
•
•
•
Avoid unnecessary opening of the cartridge door; this may expose the tape to  
contamination or physical damage.  
Do not allow direct contact with tape medium or the tape leader. Dust or  
natural skin oils can contaminate the tape and impact performance.  
Do not expose the cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight, dampness, or  
condensation.  
•
•
Maintain clean operating, working, and storage environments.  
Do not place cartridges on or near devices that may produce magnetic fields  
such as computer monitors, motors, or video equipment. Such exposure may  
alter or erase data on the tape.  
•
Do not attempt to remove a tape cartridge from the tape system unless the  
Operate Handle indicator is illuminated steadily. Overriding the system handle  
will cause damage to both the media and the tape system.  
ꢄꢎꢄꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
•
The ambient operating environment for the tape cartridge is  
Temperature  
10°C to 40°C (50°F to 104°F)  
Relative Humidity  
20% to 80% (non-condensing)  
If storage and/or transportation of a tape cartridge has exposed it to conditions  
outside the ambient values above, you should “condition” the tape cartridge to  
its operating environment for a 24-hour period.  
•
Place labels only in the front slide slot of the cartridge. Do not put any label on  
the top, bottom, sides, or rear of the cartridge. This may interfere with normal  
cartridge operation and may damage other subsystem components.  
•
•
Do not use graphite pencils, water-soluble felt pens, or other debris-producing  
writing instruments on your labels. Never erase a label – replace it.  
Make sure you place the unused cartridge labels in the protective box so that  
you do not inadvertently pick them up along with the cartridge during  
subsequent usage. A static electricity charge on a cartridge may cause a label  
to cling to the cartridge. A label that is accidentally inserted into the system  
along with a cartridge can prevent the hub reel and system gear from meshing.  
•
Follow all instructions for tape cartridge handling that accompany your  
cartridges or tape system.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢄꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢈꢂꢅꢂ  
7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJHꢀ:ULWHꢃ3URWHFWꢀ6ZLWFK  
7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJHꢀꢁ/DEHOꢀ(QGꢂ  
Write-Protect Switch pushed to the  
ULJKW (Write Protect disabled position)  
Orange Rectangle  
Write-Protect Switch pushed to the  
OHIW (Write Protect enabled position)  
)LJXUHꢀꢅꢐꢆꢅꢀꢀ:ULWHꢐ3URWHFWꢀ6ZLWFKꢀRQꢀ7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
Each tape cartridge has a write-protect switch that can be used to prevent  
accidental erasure of data. Before inserting the tape cartridge into the tape system,  
position the write-protect switch on the front of the cartridge:  
•
Move the write-protect switch to the left to HQDEOH write protection (existing  
data on the tape cannot be overwritten, nor can additional data be appended to  
the media).  
When the write-protect switch is moved to the left, a small orange rectangle is  
visible. This indicates that data cannot be written to the tape.  
•
Move the write-protect switch to the right to GLVDEOH write protection (existing  
data on the tape can be overwritten, and/or additional data can be appended to  
the media unless the cartridge is write-protected via software). When write-  
protect is disabled, no orange rectangle is visible.  
ꢄꢎꢄꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
When a tape cartridge is loaded in the system and the tape cartridge’s write-  
protect switch is moved to its write-protected position (to the left as you face the  
label/switch side of the tape cartridge), the system turns on its Write Protect  
indicator immediately. If the system is currently writing to the tape, the write-  
protect feature does not take effect until after the current WRITE operation  
completes.  
Table 2-7 describes the impact of moving the write-protect switch to its enabled  
position before loading the cartridge; Table 2-8 describes the impact of doing so  
when the switch is moved during a WRITE operation.  
,IꢀWKHꢀZULWHꢇSURWHFWꢀVZLWFKꢀLVꢀPRYHG«ꢅ  
7KHQ«ꢅ  
To its left (enabled) position, the orange  
indicator on the cartridge becomes visible  
Data cannot be written to the tape.  
To its right (disabled position), the orange  
indicator is not visible  
Data can be written to the tape (unless  
software write-protect is in effect).  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢊꢀꢀ(QDEOLQJꢀ:ULWHꢐ3URWHFWꢀ%HIRUHꢀ/RDGLQJꢀWKHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
,IꢀWKHꢀZULWHꢇSURWHFWꢀVZLWFKꢀLVꢀPRYHG«ꢅ  
7KHQ«ꢅ  
From its left (enabled) position to its right  
(disabled, or write-enabled) position (orange  
indicator is no longer visible)  
The tape becomes write-enabled  
AFTER a variable amount of seconds.  
From its right (disabled, or write-enabled)  
position to its left (enabled) position (orange  
indicator becomes visible)  
The tape becomes write-protected  
AFTER a variable amount of seconds  
(and once any current WRITE  
operation is completed).  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢋꢀꢀ(QDEOLQJꢀ:ULWHꢐ3URWHFWꢀ$IWHUꢀ/RDGLQJꢀWKHꢀ&DUWULGJHꢀDQGꢀ'XULQJꢀ2SHUDWLRQ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢄꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢈꢂꢇꢂ  
ꢀ&KHFNLQJꢀDꢀ7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
Before you insert any tape cartridge, you should inspect it to ensure that it is not  
damaged.  
Refer to Appendix F for a detailed visual mechanical inspection procedure and  
other DLTtape cartridge-related information.  
•
•
Open the tape cartridge door and check the position of the tape leader.  
Close the tape cartridge door and shake the cartridge, listening for a rattle  
sound.  
&$87,21  
If the tape leader is missing or incorrectly positioned or if you hear a  
rattling sound, the cartridge may be damaged. Inserting a damaged  
cartridge into a tape system will damage the system. Discard any  
damaged tape cartridges.  
ꢄꢎꢄꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢈꢂꢈꢀ /RDGLQJꢀDꢀ&DUWULGJH  
127(  
Because this section of the manual includes descriptions of the states of  
indicators on the tape system, it may be useful to review sections of this  
chapter that describe tape system indicators, their states, and meanings  
of states.  
Follow these steps to load a tape cartridge into the front panel of the tape system.  
Figure 2-13 illustrates the tape system’s front panel.  
Write Protected  
Indicator  
Six Yellow Indicators  
10.0 / 15.0  
20.0  
Tape In Use  
Indicator (Yellow)  
35.0  
40.0  
Use Cleaning  
Tape  
Compress  
Density Override  
Operate Handle  
Indicator (Green)  
Unload  
Select Button  
Insert / Release  
)LJXUHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢈꢀꢀ)URQWꢀ3DQHOꢀRIꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHP  
1. When the green Operate Handle indicator is steadily illuminated, lift the tape  
system’s cartridge Insert/Release handle.  
127(  
If the green Operate Handle indicator is blinking, close the handle and  
wait for the indicator to illuminate steadily, then lift the handle and insert  
the cartridge.  
Do not attempt to load a cartridge when the green Operate Handle  
indicator is blinking; damage to the system may result.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢄꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
2. Insert the cartridge. Push the cartridge fully into the tape system.  
&$87,21  
To prevent failures and/or damage to the handle, assist the handle to its  
closed position. Do not flip it or otherwise treat it roughly. Do not leave  
your fingers under the handle: doing so may cause you to operate the  
handle in an incorrect manner.  
3. Push the handle to its closed (down) position.  
The green Operate Handle indictor extinguishes and the yellow Tape in Use  
indicator blinks to show that the tape is loading. When the tape reaches the BOT  
marker, following calibration, the yellow indicator illuminates steadily. The tape is  
now ready for use.  
ꢄꢎꢄꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢈꢂꢉꢂ  
8QORDGLQJꢀDꢀ&DUWULGJH  
127(  
Because this section of the manual includes descriptions of the states of  
indicators on the tape system, it may be useful to review sections of this  
chapter that describe tape system indicators, their states, and meanings  
of states.  
Follow the steps below the first &$87,21 notice to unload a tape cartridge.  
&$87,21  
Always remove the tape cartridge from the tape system BEFORE turning  
off host power. Failure to remove a tape cartridge may result in cartridge  
and/or tape system damage.  
When you remove a tape cartridge from the system, return the cartridge  
to its plastic case to protect the cartridge from damage.  
1. Press the Unload button (or issue an appropriate system software command).  
The yellow Tape in Use indicator blinks as the tape rewinds.  
&$87,21  
Do NOT rush removal of the tape cartridge: premature removal can  
cause tape leader failure. Wait until the Operate Handle indicator  
illuminates a steady green. Delay removing the tape cartridge for one or  
two seconds to ensure that the tape leader of the cartridge is in a safe  
position for cartridge removal.  
2. When the green Operate Handle indicator illuminates steadily, lift the tape  
system cartridge Insert/Release handle to its open position to eject the  
cartridge.  
3. Remove the cartridge.  
4. Push the Insert/Release handle to its closed position.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢄꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢈꢂꢎꢂ  
+RZꢀDQGꢀ:KHQꢀWRꢀ8VHꢀDꢀ&OHDQLQJꢀ7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
127(  
Because this section of the manual includes descriptions of the states of  
indicators on the tape system, it may be useful to review sections of this  
chapter that describe tape system indicators, their states, and meanings  
of states.  
Use Table 2-9 to determine when to use a cleaning tape cartridge.  
,I  
,WKꢀPRXHODGQ«Vꢅ$QGꢀ\RXꢀV  
The Use Cleaning Tape  
indicator is steadily  
illuminated  
The recording head  
needs cleaning or the  
tape is bad.  
Use the cleaning cartridge.  
Follow the instructions in this  
chapter for loading a cartridge  
into the tape system. When  
cleaning completes, the Use  
Cleaning Tape indicator  
extinguishes and the Operate  
Handle indicator illuminates to  
alert you that the cartridge can  
be removed from the tape  
system.  
A data tape cartridge  
causes Use Cleaning  
Tape indicator to be  
illuminated steadily  
following the use of a  
cleaning cartridge  
The data cartridge may  
be damaged.  
If possible, back up the data  
from this cartridge onto another  
cartridge. Discard the damaged  
cartridge: use of a damaged  
cartridge may cause  
unnecessary use of the cleaning  
cartridge.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢍꢀꢀ:KHQꢀWRꢀ8VHꢀDꢀ&OHDQLQJꢀ&DUWULGJH  
ꢄꢎꢅꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
,I  
,WꢀKPRHXDOGQ«V$ꢅQGꢀ\RXꢀV  
The Use Cleaning Tape  
indicator continues to be  
illuminated steadily after you  
have used a cleaning cartridge  
to clean the recording head  
Your cleaning tape  
cartridge may be  
exhausted.  
Try another cleaning tape  
cartridge.  
The Use Cleaning Cartridge  
Cleaning of the system  
Wait until the tape is  
indicator is illuminated steadily had has not taken place; unloaded and the green  
while the tape system is in its  
tape cleaning process  
the cartridge has  
expired.*  
Operate Handle indicator  
illuminates. Replace the  
cleaning cartridge.  
All indicators on the right-hand There may be a system  
Operate the handle to  
remove the cartridge.  
Inspect the tape cartridge. If  
the cartridge appears  
side of the front bezel are  
blinking  
fault  
undamaged, it may be used  
again, otherwise, take the  
cartridge oout of service.  
Reset the tape drive and  
load a known good cartridge.  
If all indicators on the right-  
hand side of the bezel blink  
again during the load, have  
the tape drive serviced.  
* A cleaning cartridge has a life expectancy of about 20 uses.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢍꢀꢀ:KHQꢀWRꢀ8VHꢀDꢀ&OHDQLQJꢀ&DUWULGJHꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢅꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢎꢀ  
2SHUDWLQJꢀWKHꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ±ꢀ&RQWUROVꢀDQG  
,QGLFDWRUV  
Operating the tape system requires use of a tape cartridge and the controls and  
indicators on the front panel, or bezel, of the tape system.  
All controls and indicators are located on the tape system’s front panel or bezel  
(Figure 2-13). Use these controls and indicators to operate the tape system and  
monitor the tape system’s activities.  
See below for directions to which sections of this manual to use for explanations of  
controls and indicators  
&RQWUROꢀꢒꢀ,QGLFDWRU  
6HHꢀ6HFWLRQ«ꢅ  
2.5.1  
Unload Button (Figure 2-13)  
Cartridge  
Insert/Release  
Handle  
2.5.2  
(Figure 2-13)  
Selecting Density  
2.5.3  
ꢄꢎꢅꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢄꢂ  
8QORDGꢀ%XWWRQ  
Use the Unload Button to unload the tape cartridge. When a user pushes the  
Unload Button, the tape system waits until any active writing of data to tape is  
completed, then begins its unload sequence.  
The tape system rewinds the tape medium back into the cartridge and writes the  
current or updated tape directory to the tape. The tape must be completely rewound  
and unloaded into the cartridge before the cartridge can be removed from the tape  
system. A complete unload operation may take 17 seconds from Beginning of Tape  
(BOT).  
Note that if the tape system is in an error state (all indicators on the right- or left-  
hand side of the front panel are flashing), pushing the Unload Button causes the  
tape system to reset and unload the tape, if possible.  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢅꢂ  
&DUWULGJHꢀ,QVHUWꢐ5HOHDVHꢀ+DQGOH  
Use the Cartridge Insert/Release Handle to load or eject a tape cartridge only when  
the tape system’s Operate Handle indicator is illuminated. Lift the handle to its  
fully open position, or lower it to its fully closed position.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢅꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢅꢂꢉꢂꢇꢂꢀ  
6HOHFWLQJꢀ'HQVLW\  
&$87,21  
If the tape is not positioned at End of Data (EOD), a WRITE to the tape  
will deny access to previously-recorded data beyond the current tape  
position. To prevent this, position the tape to EOD, then perform the  
WRITE. This condition is termed an “appended WRITE.”  
127(6  
1. Default capacity of a DLTtapeTM III cartridge is 10.0 GB, native or  
20.0 GB (compression ON).  
2. Default capacity of a DLTtape IIIXT cartridge is 15.0 GB, native  
(compression OFF), or 30.0 GB (compression ON).  
3. Default capacity of a DLTtape IV cartridge is 40.0 GB, native  
(compression OFF), or 80 GB, compressed. A capacity of 35.0 GB  
native (compression OFF, or 70 GB, compressed OR 20.0 GB native  
(compression OFF), or 40 GB, compressed, is user-selectable.  
Various storage capacities can be selected by specifying the GHQVLW\ of the data to  
be recorded on the tape media.  
Using the DLTtape IV cartridge:  
1. On all READ and all WRITE APPEND operations, the data density that  
already exists on the tape cartridge remains the density.  
2. When writing from BOT, tape density may be changed by:  
•
Using the Density Select Button on the front panel of the tape system.  
8VLQJꢁWKHꢁIURQWꢁSDQHO¶Vꢁ'HQVLW\ꢁ6HOHFWꢁ%XWWRQꢁDOZD\VꢁRYHUULGHVꢁGHQVLW\  
VHOHFWLRQꢁYLDꢁWKHꢁKRVWꢄ  
•
Using the operating system to issue a density designation. In this case, the  
yellow Density Override indicator on the tape system’s front panel is  
extinguished, indicating an automatic or host density selection.  
Native default capacity for the DLTtape IV is 40.0 GB (80.0 GB, compressed),  
assuming the Density Select Button was not used or that host selection of density  
via the operating system was not invoked.  
ꢄꢎꢅꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
7RꢀVHOHFWꢀGHQVLW\ꢀRQꢀWKHꢀWDSHꢀV\VWHPꢆ  
Load the tape cartridge into the tape system. The yellow Tape in Use indicator  
blinks while the tape loads and calibrates.  
After calibration is compete, the Tape In Use indicator remains steadily  
illuminated. The appropriate tape density indicator along the left edge of the  
system’s front panel illuminates to indicate the tape’s prerecorded density (if any).  
Use the tape system’s density Select Button to select the desired density, if  
different than that indicated by the illuminated tape density indicator. Density  
selection is inactive until a WRITE from BOT is issued. The controller retains the  
selected density until 1) the density selection is changed, or 2) the tape is unloaded.  
An example of selection of density follows.  
(;$03/(ꢃ  
A user loads a tape cartridge previously recorded at 20.0 GB capacity.  
The user then presses the Density Select Button to select the density for  
40.0 GB capacity. The following events take place:  
•
The yellow 20.0 indicator remains illuminated – the density has not  
yet changed and the steadily illuminated indicator reflects the tape’s  
recorded density.  
•
•
The yellow 40.0 indicator blinks – this signals that a density change is  
pending.  
The yellow Density Override indicator illuminates.  
When a WRITE from BOT occurs:  
•
•
•
The yellow 20.0 indicator extinguishes  
The yellow 40.0 indicator illuminates steadily  
The yellow Density Override indicator remains illuminated  
Table 2-10 explains the activity of indicators during density selection.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢅꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
,I«  
7KHQ«  
The Density Select Button is not used  
The illuminated indicators show data  
density when the tape is being read  
from and written to. The indicators  
illuminate steadily; Density Override  
remains extinguished.  
The Density Select Button is used and the  
actual recorded density is the same as the  
density selected via the button  
The indictor that reflects the actual data  
density and the Density Override  
indicators both are illuminated. For  
example, if the actual data density is  
set for 10.0 GB and 10.0 GB is selected  
via the Select Button, the indicator next  
to “10.0” illuminates.  
The Density Select Button is used and the  
actual recorded density differs from the density  
selected via the button  
1. The indicator that reflects the  
actual data density illuminates  
steadily.  
2. The indicator reflected the  
SELECTED density blinks.  
3. The Density Override illuminates  
steadily.  
For example, if the actual tape data  
density is set for 40.0 GB and the  
selected density is 20.0 GB, the 40.0  
indicator lights steadily, the 20.0  
indicator blinks, and the Density  
Override indicator illuminates steadily.  
ꢀ7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢎꢀꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀ/LJKWꢀ$FWLYLW\ꢀ'XULQJꢀ'HQVLW\ꢀ6HOHFWLRQ  
7RꢀVHOHFWꢀGHQVLW\ꢀYLDꢀWKHꢀKRVWꢀRYHUꢀWKHꢀ6&6,ꢀEXVꢆ  
1. Use the SCSI MODE SELECT command to indicate the desired data density  
(Chapter 5).  
2. Write data to the tape from BOT.  
ꢄꢎꢅꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢐꢅꢀꢀ 3RZHUꢀ2Qꢀ6HOIꢀ7HVWꢀꢁ3267ꢂꢀDQGꢀ,QGLFDWRU  
$FWLYLW\ꢀ'XULQJꢀ3267  
When power is applied to the tape system, it performs power-on self testing  
(POST). The sequence of events that may be observed is:  
6WDJH  
:KDWꢀ&DQꢀEHꢀ2EVHUYHG  
1
Indicators on the right-hand side of the front panel illuminate in  
sequence from top to bottom. All indicators remain illuminated  
for a few seconds.  
2
3
The indicators along the left-hand side of the front panel  
illuminate together for about three seconds, then extinguish.  
The green Operate Handle, orange Write Protected, and yellow  
User Cleaning Tape indicators extinguish. The yellow Tape in  
Use indicator blinks while the tape system initializes.  
4
Following initialization, the tape system is in one of the states  
described in Table 2-12.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢆꢀꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀ$FWLYLW\ꢀ'XULQJꢀ3267  
6WDWH  
,QGLFDWRUꢀ'LVSOD\ꢀDQGꢀ$FWLYLW\  
A tape cartridge is present and  
the handle is down  
The tape system loads the medium from the cartridge.  
When the yellow Tape In Use indicator stops blinking  
and remains illuminated. The indicator next to the  
tape’s actual density is illuminated. When Density  
Override blinks, a density may be selected. The tape  
system is ready for use and the media is positioned at  
BOT.  
No tape cartridge present  
ꢀꢁꢂYellow Tape in Use indicator extinguishes.  
ꢃꢁꢂGreen Operate Handle indicator illuminates.  
ꢄꢁꢂInsert/Release Handle is unlatched.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢅꢀ3RVVLEOHꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ6WDWHVꢀ)ROORZLQJꢀ,QLWLDOL]DWLRQ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢅꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
6WDWH  
,QGLFDWRUꢀ'LVSOD\ꢀDQGꢀ$FWLYLW\  
A tape cartridge is present, but  
the handle is up (not  
recommended)  
The yellow Tape In Use indicator extinguishes. The  
green Operate Handle indicator flashes. When the  
Insert/Release Handle is lowered, the cartridge loads. If  
handle will not lower, ensure the tape cartridge is  
pushed all the way into the tape system.  
The tape system detects an  
error condition  
Right- or left-hand indicators blink repeatedly. Try to  
unload the tape and reinitialize the tape system by  
pressing the Unload button, or turn system power off  
then back on. The indicators stop blinking and the  
system attempts reinitialization. Note that after pressing  
the Unload button you may have to wait five minutes  
before the Operate Handle indicator illuminates due to  
the retry being attempted first. The indicators illuminate  
steadily, then extinguish if the test succeeds.  
The system is powered on with  
the handle in open position  
Operate Handle indicator is blinking. Close the  
Insert/Release Handle and wait for indicator to  
illuminate steadily.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢅꢀ3RVVLEOHꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ6WDWHVꢀ)ROORZLQJꢀ,QLWLDOL]DWLRQꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
POST completes in about 15 seconds and the tape system should respond normally  
to all commands (POST is complete after Stage 2 in Table 2-11). However, it  
might take longer for the media to become ready.  
After a bus reset, the tape system responds within a bus selection time-out period  
(per the ANSI SCSI specification). A reset may have the Tape In Use indicator  
blinking because a reset forces the tape to be rewound to BOT.  
ꢄꢎꢅꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢑꢅꢀ  
7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ2SHUDWLQJꢀ0RGHVꢀDQGꢀ,QGLFDWRU  
$FWLYLW\  
Table 2-13 describes the various operating conditions of a tape system and what  
observations can be made of the various indicators for each mode. A detailed  
description of the modes for the Tape in Use indicator is provided.  
)URQWꢀ3DQHO  
,QGLFDWRU  
&RORUꢀRIꢀ,QGLFDWRU 6WDWH  
2SHUDWLQJꢀ0RGH  
Write Protected  
Orange  
On  
Tape is Write-  
Protected  
Tape is Write-Enabled  
Off  
Tape in Use  
Yellow  
Blinking  
On  
Tape is moving  
Tape is loaded; ready  
for use.  
Tape not loaded  
Off  
On  
Use Cleaning Tape  
Yellow  
Tape system needs  
cleaning or tape is  
bad.  
Cleaning tape  
Remains on after  
attempted to clean the  
system head, but the  
tape expired so  
cleaning was not  
done.  
cleaning tape unloads  
After cleaning,  
indicator illuminates  
again when (data)  
tape cartridge is  
reloaded.  
Problem tape  
cartridge. Try another  
cartridge. If problem  
indication persists,  
contact service  
representative.  
Cleaning is complete  
or cleaning is  
Off  
unnecessary.  
Operate Handle  
Green  
On  
Insert/Release handle  
can be operated.  
Do not operate  
Off  
Insert/Release handle.  
Close the  
Blinking  
Insert/Release handle  
and wait for Operate  
Handle indicator to  
illuminate steadily  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢈꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ2SHUDWLQJꢀ0RGHVꢀꢏꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀ$FWLYLW\  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢅꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
)URQWꢀ3DQHO  
,QGLFDWRU  
&RORUꢀRI  
,QGLFDWRU  
6WDWH  
On  
Blinking  
2SHUDWLQJꢀ0RGH  
POST is beginning  
An error has occurred. See Section  
2.9 for troubleshooting.  
All four right-hand  
or all six left-hand  
indicators  
---  
10.0 / 15.0  
Yellow  
Yellow  
Yellow  
Yellow  
On  
Tape is recorded in 10.0 / 15.0 GB  
format  
Tape is recorded in another density,  
10.0 / 15.0 GB has been selected for  
a WRITE from BOT.  
Blinking  
20.0  
On  
Tape is recorded in 20.0 GB format  
Blinking  
Tape is recorded in another density;  
20.0 GB has been selected for a  
WRITE from BOT.  
35.0  
On  
Tape is recorded in 35.0 GB format  
Blinking  
Tape is recorded in another density;  
35.0 GB has been selected for a  
WRITE from BOT.  
40.0  
On  
Tape is recorded in 40.0 GB format  
Blinking  
Tape is recorded in another density,  
40.0 GB has been selected for a  
WRITE from BOT.  
Compress  
Yellow  
Yellow  
On  
Compression mode enabled  
(compression only valid for 10, 15,  
20, or 35 GB densities only)  
Compression mode disabled  
Off  
On  
Density Override  
Operator selected a density from the  
density Select Button on the front  
panel and/or compression  
Density to be selected by the host  
(automatic)  
Off  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢈꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHPꢀ2SHUDWLQJꢀ0RGHVꢀꢏꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀ$FWLYLW\ꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢄꢎꢆꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
7DSHꢀLQꢀ8VHꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀDQGꢀ0RGHV  
Whenever the yellow Tape in Use indicator is illuminated steadily, the tape system  
and cartridge are ready to use. When the system is calibrating, reading, writing, or  
rewinding the tape, the Tape in Use indicator blinks.  
Table 2-14 explains each of the modes of the Tape in Use Indicator.  
,IꢀWKHꢀ\HOORZꢀ7DSHꢀLQꢀ8VHꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀLV«  
,WꢀPHDQV«ꢅ  
Illuminated, steadily  
A cartridge is loaded in the tape system, but  
the tape is not moving. This may mean no  
application is communicating with the tape  
system’s controller, or that the application is  
communicating but is not delivering any  
command that impact tape motion.  
Blinking irregularly  
A calibration, read, or write operation is in  
progress.  
Blinking regularly  
Off  
The tape is loading, unloading, or rewinding.  
No tape loaded in tape system.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢃꢀꢀ7DSHꢀLQꢀ8VHꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀ0RGHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢆꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢔꢅ  
8VLQJꢀWKHꢀ'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ7DSHꢀ6\VWHP¶Vꢀ%DVLFꢀ+HDOWK  
&KHFNꢀꢁ%+&ꢂꢀ7HVWꢀ)HDWXUH  
127(  
The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider.  
The BHC test uses the tape system’s firmware to check the various EEROM-based  
information packets for log entries of events that have occurred in the previous 120  
hours of operation. Based on that information, the system can report on its  
“health.” The test is pass/fail only.  
You can invoke the BHC test three ways: via the tape drive’s front panel, the  
system’s library port, or via the SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. This guide  
explains how to run the BHC test via the front panel; note that the BHC test cannot  
be run if a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command is in progress or if the BHC Test is  
already running.  
5XQQLQJꢀWKHꢀ%+&ꢀ7HVWꢀ8VLQJꢀWKHꢀ)URQWꢀ3DQHO  
1. Press and KROG the Density Select Button (Figure 13) for five seconds. The Density  
Override Indicator (Figure 2-13) flashes for five seconds. After the five seconds, the  
top two Density Indicators (Figure 2-13) will illuminate.  
2. Release, then momentarily hold the Density Select Button. The top two Density  
Indicators will flash, indicating that the BHC test is running. The two Density  
Indicators continue to flash while the test proceeds.  
127(6  
1. If the Density Select Button is pressed and held for fewer than five  
seconds, the BHC test will not run and the Density Indicators return  
to their original state.  
2. If the Density Select Button is not released then momentarily  
pressed again, the BHC test will not run and the Density Indicators  
return to their original state.  
,IꢀWKHꢀWHVWꢀSDVVHVꢌꢀWKHꢀWRSꢀIRXUꢀ'HQVLW\ꢀ,QGLFDWRUVꢀilluminate steadilyꢀIRUꢀILYHꢀVHFRQGVꢌꢀWKHQ  
UHWXUQꢀWRꢀWKHLUꢀRULJLQDOꢀVWDWHꢄ  
,IꢀWKHꢀWHVWꢀIDLOVꢌꢀWKHꢀWRSꢀIRXUꢀ'HQVLW\ꢀ,QGLFDWRUVꢀflash on and offꢀIRUꢀILYHꢀVHFRQGVꢌꢀWKHQꢀUHWXUQ  
WRꢀWKHLUꢀRULJLQDOꢀVWDWHꢄ  
ꢄꢎꢆꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
ꢌꢅꢏꢅ  
7URXEOHVKRRWLQJ  
Use Table 2-15 for troubleshooting tips in the event that your tape system fails its  
power-on self test or if it signals a problem via its front panel indicators.  
,I«  
7KHQ«  
<RXꢀ6KRXOG«  
System does not  
recognize the tape  
system  
System may not be configured Configure system to recognize  
to recognize the SCSI ID.  
SCSI ID may not be unique  
the tape system’s ID  
Change the SCSI ID and  
reconfigure the system. The  
new ID becomes effective at  
the next power on or SCSI bus  
reset.  
SCSI adapter parameters may Check SCSI adapter  
not be correct  
documentation  
SCSI signal cable may be  
loose  
Ensure SCSI cable is fully  
seated at each connector end  
SCSI terminator may be loose  
or not present on the bus  
Ensure correct, secure  
termination of bus.  
SCSI bus may not be  
terminated correctly  
If tape system is last or only  
device on bus (except for  
adapter), make sure terminator  
is installed on tape system.  
If tape system is not the last or  
only device on the bus, check  
the cable connections and  
ensure that the bus is properly  
terminated at each end.  
SCSI terminator may not be at  
end of bus or more than two  
terminators may be present  
Ensure that a terminator is  
installed at each end of the  
bus. One terminator is usually  
installed at the host end of the  
bus.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢇꢀꢀ7URXEOHVKRRWLQJꢀ&KDUWꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢆꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
,I«  
7KHQ«  
<RXꢀ6KRXOG«  
System does not recognize the  
tape system (continued)  
1. SCSI bus may be too  
1. Limit bus length to ANSI  
SCSI standard for the  
SCSI interface being  
used.  
long.  
2. Too many devices on the  
bus.  
2. Limit the number of  
devices on the bus  
(including the SCSI  
adapter) to match the  
limits of the interface  
being used.  
The tape system does not  
power up  
No power is reaching the tape  
system  
Check the tape system’s  
power cable connection at the  
rear of the system.  
All right-hand or left-hand  
indicators on the tape system  
front panel are blinking  
A system fault has occurred  
Try to unload the tape and  
reinitialize the system by  
pressing the Unload button, or  
by turning power to the system  
off then back on. The  
indicators stop blinking as the  
system attempts  
reinitialization. The indicators  
illuminate steadily again, then  
extinguish if the test succeeds.  
&$87,21  
If this happens multiple times, contact your service  
representative.  
Nonfatal or fatal errors occur  
for which the cause cannot be  
determined  
SCSI bus termination or the  
SCSI bus cable connections  
may be incorrect  
Ensure the SCSI bus is  
terminated and that all  
connections are secure.  
The ac power source  
grounding may be incorrect  
(tabletop version).  
Use an ac outlet for the  
tabletop tape unit on the same  
ac line used by the host  
system.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢇꢀꢀ7URXEOHVKRRWLQJꢀ&KDUWꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢄꢎꢆꢆ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
,I«  
7KHQ«  
<RXꢀ6KRXOG«  
Indicators along right-hand  
side of front panel are blinking  
and the Operate Handle Light  
is illuminated steadily  
The tape leader may be  
dropped.  
Open the handle and look  
inside the tape system. If the  
tape leader is missing  
contact your service  
representative. Also, check  
the tape cartridges for  
damage.  
7DEOHꢀꢅ±ꢆꢇꢀꢀ7URXEOHVKRRWLQJꢀ&KDUWꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
If, after attempting the recommended actions listed in Table 2-14, the problem still  
exists or returns, a hardware failure may be the cause. Contact a service  
representative.  
Refer to Appendix F for complete visual inspection instructions for DLTtape  
cartridges.  
The web site http://www.dlttape.com includes much valuable information about  
DLTtape systems.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢄꢎꢆꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&RQILJXULQJꢌ ,QVWDOOLQJ DQG 2SHUDWLQJ WKH 7DSH 6\VWHP  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
ꢄꢎꢆꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢇꢂ 6&6,ꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
7KLV FKDSWHU SURYLGHV D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH ORJLFDO LQWHUIDFHV RI WKH WDSH GULYHꢂ 7KH  
GULYH LV IXOO\ FRPSOLDQW ZLWK WKH $16, 6&6,ꢎꢄ VWDQGDUG IRU WDSH GULYH GHYLFHV DQG  
LPSOHPHQWV PDQ\ RSWLRQDO IHDWXUHV  
ꢉꢅꢋꢅ  
6&6,ꢀ2YHUYLHZ  
The Small Computer System Interface (SCSI) is a specification for a peripheral  
bus and command set that is an ANSI standard. The standard defines an I/O bus  
that supports up to 16 devices (wide SCSI).  
ANSI defines three primary objectives of SCSI-2:  
1. To provide host computers with device-independence within a class of  
devices  
2. To be backward-compatible with SCSI-1 devices that support bus  
parity and that meet conformance level 2 of SCSI-1  
3. To move device-dependent intelligence to the SCSI-2 devices  
Important features of SCSI-2 implementation include the following:  
•
•
Efficient peer-to-peer I/O bus with up to 16 devices  
Asynchronous transfer rates that depend only on device  
implementation and cable length  
•
•
•
•
•
Logical addressing for all data blocks (rather than physical addressing)  
Multiple initiators and multiple targets  
Distributed arbitration (bus contention logic)  
Command queuing  
Command set enhancement  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢉꢅꢌꢅ  
6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGV  
ANSI classifies SCSI commands as mandatory, optional, or vendor-specific. The  
mandatory and optional commands implemented for the drives are summarized in  
Table 3–1 and described fully in Chapter 5, SCSI Commands.  
&RPPDQG  
&RGH &ODVV  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
ERASE  
19h  
Mandatory  
Causes part of all of the tape medium  
to be erased, beginning at the current  
position on the logical unit.  
INQUIRY  
12h  
1Bh  
Mandatory  
Optional  
Requests that information about the  
tape drive be sent to the initiator.  
LOAD UNLOAD  
Causes tape to move from not ready to  
ready. Prior to performing the load  
unload, the target ensures that all data,  
filemarks, and/or setmarks shall have  
transferred to the tape medium.  
LOCATE  
2Bh  
4Ch  
Optional  
Optional  
Causes the target to position the logical  
unit to the specified block address in a  
specified partition. When complete, the  
logical position is before the specified  
position.  
LOG SELECT  
Provides a means for the initiator to  
manage statistical information  
maintained by the drive about the drive.  
This standard defines the format of the  
log pages but does not define the exact  
conditions and events that are logged.  
LOG SENSE  
4Dh  
Optional  
Provides a means for the initiator to  
retrieve statistical information  
maintained by the drive about the drive.  
7DEOHꢀꢈ±ꢆꢀꢀ,PSOHPHQWHGꢀ$16,ꢀ6&6,ꢐꢅꢀ&RPPDQGV  
ꢅꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
&RPPDQG  
&RGH &ODVV  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
MODE SELECT (6)  
15h  
Optional  
Provides a means for the initiator to  
specify device parameters.  
MODE SENSE  
(6)/(10)  
1Ah/  
5Ah  
Optional  
Optional  
Provides a means for a drive to report  
parameters to the initiator.  
PREVENT ALLOW  
MEDIUM REMOVAL  
1Eh  
Requests that the target enable or  
disable the removal of the medium in  
the logical unit. Medium cannot be  
removed if any initiator has medium  
removal prevented.  
READ  
08h  
05h  
3Ch  
Mandatory  
Mandatory  
Optional  
Requests the drive to transfer data to  
the initiator.  
READ BLOCK  
LIMITS  
Requests that the logical unit’s block  
length limits capability be returned  
READ BUFFER  
Used in conjunction with the WRITE  
BUFFER command as a diagnostic  
function for testing target memory and  
the integrity of the SCSI bus. This  
command does not alter the medium.  
READ POSITION  
34 h  
1Ch  
Optional  
Optional  
Reports the current position of the  
logical unit and any data blocks in the  
buffer.  
RECEIVE DIAG  
RESULTS  
Requests analysis data to be sent to  
the initiator after completion of a SEND  
DIAGNOSTIC Command.  
RELEASE UNIT  
17h  
03h  
Mandatory  
Mandatory  
Used to release a previously reserved  
logical unit.  
REQUEST SENSE  
Requests the drive to  
transfer sense data to  
the initiator.  
RESERVE UNIT  
SEND DIAGNOSTIC  
SPACE  
16h  
1Dh  
11h  
Mandatory  
Mandatory  
Mandatory  
Used to reserve a  
logical unit.  
Requests the drive to perform diagnostic  
operations on itself.  
Provides a selection of positioning  
functions (both forward and backward)  
that are determined by the code and  
count.  
7DEOHꢀꢈ±ꢆꢀꢀ,PSOHPHQWHGꢀ$16,ꢀ6&6,ꢐꢅꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
&RPPDQG  
&RGH &ODVV  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
TEST UNIT READY  
00h  
2Fh  
0Ah  
Mandatory  
Provides a means to check if the logical  
unit is ready.  
VERIFY  
WRITE  
Optional  
Requests the drive to verify the data  
written to the medium.  
Mandatory  
Requests the drive to write the data  
transferred from the initiator to the  
medium.  
WRITE BUFFER  
3Bh  
10h  
Optional  
Used in conjunction with the READ  
BUFFER command as a diagnostic for  
testing target memory and the integrity  
of the SCSI bus.  
WRITE FILEMARKS  
Mandatory  
Requests that the target write the  
specified number of filemarks or  
setmarks to the current position on the  
logical unit.  
7DEOHꢀꢈ±ꢆꢀꢀ,PSOHPHQWHGꢀ$16,ꢀ6&6,ꢐꢅꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢅꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢉꢅꢉꢅ 6LJQDOꢀ6WDWHV  
The following paragraphs describe signal values and SCSI ID bits.  
ꢇꢂꢇꢂꢄꢂ  
6LJQDOꢀ9DOXHV  
All signal values are actively driven true (low voltage). Because the signal drivers  
are OR-tied, the bus terminator’s bias circuitry pulls false when it is released by  
the drivers at every SCSI device. If any device asserts a signal, (e.g., OR-tied  
signals), the signal is true. Table 3–2 shows the ANSI-specified and defined signal  
sources. Any device can assert RST at any time.  
6LJQDOV  
&ꢒ'ꢀꢀꢀꢀ,ꢒ2  
'%ꢁꢑ±ꢈꢂ  
'%ꢁ3ꢂ  
'%ꢁꢋꢎꢇꢔꢂ  
'%ꢁ3ꢋꢂ  
%XVꢀ3KDVH  
%6<  
6(/  
06*ꢀ5(4  
$&Eꢀ$71  
BUS FREE  
None  
All  
I&T  
None  
Winner  
Init  
None  
None  
None  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
None  
None  
Init  
Init  
Init  
Init  
Init  
Init  
Init  
None  
S ID  
Init  
Targ  
Init  
Targ  
Init  
Targ  
Targ  
Init  
None  
S ID  
Init  
Targ  
None  
Targ  
Init  
None  
None  
None  
ARBITRATION  
SELECTION  
RESELECTION  
COMMAND  
DATA IN  
DATA OUT  
STATUS  
MESSAGE IN  
MESSAGE OUT  
I&T  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
Targ  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
Init  
All:  
The signal is driven by all SCSI devices that are actively arbitrating.  
SCSI ID: Each SCSI device that is actively arbitrating asserts its unique SCSI ID  
bit. The other seven (or fifteen) data bits are released. The parity bit  
(DB(P or P1) can be released or driven true, but is never driven false  
during this phase.  
I&T:  
The signal is driven by the initiator, drive, or both, as specified in the  
SELECTION and RESELECTION phase.  
Init:  
None:  
If driven, this signal is driven only by the active initiator.  
The signal is released; that is, not driven by any SCSI device. The bias  
circuitry of the bus terminators pulls the signal to the false state.  
Winner: The signal is driven by the winning SCSI device.  
Targ:  
If the signal is driven, it is driven only by the active drive.  
7DEOHꢀꢈ±ꢅꢀꢀ6LJQDOꢀ6RXUFHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢇꢂꢇꢂꢅꢀꢀ6&6,ꢀ,'ꢀ%LWV  
SCSI permits a maximum of eight SCSI devices on a SCSI bus (16 devices are  
permitted when using wide SCSI). Each SCSI device has a unique SCSI ID  
assigned to it. This SCSI ID provides an address for identifying the device on the  
bus. On the drive, the SCSI ID is assigned by configuring jumpers or connecting  
remote switches to the option connector. Chapter 2, +DUGZDUHꢀ,PSOHPHQWDWLRQ has  
full instructions for setting the SCSI ID.  
ꢅꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢉꢅꢍꢅ  
6&6,ꢀ6LJQDOV  
The following paragraphs define SCSI signals and bus timing values.  
ꢇꢂꢈꢂꢄꢂ  
6&6,ꢀ6LJQDOꢀ'HILQLWLRQV  
Table 3–3 defines the SCSI bus signals.  
ACK (acknowledge)  
ATN (attention)  
A signal driven by the initiator as an acknowledgment of receipt of  
data from a target or as a signal to a target indicating when the  
target should read the data (out) lines.  
A signal driven by an initiator to indicate that it has a message to  
send.  
BSY (busy)  
An OR-tied signal that indicates that the bus is in use.  
C/D (control/data)  
A signal driven by a target that indicates whether CONTROL or  
DATA information is on the DATA BUS. True (low voltage)  
indicates CONTROL.  
DB(7–0,P) (data bus)  
Eight data-bit signals, plus a parity-bit signal that form a DATA  
BUS. DB(7) is the most significant bit and has the highest priority (8  
or 16-bit) during ARBITRATION. Bit number, significance, and  
priority decrease downward to DB(0). A data bit is defined as 1  
when the signal value is true (low voltage) and 0 when the signal  
value is false (high voltage). Data parity DB(P) is odd. Parity is  
undefined during ARBITRATION.  
DB(15–8,P1) (data bus)  
I/O (input/output)  
Eight data-bit signals, plus one parity-bit signal, that forms an  
extension to the DATA BUS. They are used for 16-bit (wide)  
interfaces. DB(15) is the most significant bit and has the higher  
priority (but below bit DB(0) during ARBITRATION. Bit number,  
significance, and priority decrease downward to DB(8). Data Parity  
DB (P1) is odd.  
A signal driven by a target that controls the direction of data  
movement on the DATA BUS with respect to an initiator. True  
indicates input to the initiator.  
Also used to distinguish between SELECTION and RESELECTION  
modes.  
MSG (message)  
REQ (request)  
A signal driven by a target during the MESSAGE phase.  
A signal driven by a target to indicate a request for an information  
transfer to or from the initiator. Each byte of data transferred is  
accompanied with a REQ/ACK “handshake”. See also,  
7DEOHꢀꢀ±ꢀꢀꢀ6&6,ꢐꢅꢀ%XVꢀ6LJQDOꢀ'HILQLWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
RST (reset)  
SEL (select)  
An OR-tied signal that initiates a RESET condition.  
An OR-tied signal used by an initiator to select a target or by a  
target to reselect an initiator.  
7DEOHꢀꢀ±ꢀꢀꢀ6&6,ꢐꢅꢀ%XVꢀ6LJQDOꢀ'HILQLWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢇꢂꢈꢂꢅꢂ  
6LJQDOꢀ%XVꢀ7LPLQJ  
The ANSI SCSI-2 standard defines the SCSI bus timing values shown in  
Table 3–4.  
Arbitration Delay  
Assertion Period  
2.4 µs  
90 ns  
Minimum time a SCSI device waits from asserting BSY for  
arbitration until the DATA BUS can be examined to see if  
arbitration has been won; there is no maximum time.  
Minimum time a drive asserts REQ while using  
synchronous data transfers; also, the minimum time that an  
initiator asserts ACK while using synchronous data  
transfers.  
Bus Clear Delay  
800 ns  
Maximum time for a SCSI device to stop driving all bus  
signals after:  
1. BUS FREE is detected.  
2. SEL is received from another SCSI device during  
ARBITRATION.  
3. Transition of RST to true.  
For condition 1, the maximum time for a SCSI device to  
clear the bus is 1200 ns (1.2 µs) from BSY and SEL first  
becoming both false.  
If a SCSI device requires more than a bus settle delay to  
detect BUS FREE, it clears the bus within a bus clear delay  
minus the excess time.  
Bus Free Delay  
Bus Set Delay  
800 ns  
1.8 µs  
Maximum time a SCSI device waits from its detection of  
BUS FREE until its assertion of BSY when going to  
ARBITRATION.  
Maximum time for a device to assert BSY and its SCSI ID  
bit on the DATA BUS after it detects BUS FREE to enter  
ARBITRATION.  
7DEOHꢀꢈ±ꢃꢀꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ7LPLQJꢀ9DOXHV  
ꢅꢎꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
Bus Settle Delay  
Cable Skew Delay  
Data Release Delay  
Deskew Delay  
400 ns  
10 ns  
Minimum time to wait for the bus to settle after changing  
certain control signals as called out in the protocol  
definitions  
Maximum difference in propagation time allowed between  
any two SCSI bus signals measured between any two SCSI  
devices.  
400 ns  
45 ns  
Maximum time for an initiator to release the DATA BUS  
signals following the transition of the I/O signal from false to  
true.  
Minimum time required to wait for all signals (especially  
data signals) to stabilize at their correct, final value after  
changing.  
Disconnection Delay  
Hold Time  
200 µs  
45 ns  
Minimum time that a drive waits after releasing BSY before  
participating in an ARBITRATION when honoring a  
DISCONNECT message from the initiator.  
Minimum time added between the assertion of REQ or ACK  
and changing the data lines to provide hold time in the  
initiator or drive while using standard (slow) synchronous  
data transfers.  
Negation Period  
90 ns  
Minimum time that a drive negates REQ while using  
synchronous data transfers; also, the minimum time than an  
initiator negates ACK while using synchronous data  
1
transfers.  
1
Power-On to Selection  
Recommended maximum time from power application until  
a drive is able to respond with appropriate status and sense  
data to the TEST UNIT READY, INQUIRY, and REQUEST  
SENSE commands.  
10 s  
Reset to Selection  
Time  
250  
Recommended maximum time after a hard RESET  
condition until a drive is able to respond with appropriate  
status and sense data to the TEST UNIT READY,  
INQUIRY, and REQUEST SENSE commands.  
1
ms  
Reset Hold Time  
25 µs  
Minimum time for which RST is asserted; there is no  
maximum time.  
Selection Abort Time  
200 µs  
Maximum time that a drive (or initiator) takes from its most  
recent detection of being selected (or reselected) until  
asserting a BSY response.  
Selection Time-Out  
Delay  
250  
Recommended minimum time a SCSI device should wait  
for a BSY response during SELECTION or RESELECTION  
before starting the time-out procedure.  
1
ms  
1
Recommended Time.  
7DEOHꢀꢀ±ꢁꢀꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ7LPLQJꢀ9DOXHVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
2
Minimum time allowed between the leading edges of  
Transfer Period  
successive REQ pulses and of successive ACK pulses  
while using standard or fast synchronous data transfers.  
The period range is 200 to 500ns minimum, standard, or  
100 to 500ns minimum, fast-synchronous.  
2
Set during an SDTR message.  
7DEOHꢀꢀ±ꢁꢀꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ7LPLQJꢀ9DOXHVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢅꢎꢃꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢉꢅꢎꢅ  
6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ3KDVHV  
The SCSI architecture includes eight distinct phases:  
BUS FREE phase  
ARBITRATION phase  
SELECTION phase  
RESELECTION phase  
COMMAND phase  
DATA phases (In/Out)  
STATUS phase  
MESSAGE phases (In/Out)  
The last four phases are called the “information transfer phases.”  
The SCSI bus can never be in more than one phase at any given time. In the  
following descriptions, signals that are not mentioned are not asserted.  
ꢇꢂꢉꢂꢄꢂ  
%86ꢀ)5((ꢀ3KDVH  
The BUS FREE phase indicates that there is no current I/O process and that the  
SCSI bus is available for a connection.  
SCSI devices detect the BUS FREE phase after the SEL and BSY signals are both  
false for at least one bus settle delay.  
During normal operation, the BUS FREE phase is entered when the drive releases  
the BSY signal. However, the BUS FREE phase can be entered following the  
release of the SEL signal after a SELECTION or RESELECTION phase time-out.  
BUS FREE might be entered unexpectedly. If, for example, an internal hardware  
or firmware fault makes it unsafe for the tape drive to continue operation without a  
full reset (similar to a power-up reset), or if ATN is asserted or a bus parity error is  
detected during non-tape data transfers.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
&$87,21  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
Any occurrence of a bus parity error (i.e., a single-bit error) should be  
considered serious: it implies the possibility of undetected double-bit  
error may exist on the bus. This may cause undetected data corruption.  
On properly configured SCSI buses, parity errors are extremely rare. If  
any are detected they should be addressed by improving the configuration  
of the SCSI bus. A well-configured SCSI bus in a normal environment  
should be virtually free of bus parity errors.  
Bus parity errors cause the tape drive to retry the operation, go to the  
STATUS phase, or go to BUS FREE and prepare Sense Data. Retrying of  
parity errors during Data Out Phase when writing is normally not done, but  
can be enabled by changing the EnaParErrRetry parameter in the VU  
EEROM Mode Page. This feature is not enabled by default because of  
possible negative impact on device performance (the data stream on  
writes cannot be pipelined as well).  
Initiators normally do not expect the BUS FREE phase to begin because of the  
drive’s release of the BSY signal unless it has occurred after the detection of a  
reset condition or after a drive has successfully transmitted or received one of the  
following messages:  
0HVVDJHVꢀ7UDQVPLWWHGꢀIURPꢀ'ULYHꢁ  
•
•
DISCONNECT  
COMMAND COMPLETE  
0HVVDJHVꢀ5HFHLYHGꢀE\ꢀ'ULYHꢁ  
•
•
•
•
•
ABORT  
BUS DEVICE RESET  
RELEASE RECOVERY  
ABORT TAG  
CLEAR QUEUE  
If an initiator detects the release of the BSY signal by the drive at any other time,  
the drive is indicating an error condition to the initiator. The drive can perform this  
transition to the BUS FREE phase independently of the state of the ATN signal.  
The initiator manages this condition as an unsuccessful I/O process termination.  
The drive terminates the I/O process by clearing all pending data and status  
information for the affected nexus. The drive can optionally prepare sense data that  
can be retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE command.  
ꢅꢎꢃꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
%XVꢀ)UHHꢀ6HTXHQFH  
1. BSY and SEL signals are continuously false for one bus settle delay.  
2. SCSI devices release all SCSI bus signals within one bus clear delay.  
•
•
If a SCSI device requires more than one bus settle delay to detect the  
BUS FREE phase, then it releases all SCSI bus signals within one  
bus clear delay minus the excess time to detect the BUS FREE  
phase.  
The total time to clear the SCSI bus cannot exceed one bus settle  
delay plus one bus clear delay.  
ꢇꢂꢉꢂꢅꢂ  
$5%,75$7,21ꢀ3KDVH  
The ARBITRATION phase allows one SCSI device to gain control of the SCSI  
bus so that it can initiate or resume an I/O process.  
The SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting both the BSY signal and  
its own SCSI ID after a BUS FREE phase occurs.  
$UELWUDWLRQꢀ6HTXHQFH  
1. The SCSI device waits for the BUS FREE phase to occur.  
2. The SCSI device waits a minimum of one bus free delay after  
detection of the BUS FREE phase before driving any signal.  
3. The SCSI device arbitrates for the SCSI bus by asserting the BSY  
signal and its SCSI ID.  
4. The SCSI device waits at least an arbitration delay to determine  
arbitration results.  
127(  
Step 4 requires that every device complete the arbitration phase to the  
point of SEL being asserted (for a SELECTION or RESELECTION phase)  
to avoid hanging the bus.  
•
•
If a higher priority SCSI ID bit is true on the DATA BUS, the SCSI  
device loses the arbitration.  
The losing SCSI device releases the BSY signal and its SCSI ID bit  
within one bus clear delay after the SEL signal asserted by the  
arbitration winner becomes true.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
•
The losing SCSI device waits for the SEL signal to become true  
before releasing the BSY signal and SCSI ID bit when arbitration  
is lost.  
•
•
The losing SCSI device returns to Step 1. If no higher priority  
SCSI ID bit is true on the DATA BUS, the SCSI device wins the  
arbitration and asserts the SEL signal.  
The winning SCSI device waits at least one bus clear delay plus  
one bus settle delay after asserting the SEL signal before changing  
any signals.  
ꢅꢎꢃꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢇꢂꢉꢂꢇꢂ  
6(/(&7,21ꢀ3KDVH  
The SELECTION phase allows an initiator to select a drive to initiate a drive  
function.  
The SCSI device that won the arbitration has both the BSY and SEL signals  
asserted and has delayed at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay  
before ending the ARBITRATION phase. The SCSI device that won the arbitration  
becomes an initiator by not asserting the I/O signal.  
During SELECTION, the I/O signal is negated so that this phase can be  
distinguished from the RESELECTION phase.  
6HOHFWLRQꢀ6HTXHQFH  
7KHꢁLQLWLDWRU:  
1. Sets the DATA BUS to the OR of its SCSI ID bit and the drive’s SCSI  
ID bit.  
2. Asserts the ATN signal (signaling that a MESSAGE OUT phase is to  
follow the SELECTION phase).  
3. Waits at least two deskew delays.  
4. Releases the BSY signal.  
5. Waits at least one bus settle delay.  
6. Looks for a response from the drive.  
7KHꢁGULYH:  
7. Determines that it is selected when the SEL signal and its SCSI ID bit  
are true and the BSY and I/O signals are false for at least one bus settle  
delay.  
8. Can examine the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the  
selecting initiator.  
9. Asserts the BSY signal within a selection abort time of its most recent  
detection of being selected (this is required for correct operation of the  
selection time-out procedure).  
•
The drive does not respond to a selection if bad parity is  
detected. Also, if more than two SCSI ID bits are on the DATA  
BUS, the drive does not respond to selection.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢃꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
•
Note that the initiator will release the SEL signal and may change  
the DATA BUS no less than two deskew delays after it detects  
that the BSY signal is true. The drive waits until the SEL signal  
is false before asserting the REQ signal to enter an information  
transfer phase. Other signals (e.g., MSG, C/D) may also be  
asserted.  
6HOHFWLRQꢀ7LPHꢇ2XW  
Two optional time-out procedures are specified for clearing the SCSI bus if the  
initiator waits a minimum of a selection time-out delay and there has been no BSY  
signal response from the drive.  
1. The initiator asserts the RST signal.  
2. The initiator follows these steps:  
a) Continues asserting the SEL and ATN signals and releases the  
DATA BUS.  
b) If it has not detected the BSY signal to be true after at least a  
selection abort time plus two deskew delays, the drive releases the  
SEL and ATN signals, allowing the SCSI bus to go to the BUS  
FREE phase.  
When responding to selection, SCSI devices ensure that the selection was still  
valid within a selection abort time of their assertion of the BSY signal. Failure to  
comply with the requirement could result in an improper selection.  
ꢅꢎꢃꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢇꢂꢉꢂꢈꢂ  
5(6(/(&7,21ꢀ3KDVH  
RESELECTION is an optional phase that allows a drive to reconnect to an initiator  
to continue an operation that was previously started by the initiator but was  
suspended by the drive.  
The initiator determines that it is reselected when the SEL and I/O signals and its  
SCSI ID bit are true, and the BSY signal is false for at least one bus settle delay.  
5HVHOHFWLRQꢀ6HTXHQFH  
7KHꢁGULYHꢅ  
1. Upon completing the ARBITRATION phase, asserts both the BSY and  
SEL signals.  
2. Delays at least one bus clear delay plus one bus settle delay.  
3. Asserts the I/O signal.  
4. Sets the DATA BUS to the logical OR of its SCSI ID bit and the  
initiator’s SCSI ID bit.  
5. Waits at least two deskew delays.  
6. Releases the BSY signal.  
7. Waits at least one bus settle delay before looking for a response from  
the initiator.  
7KHꢁLQLWLDWRUꢅ  
8. Determines that it is selected when the following occur for at least one  
bus settle delay: SEL, I/O, and the initiator’s SCSI ID bit are true and  
BSY is false.  
9. Examines the DATA BUS to determine the SCSI ID of the reselecting  
drive.  
10. Asserts the BSY signal within a selection abort time of its most recent  
detection of being reselected.  
•
The initiator does not respond to a RESELECTION phase if bad  
parity is detected or if more than two SCSI ID bits are on the  
DATA BUS.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢃꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢁ7KHꢁGULYHꢅ  
11. Detects the BSY signal is true.  
12. Asserts the BSY signal.  
13. Waits at least two deskew delays.  
14. Releases the SEL signal.  
•
The drive can then change the I/O signal and the DATA BUS.  
7KHꢁLQLWLDWRUꢅ  
15. Detects the SEL signal is false.  
16. Releases the BSY signal.  
7KHꢁGULYHꢅ  
17. Continues asserting the BSY signal until it relinquishes the SCSI bus.  
ꢅꢎꢃꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
5HVHOHFWLRQꢀ7LPHꢇ2XW  
Two optional time-out procedures are specified for clearing the SCSI bus  
if the initiator waits a minimum of a selection time-out delay and there has  
been no BSY signal response from the drive.  
1. The initiator asserts the RST signal.  
2. The initiator follows these steps:  
a) Continues asserting the SEL and ATN signals and releases the  
DATA BUS.  
b) If it has not detected the BSY signal to be true after at least a  
selection abort time plus two deskew delays, releases the SEL  
and ATN signals, allowing the SCSI bus to go to the BUS FREE  
phase.  
SCSI devices that respond to the RESELECTION phase must  
ensure that the reselection is still valid within a selection abort  
time of asserting the BSY signal.  
ꢇꢂꢉꢂꢉꢂ  
,QIRUPDWLRQꢀ7UDQVIHUꢀ3KDVHV  
127(6  
1. The tape drive supports wide asynchronous and synchronous data  
transfers.  
2. Both differential and single-ended versions of the tape drive are  
available.  
3. Odd parity is generated during all information transfer phases during  
which the device writes data to the SCSI bus, and parity is checked  
during all transfer phases in which data is read from the bus by the  
tape drive. Parity checking can be disabled (Chapter 2).  
4. The ANSI SCSI specification refers to mini-libraries as “medium  
changers.” In this chapter the term “mini-libraries” is used to describe  
these devices.  
5. The DLT8000 supports block size of 1 byte to 16 Mbytes.  
6. Disconnects from the SCSI bus are done at regular intervals during  
information transfer phases to allow other devices to access the bus.  
These disconnects are user-configurable via the Disconnect-  
Reconnect Page of the SCSI MODE SELECT command.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢃꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
127(6ꢀꢁ&217,18('ꢂ  
7. The tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus.  
Therefore, the drive does not 1) generated unsolicited interrupts to  
the bus, 2) initiate its own SCSI commands, and 3) assert bus reset.  
8. A mini-library subsystem is assigned two logical unit numbers  
(LUNs): the tape drive is always LUN 0, and the mini-library  
component has a default LUN of 1, but may be reconfigured to any  
LUN from 0 to 15 via the SCSI MODE SELECT command.  
The COMMAND, DATA, STATUS, and MESSAGE phases are known as the  
Information Transfer Phases because they are used to transfer data or control  
information.  
The C/D, I/O, and MSG signals are used to distinguish between the different  
information transfer phases (Table 3−5). The drive asserts these three signals and  
so controls all information transfer phase changes. The drive can also cause a BUS  
FREE phase by releasing the MSG, C/D, I/O, and BSY signals. The initiator can  
request a MESSAGE OUT phase by asserting the ATN signal.  
The information transfer phases use one or more REQ/ACK handshakes to control  
the information transfer. Each REQ/ACK handshake allows the transfer of one  
byte of information. During the information transfer phases, the BSY signal  
remains true and the SEL signal remains false. Additionally, the drive continuously  
envelopes the REQ/ACK handshake(s) with the C/D, I/O, and MSG signals in such  
a manner that these control signals are valid for one bus settle delay before the  
assertion of the REQ signal of the first handshake and remain valid after the  
negation of the ACK signal at the end of the handshake of the last transfer of the  
phase.  
After the negation of the ACK signal of the last transfer of the phase, the drive can  
prepare for a new phase by asserting or negating the C/D, I/O, and MSG signals.  
These signals can be changed together or individually. They can be changed in any  
order and can be changed more than once (although each line should change only  
once). A new phase does not begin until the REQ signal is asserted for the first  
byte of the new phase.  
ꢅꢎꢄꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
A phase ends when the C/D, I/O, or MSG signal changes after the negation of the  
ACK signal. The time between the end of a phase and the assertion of the REQ  
signal beginning a new phase is undefined. An initiator is allowed to anticipate a  
new phase based on the previous phase, the expected new phase, and early  
information provided by changes in the C/D, I/O, and MSG signals. However, the  
anticipated phase is not valid until the REQ signal is asserted at the beginning of  
the next phase.  
,QIRUPDWLRQꢀ7UDQVIHUꢀ'LUHFWLRQ  
True I/O Signal: from drive to initiator  
False I/O Signal: from initiator to drive  
6LJQDO  
06*  
&ꢒ'  
,ꢒ2  
3KDVHꢀ1DPH  
'LUHFWLRQꢀRIꢀ7UDQVIHUꢒꢀ'HILQLWLRQ  
0
0
0
DATA OUT  
Initiator to drive.  
Allows the drive to request that data be  
sent from the initiator to the drive.  
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
DATA IN  
Drive to initiator.  
Allows the drive to send data to the  
initiator.  
Initiator to drive.  
Allows the drive to request a command  
from the initiator.  
COMMAND  
STATUS  
Drive to initiator.  
Allows the drive to send status  
information be sent from the drive to  
the initiator.  
1
1
0
MESSAGE OUT  
Initiator to drive.  
Allows the drive to request that  
message(s) be sent from the initiator to  
the drive; the drive invokes this phase  
in response to the attention condition  
created by the initiator.  
The drive handshakes byte(s) until the  
ATN signal is negated, except when  
rejecting a message.  
See 3.5.5.4 0HVVDJH 2XW ² $GGLWLRQDO  
&RQGLWLRQVꢂ  
1
1
1
MESSAGE IN  
Drive to initiator.  
Allows the drive to send message(s) to  
the initiator.  
7DEOHꢀꢀ±ꢂꢀꢀ,QIRUPDWLRQꢀ7UDQVIHUꢀ3KDVHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢄꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢉꢅꢎꢅꢎꢅꢋꢅ  
$V\QFKURQRXVꢀ'DWDꢀ7UDQVIHU  
'ULYHꢁWRꢁ,QLWLDWRUꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ3URFHGXUH  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
The drive drives the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals to their desired values.  
Drive delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.  
Drive asserts the REQ signal.  
Initiator reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals.  
Initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting the ACK signal.  
When ACK is true at the drive, drive can change or release the DB (0-15, P,  
& P1) signals.  
7.  
8.  
9.  
Drive negates the REQ signal.  
Initiator negates the ACK signal.  
Drive can continue the transfer by driving the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals  
and asserting the REQ signal (Steps 1 – 3).  
,QLWLDWRUꢆWRꢆ'ULYHꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ3URFHGXUH  
1.  
2.  
3.  
4.  
5.  
6.  
7.  
8.  
9.  
Drive asserts the REQ signal.  
Initiator drives the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals to their desired values.  
Initiator delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.  
Initiator asserts the ACK signal.  
When ACK is true at the drive, drive reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals.  
Drive negates the REQ signal.  
Initiator can change or release the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals.  
Initiator negates the ACK signal.  
Drive can continue the transfer by asserting the REQ signal (Step 1).  
ꢅꢎꢄꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
ꢉꢅꢎꢅꢎꢅꢌꢅ 6\QFKURQRXVꢀ'DWDꢀ7UDQVIHU  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
Synchronous Data Transfer is optional and is only used in DATA phases and only  
if a synchronous data transfer agreement is established. The REQ/ACK offset  
specifies the maximum number of REQ pulses that can be sent by the drive in  
advance of the number of ACK pulses received from the initiator, establishing a  
pacing mechanism. If the number of REQ pulses exceeds the number of ACK  
pulses by the REQ/ACK offset, the drive does not assert the REQ signal until after  
the leading edge of the next ACK pulse is received. For successful completion of  
the data phase, the number of ACK and REQ pulses must be equal.  
The initiator sends one ACK signal pulse for each REQ pulse received. The ACK  
signal can be asserted as soon as the leading edge of the corresponding REQ pulse  
has been received.  
'ULYHꢆWRꢆ,QLWLDWRUꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ3URFHGXUH  
1. The drive sets the DB (7–0, P) signals to the desired values. The DB (0-15,  
P, & P1) signals are held valid for a minimum of one deskew delay plus  
one cable skew delay after REQ is asserted.  
2. Drive delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.  
3. Drive asserts the REQ signal for a minimum of one assertion period. Drive  
can negate the REQ signal and change or release the DB (0-15, P, & P1)  
signals.  
4. Initiator reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals within one hold time of the  
transition of the REQ signal to true.  
5. Initiator indicates its acceptance of the data by asserting an ACK pulse.  
6. The drive waits at least the greater or these periods before again asserting  
REQ:  
a) A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to  
true, or  
b) A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to  
false.  
7. The initiator waits at least the greater of these periods before reasserting  
ACK:  
a) A transfer period from the last transition of the ACK signal to true, or  
b ) A negation period from the last transition of the ACK signal to false.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢄꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
,QLWLDWRUꢆWRꢆ'ULYHꢁ7UDQVIHUꢁ3URFHGXUH  
Initiator transfers one byte for each REQ pulse received.  
1. Drive asserts the REQ signal.  
2. After receiving the leading edge of the REQ signal, initiator drives the  
DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals to their desired values. The DB (0-15, P, &  
P1) signals are held valid for at least one deskew delay plus one cable  
skew delay plus one hold time delay after the assertion of the ACK  
signal.  
3. Initiator delays at least one deskew delay plus a cable skew delay.  
4. Initiator asserts the ACK signal for a minimum of one assertion period.  
5. Initiator can negate the ACK signal and change or release the DB (0-  
15, P, & P1) signals.  
6. Drive reads the DB (0-15, P, & P1) signals within one hold time of the  
transition of the ACK signal to true.  
7. The drive waits at least the greater of these periods before again  
asserting the REQ signal:  
a) A transfer period from the last transition of the REQ signal to  
true, or  
b) A negation period from the last transition of the REQ signal to  
false.  
8. The initiator waits at least the greater of the following periods before  
again asserting the ACK signal:  
a) A transfer period from the last transition of the ACK signal to  
true, or  
b) A negation period from the last transition of the ACK signal to  
false.  
ꢅꢎꢄꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
ꢉꢅꢎꢅꢎꢅꢉꢅ 6LJQDOꢀ5HVWULFWLRQVꢀ%HWZHHQꢀ3KDVHV  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
When the SCSI bus is between two information transfer phases, the following  
restrictions apply to the SCSI bus signals:  
•
•
•
The BSY, SEL, REQ, and ACK signals do not change.  
The C/D, I/O, MSG, and DATA BUS signals can change.  
When changing the DATA BUS direction from out (initiator-driving)  
to in (drive-driving), the drive delays driving the DATA BUS by at  
least a data release delay plus one bus settle delay after asserting the  
I/O signal. The initiator releases the DATA BUS no later than a data  
release delay after the transition of the I/O signal to true.  
•
•
When switching the DATA BUS from in to out, the drive releases the  
DATA BUS no later than a deskew delay after negating the I/O signal.  
The ATN and RST signals can change as defined under the  
descriptions for the attention condition (Section 3.6.1) and reset  
condition (Section 3.6.2).  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢄꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
ꢉꢅꢎꢅꢎꢅꢍꢅ 67$786ꢀ3KDVH  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
The tape drive enters the status phase just once per command unless a retry is  
requested by the initiator. The only exception is during error cases when the device  
goes immediately to bus free, as defined in the ANSI SCSI-2 specification.  
Status bytes the tape drive can return are as follows:  
6WDWXVꢀ%\WHVꢀ5HWXUQHGꢀIURPꢀ7DSH  
'ULYH  
'HILQLWLRQ  
GOOD (00h)  
This status indicates that the drive  
successfully completed the command.  
CHECK CONDITION (02h)  
A contingent allegiance condition occurred.  
The REQUEST SENSE command should be  
sent following this status to determine the  
nature of the event.  
BUSY (08h)  
Target is busy. This status is returned  
whenever the device is unable to accept a  
command from an otherwise acceptable  
initiator. The initiator should reissue the  
command at a later time.  
INTERMEDIATE GOOD (10h)  
This status is returned instead of GOOD for  
commands issued with the LINK bit set = 1.  
Following the return of this status, the drive  
proceeds to the COMMAND phase for the  
transfer of the next linked command.  
RESERVATION CONFLICT (18h)  
COMMAND TERMINATED (22h)  
This status is returned by the drive whenever  
a SCSI device attempts to access the drive  
when it has been reserved for another initiator  
with a RESERVE UNIT command.  
This status is returned for a command that  
was terminated via a TERMINATE I/O  
PROCESS message. This status also  
indicates that a contingent allegiance  
condition has occurred.  
ꢅꢎꢄꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
127(  
In contrast to the BUSY status condition, the DRIVE NOT READY Sense  
Key is returned as part of the Sense data following a REQUEST SENSE  
command and indicates that a media access command has been issued  
but that the media is not ready to be accessed (for example, the tape  
cartridge is not installed, the tape medium has been unloaded, the tape  
drive is currently initializing the tape medium to prepare it for access,  
etc.).  
In the DRIVE NOT READY state, the initiator cannot perform any  
operation that would cause tape motion (READ, WRITE, VERIFY, for  
example). These commands return a CHECK CONDITION status with a  
DRIVE NOT READY sense key. The initiator may execute commands that  
do not require tape motion or access to the tape medium, and a GOOD  
status may be the result.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢄꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢉꢅꢐꢅ  
6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ&RQGLWLRQV  
The SCSI bus has two asynchronous conditions: Attention and Reset.  
ꢇꢂꢎꢂꢄꢂ $WWHQWLRQꢀ&RQGLWLRQ  
The attention condition informs a drive that an initiator has a message ready. The  
drive gets the message by performing a MESSAGE OUT phase. The attention  
condition requires the following timing:  
•
The initiator creates the attention condition by asserting ATN at any  
time except during the ARBITRATION or BUS FREE phases.  
•
The initiator negates the ATN signal at least two deskew delays before  
asserting the ACK signal while transferring the last byte of the  
message.  
•
•
If the drive detects that the initiator failed to meet this requirement,  
then the drive goes to BUS FREE.  
Before transition to a new bus phase, the initiator asserts the ATN  
signal, then waits at least two deskew delays before negating the ACK  
signal for the last byte transferred in the current bus phase. Asserting  
the ATN signal later cannot be honored until a later bus phase and  
then cannot result in the expected action.  
The drive responds with MESSAGE OUT as described in the following table.  
ꢅꢎꢄꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
$71ꢀ6LJQDOꢀ7UXHꢀLQꢀ3KDVHꢅꢅꢅ  
7KHꢀ'ULYHꢀ(QWHUVꢀ0(66$*(ꢀ287«  
COMMAND  
After transferring part or all of the command descriptor  
block bytes.  
DATA  
At the drive’s earliest convenience (often on a logical  
block boundary). The initiator continues REQ/ACK  
handshakes until it detects the phase change.  
STATUS  
After the status byte has been acknowledged by the  
initiator.  
MESSAGE IN  
Before it sends another message. This permits a  
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message from the initiator  
to be associated with the appropriate message.  
1
SELECTION  
Immediately after that SELECTION phase.  
2
RESELECTION  
After the drive has sent its IDENTIFY message for that  
RESELECTION phase.  
1
Before the initiator releases BSY, provided the initiator asserted ATN  
2
The initiator should only assert the ATN signal during a RESELECTION phase  
to transmit a BUS DEVICE RESET or DISCONNECT message.  
7DEOHꢀꢀ±ꢃꢀꢀ'ULYHꢀ0(66$*(ꢀ287ꢀ3KDVHꢀ5HVSRQVH  
The initiator keeps the ATN signal asserted if more than one byte is to be  
transferred. The initiator can negate the ATN signal at any time, except it does not  
negate the ATN signal while the ACK signal is asserted during a MESSAGE OUT  
phase. Normally, the initiator negates the ATN signal while the REQ signal is true  
and the ACK signal is false during the last REQ/ACK handshake of the  
MESSAGE OUT phase.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢄꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢇꢂꢎꢂꢅꢂ  
5HVHWꢀ&RQGLWLRQ  
The tape drive responds to power-on and/or bus reset conditions as described:  
•
•
•
All tape drive SCSI lines assert high impedance when the tape drive is  
powered off.  
The drive does not generate any spurious signals on the SCSI bus  
when the drive is powered on.  
Within five (5) seconds of power-on, and within 250 milliseconds  
(typically under 4 milliseconds) after a bus reset, the tape drive  
responds to SCSI bus selections and returns the appropriate normal  
responses. Tape motion commands are returned with Check Condition  
status, Sense Key of Not Ready, until the medium has been made  
ready.  
•
The tape medium is rewound to Beginning of Partition (BOP, i.e.,  
Beginning of Tape [BOT]).  
Note that the tape drive does not implement the hard reset alternative for bus  
RESET processing.  
The tape drive recognizes multiple bus resets in succession as well as bus resets of  
arbitrarily long duration (powering on conditions). It recovers within the time  
limits specified above following the last bus reset.  
ꢅꢎꢅꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢇꢂꢎꢂꢇꢂ  
ꢀ4XHXHGꢀ8QLWꢀ$WWHQWLRQV  
Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on the tape drive and are maintained  
separately for each valid LUN for each initiator. Unit Attentions are created as a  
result of the following circumstances:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
Power on  
Bus reset  
Bus device reset message  
When the media may have changed asynchronously  
When another initiator has changed the mode parameters  
When a firmware (microcode) update has completed  
Two (2) queued Unit Attentions are not unusual. For example, if a drive is  
powered up and a cartridge is loaded, “power up” and “not ready to ready  
transition” Unit Attention messages are created. Due to a limited number of Unit  
Attention buffers, if an initiator does not clear Unit Attentions queued for it, the  
tape drive at some point stops generating new Unit Attention messages for the  
Initiator-Logical Unit (I-L) combination (existing messages remain queued).  
A LOAD command does not generate a Unit Attention message for the initiator  
that issued the command, since the transition to ready is synchronous.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢅꢎꢅꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, 'HVFULSWLRQ  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
ꢅꢎꢅꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢈꢂ 0HVVDJHV  
7KH 6&6, PHVVDJH V\VWHP DOORZV FRPPXQLFDWLRQ EHWZHHQ DQ LQLWLDWRU DQG WKH GULYH IRU  
LQWHUIDFH PDQDJHPHQW DQG FRPPDQG TXDOLILFDWLRQꢂ 0HVVDJHV FDQ EH RULJLQDWHG E\ HLWKHU  
WKH LQLWLDWRU RU WKH GULYHꢂ 7KLV VHFWLRQ FRQWDLQV D GHWDLOHG GHVFULSWLRQ RI WKH PHVVDJHV  
VXSSRUWHG E\ WKH GLVN GULYHVꢂ  
ꢍꢅꢋꢅ  
0HVVDJHꢀ)RUPDW  
A message can be one or more bytes in length. One or more messages can be sent  
during a single MESSAGE phase, but a message cannot be split over MESSAGE  
phases. The initiator is required to end the MESSAGE OUT phase (by negating  
ATN) when it sends certain messages that are identified in Table 4–2.  
When a connection to the drive is established (i.e., the drive is selected with ATN  
asserted), the first message byte passed by the initiator must be either an  
IDENTIFY, ABORT, or BUS DEVICE RESET message. If not, the drive discards  
the message, saves no status information, and goes to the BUS FREE phase.  
If an initiator supplies an unsupported message (for example, COMMAND  
COMPLETE or a reserved or undefined message code), the drive returns a  
MESSAGE REJECT message and continues where it left off (possibly returning to  
MESSAGE OUT if ATN is raised).  
The first byte of the message, as defined in Table 4–1, determines the format of the  
message.  
0HVVDJHꢀ&RGH  
00h  
0HVVDJH  
One-byte message (COMMAND COMPLETE)  
Extended message  
01h  
02h – 1Fh  
20h – 2Fh  
40h – 7Fh  
80h – FFh  
One-byte message  
Two-byte message  
Reserved  
One-byte message (IDENTIFY)  
7DEOHꢀꢃ±ꢆꢀꢀ0HVVDJHꢀ)RUPDW  
The DLT8000 tape drive supports the messages listed in Table 4–2. The message  
code and the direction of the message flow is also included in the table (In = target  
to initiator, Out = initiator to target).  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢆꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
0HVVDJH  
0HVVDJHꢀ&RGH  
'LUHFWLRQ  
ABORT  
06h  
0Ch  
00h  
04h  
01h  
Out  
Out  
BUS DEVICE RESET  
COMMAND COMPLETE  
DISCONNECT  
In  
In  
In  
Out  
Out  
EXTENDED MESSAGE (SDTR and  
wide Data Transfer Request)  
*
IDENTIFY  
80h – FFh  
23h  
In  
In  
Out  
Out  
IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE  
INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR  
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE  
05h  
0Ah  
In  
In  
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE  
(with flag)  
0Bh  
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR  
MESSAGE REJECT  
09h  
07h  
08h  
03h  
02h  
03h  
Out  
Out  
In  
NO OPERATION  
RESTORE POINTERS  
SAVE DATA POINTER  
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST  
In  
In  
In  
*
Out  
ꢓ
([WHQGHGꢀPHVVDJHVꢀꢁ)LJXUHꢀꢍ±ꢋꢂꢅ  
7DEOHꢀꢃ±ꢅꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ0HVVDJHV  
Two-byte messages consist of two consecutive bytes. The value of the first byte, as  
defined in Table 4–1, determines which message is to be transmitted. The second  
byte is a parameter byte that is used as defined in the message description.  
A value of 1 in the first byte indicates the beginning of a multiple-byte extended  
message. The minimum number of bytes sent for an extended message is three.  
The extended message format is shown in Figure 4–1 and the data fields are  
described in Table 4–3.  
ꢆꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Extended Message (01h)  
Extended Message Length  
Extended Message Code  
Extended Message Arguments  
1
2
3
to  
n - 1  
)LJXUHꢀꢁ±ꢄꢀꢀ([WHQGHGꢀ0HVVDJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Extended Message Length  
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the Extended  
Message Code plus the Extended Message Arguments  
that follow. Therefore, the total length of the message is  
equal to the Extended Message Length plus 2.  
A value of 0 for the Extended Message Length indicates  
that 256 bytes follow.  
Extended Message Code  
The drive supports three Extended Messages. They are:  
00h  
01h  
03h  
MODIFY DATA POINTER  
SYNCHRONOUS DATA TRANSFER REQUEST  
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST  
7DEOHꢀꢁ±ꢀꢀꢀ([WHQGHGꢀ0HVVDJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢆꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢍꢅꢌꢅ  
6XSSRUWHGꢀ6&6,ꢀ0HVVDJHV  
Following are descriptions of each of the messages supported by the drive.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢄꢂ  
$%257ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢎKꢋ  
This message is sent from the initiator to the target to clear the current I/O process  
on the selected unit. Buffered (cached) write operations are completed if possible.  
The target goes directly to the BUS FREE phase after successful receipt of this  
message. Current settings of MODE SELECT parameters and reservations are not  
affected. Commands, data, and status for other initiators is not affected.  
This message can be sent to a logical unit that is not currently performing an  
operation for the initiator. If no unit has been selected, the target goes to BUS  
FREE phase and no commands, data, or status on the target are affected.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢅꢂ  
%86ꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ5(6(7ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁ&Kꢋ  
The BUS DEVICE RESET message is sent from an initiator to direct the drive to  
clear all I/O processes on the drive. The message causes the drive to:  
1. Flush the contents of cache to tape and go to the BUS FREE phase.  
2. Execute a hard reset, leaving it as if a Bus Reset had occurred.  
The drive creates a Unit Attention condition for all initiators after accepting and  
processing a Bus Device Reset message. The additional sense code is set to  
POWER ON, RESET, or BUS DEVICE RESET OCCURRED.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢇꢂ  
&200$1'ꢀ&203/(7(ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢁKꢋ  
The COMMAND COMPLETE message is sent by the drive to an initiator to  
indicate that an I/O process has completed and that valid status has been sent to the  
initiator. After successfully sending this message, the drive goes to the BUS FREE  
phase by releasing the BSY signal. The drive considers the message transmission  
successful when it detects the negation of ACK for the COMMAND COMPLETE  
message with the ATN signal false. If a COMMAND COMPLETE message is  
received by the tape drive, it is handled as an illegal message: the drive returns  
MESSAGE REJECT and enters its STATUS phase, reporting CHECK  
CONDITION with the sense key set to COMMAND ABORTED.  
ꢆꢎꢆ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢈꢂ  
ꢀ',6&211(&7ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢈKꢋ  
The DISCONNECT message is sent from the drive to inform the initiator that the  
present connection is going to be broken (the drive plans to disconnect by releasing  
the BSY signal) and a later reconnect will be required to complete the current I/O  
process. The message does not cause the initiator to save the data pointer. After  
sending the message, the drive goes to the BUS FREE phase by releasing the BSY  
signal.  
The DISCONNECT message can also be sent by the initiator to tell the drive to  
suspend the current phase and disconnect from the bus. The drive’s response to  
and its handling of a DISCONNECT message are based on when, in the I/O  
process, the initiator introduces the DISCONNECT message. Table 4–4  
summarizes the drive’s response.  
%86ꢀ3KDVH  
'ULYHꢀ5HVSRQVH  
SELECTION  
The drive discards the DISCONNECT message and goes to BUS  
FREE.  
COMMAND  
DATA  
The drive discards the DISCONNECT message and goes to BUS  
FREE. The ATTENTION request is ignored while the Command  
Descriptor Block is fetched. The drive does not switch to  
MESSAGE OUT until the current DMA completes.  
The ATTENTION request is ignored while the current data  
transfer completes; that is, the drive does not switch to  
MESSAGE OUT until after the current DMA completes. The drive  
returns a MESSAGE REJECT message and responds with  
CHECK CONDITION status, indicating the command aborted  
because of an invalid message.  
STATUS  
The drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message, then sends  
COMMAND COMPLETE.  
MESSAGE IN  
The drive sends a MESSAGE REJECT message and switches to  
the BUS FREE phase.  
7DEOHꢀꢁ±ꢁꢀꢀ'ULYHꢀ5HVSRQVHꢀWRꢀ',6&211(&7ꢀ0HVVDJH  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢆꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢉꢂ  
ꢀ,'(17,)<ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢌꢁKꢀꢃꢀ))Kꢋ  
The IDENTIFY message is sent by either the initiator or the drive to establish or  
re-establish the physical connection path between an initiator and target for a  
particular logical unit. under the conditions listed below. Figure 4–2 shows the  
format of the IDENTIFY message and Table 4–5 describes the data field contents.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Identify  
DiscPriv  
LUNTAR  
Reserved  
LUNTRAN  
)LJXUHꢀꢁ±ꢅꢀꢀ,'(17,)<ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Identify  
The Identify bit must be set to 1. This identifies the message as  
an IDENTIFY message.  
DiscPriv  
LUNTAR  
Disconnect Privilege. The DiscPriv can be 0, provided that no  
other I/O process is currently active in the drive. If not set to 1  
and other I/O processes are currently active in the drive, the  
drive returns BUSY status.  
The Logical Unit/Target Routine (LUNTAR) field must be set to  
zero. The drive supports a single Logical Unit Number (LUN 0 ).  
A LUNTAR bit of one causes the drive to send a MESSAGE  
REJECT message and switch to the BUS FREE phase.  
Reserved  
LUNTRN  
The Reserved bits must be zero. If a Reserved bit is non-zero,  
the drive returns a MESSAGE REJECT message and switches  
to the BUS FREE phase.  
Logical Unit Number.  
7DEOHꢀꢁ±ꢂꢀꢀ,'(17,)<ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢆꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢎꢂ  
ꢀ,*125(ꢀ:,'(ꢀ5(6,'8(ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢅꢇKꢋ  
The IGNORE WIDE RESIDUE message is sent by the target to the initiator to  
indicate that the number of valid bytes sent during the last REQ/ACK handshake  
and REQB/ACKB handshake of a DATA IN phase is less than the negotiated  
transfer width. The Ignore field indicates the number of invalid data bytes  
transferred. This message is sent immediately following that DATA IN phase and  
prior to any other messages. Figure 4-3 illustrates the data format of an IGNORE  
WIDE RESIDUE message. Table 4-6 describes the Ignore field bit definitions.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Message Code (23h)  
Ignore (01h)  
1
)LJXUHꢀꢁ±ꢈꢀꢀ,*125(ꢀ:,'(ꢀ5(6,'8(ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Ignore  
Invalid Data Bits  
16-bit Transfers  
Reserved  
00h  
01h  
DB(15-8)  
02h - FFh  
Reserved  
7DEOHꢀꢁ±ꢉꢀꢀ,*125(ꢀ:,'(ꢀ5(6,'8(ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HILQLWLRQ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢆꢎꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢍꢂ  
ꢀ,1,7,$725ꢀ'(7(&7('ꢀ(5525ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢉKꢋ  
The INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message is sent from an initiator to inform  
the drive that an error has occurred that does not preclude the drive from retrying  
the operation (a bus parity error, for example). The source of the error may either  
be related to previous activities on the SCSI bus or may be only drive-related.  
When received, the tape drive attempts to re-transfer the last command, data, or  
status bytes by using the RESTORE POINTER message mechanism.  
The drive’s response to and its handling of an INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR  
message are based on when, in the I/O process, the initiator introduces the  
message. Table 4–7 summarizes the drive’s response.  
%86ꢀ3KDVH  
'ULYHꢀ5HVSRQVH  
SELECTION  
The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and  
then goes to the BUS FREE phase.  
COMMAND  
The drive discards any Command Descriptor Block bytes fetched from  
the initiator, sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the  
Additional Sense Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE  
RECEIVED. It sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND  
COMPLETE message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase.  
DATA  
The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and  
sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the Additional Sense  
Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED. It  
sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE  
message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase.  
STATUS  
The drive sends a RESTORE POINTERS message, returns to the  
STATUS phase, resends the STATUS command, and continues the I/O  
process.  
MESSAGE IN  
The drive discards the INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR message and  
sets the Sense Key to ABORTED COMMAND, sets the Additional Sense  
Code to INITIATOR DETECTED ERROR MESSAGE RECEIVED. It  
sends the CHECK CONDITION status and the COMMAND COMPLETE  
message and then goes to the BUS FREE phase.  
7DEOHꢀꢃ±ꢊꢀꢀ'ULYHꢀ5HVSRQVHꢀWRꢀ,1,7,$725ꢀ'(7(&7('ꢀ(5525ꢀ0HVVDJH  
ꢆꢎꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢌꢂ  
/,1@('ꢀ&200$1'ꢀ&203/(7(ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁ$Kꢋ  
This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a  
linked command (with the FLAG bit set to zero) is complete and that status has  
been sent. The initiator then sets the pointers to the initial state for the next  
command.  
If received by a target, this message is handled as an illegal message; the drive  
enters the MESSAGE IN phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢏꢂ  
/,1@('ꢀ&200$1'ꢀ&203/(7(ꢆꢀZLWKꢀ)ODJꢀ0HVVDJH  
ꢊꢁ%Kꢋ  
This message is sent from a target to an initiator to indicate that the execution of a  
linked command (with the FLAG bit set to one) is complete and that status has  
been sent.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢄꢁꢂ  
0(66$*(ꢀ3$5,7<ꢀ(5525ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢏKꢋ  
This message is sent from the initiator to tell the drive that the last message byte  
the drive passed on to the initiator contained a parity error.  
To indicate that it intends to send the message, the initiator sets the ATN signal  
before it releases ACK for the REQ/ACK handshake of the message that has the  
parity error. This provides an interlock so that the target can determine which  
message has the parity error. If the target receives this message under any other  
condition, it proceeds directly to the BUS FREE state by releasing the BSY signal,  
signifying a catastrophic error.  
The target’s response to this message is to switch to the MESSAGE IN phase and  
re-send from the beginning all the bytes of the message that precipitated the  
MESSAGE PARITY ERROR message.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢄꢄꢂ  
0(66$*(ꢀ5(-(&7ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢍKꢋ  
This message is sent from the initiator or target to indicate that the last message  
received was inappropriate or has not been implemented.  
To indicate its intention to send this message, the initiator asserts the ATN signal  
before it releases ACK for the REQ/ACK handshake of the message that is to be  
rejected. MESSAGE REJECT is issued in response to any message the drive  
considers to be illegal or not supported. When sending to the initiator, the tape  
drive does so before requesting any additional message bytes.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢆꢎꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢄꢅꢂ  
12ꢀ23(5$7,21ꢀꢊꢁꢌKꢋ  
If a target requests a message, the initiator sends a NO OPERATION message if it  
does not currently have any other valid message to send. The message is accepted  
when the drive is acting as a target and may be sent when it is an initiator. If a NO  
OPERATION message is received during a selection, the drive proceeds to the  
COMMAND phase (provided ATN does not continue as asserted); the NO  
OPERATION message is ignored by the tape drive.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢄꢇꢂ  
5(6725(ꢀ32,17(56ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢇKꢋ  
The RESTORE POINTERS message is sent from the drive to the initiator to direct  
the initiator to copy the most recently saved command, data, and status pointers for  
the I/O process to the corresponding current pointers. The command and status  
pointers are restored to the beginning of the present command and status areas.  
The data pointer is restored to the value at the beginning of the data area in the  
absence of a SAVE DATA POINTER message or to the value at the point at which  
the last SAVE DATA POINTER message occurred for that logical unit.  
When the RESTORE POINTERS message is received as a target, the target  
switches to the message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT.  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢄꢈꢂ  
6$9(ꢀ'$7$ꢀ32,17(5ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢅKꢋ  
The SAVE DATA POINTER message is sent from the drive to direct the initiator  
to copy the current data pointer to the saved data pointer for the current I/O  
process.  
When functioning as a target, the tape drive sends this message before a disconnect  
during a data transfer. It does not send a SAVE DATA POINTER message if it  
intends to move directly to STATUS phase. When received as a target, it switches  
to message in phase and returns MESSAGE REJECT.  
ꢆꢎꢃꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢂꢃꢄꢃꢅꢆꢃ  
6<1&+521286ꢀ'$7$ꢀ75$16)(5ꢀ5(48(67  
0HVVDJHꢀꢊꢁꢄKꢋ  
127(  
The tape drive supports initiating synchronous transfer negotiations with  
the host, but this feature is disabled by default. To enable it, set the  
MODE SELECT VU ERROM parameter EnaInitSyncNeg.  
This extended message allows the target and initiator to agree on the values of the  
parameters relevant to synchronous transfers. The tape drive will not initiate the  
Synchronous Data Transfer Request message; it relies on the initiator to do so. The  
Synchronous Data Transfer Request command has the format shown in Figure 4-4.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Extended Message Identifier (01h)  
(see Figure 4-1)  
1
2
3
4
Length (03h)  
Message Code (01h)  
Transfer Period: Min. = 25 (19h) (equals 100 ns)  
Transfer REQ/ACK Offset: Max. = 15  
)LJXUHꢀꢁ±ꢃꢀꢀ6\QFKURQRXVꢀ'DWDꢀ7UDQVIHUꢀ5HTXHVWꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢆꢎꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
ꢈꢂꢅꢂꢄꢎꢂ  
:,'(ꢀ'$7$ꢀ75$16)(5ꢀ5(48(67ꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢊꢁꢇKꢋ  
The following figure illustrates the message formats.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Extended Message Identifier (01h)  
(see Figure 4-1)  
1
2
3
Extended Message Length (02h)  
WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST (03h)  
Transfer Width Exponent  
)LJXUHꢀꢁ±ꢇꢀꢀ:LGHꢀ'DWDꢀ7UDQVIHUꢀ5HTXHVWꢀ0HVVDJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
A WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message exchange is initiated by a SCSI  
device whenever a previously arranged transfer width agreement may have become  
invalid. The agreement becomes invalid after any condition that may leave the data  
transfer agreement in an indeterminate state such as  
•
•
•
After a hard reset condition  
After a BUS DEVICE RESET Message  
After a power cycle.  
The WIDE DATA TRANSFER REQUEST Message exchange establishes an  
agreement between two SCSI devices on the width of the data path to be used for  
DATA phase transfer between them. This agreement applies to DATA IN and  
DATA OUT phases only. All other information transfer phases must use an 8-bit  
data path.  
ꢆꢎꢃꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
The DLT8000 tape drive implements both wide data transfer option and  
synchronous data transfer option. It negotiates the wide data transfer agreement  
prior to negotiating the synchronous data transfer agreement. If a synchronous data  
transfer agreement is in effect, then after accepting a WIDE DATA TRANSFER  
REQUEST message, it resets the synchronous agreement to asynchronous mode.  
The transfer width is two the transfer width exponent bytes wide. The transfer  
width that is established applies to all logical units. Valid transfer widths for the  
DLT8000 tape drive are 8 bits (m = 00h) and 16 bits (m = 01h). Values of m  
greater than 01h are reserved.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢆꢎꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
0HVVDJHV  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
ꢆꢎꢃꢆ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
ꢉꢂ 6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGV  
7KLV FKDSWHU GHVFULEHV WKH 6&6, SURWRFRO IHDWXUHV LPSOHPHQWHG LQ WKH '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ WDSH  
V\VWHPꢂ 1RWH WKDW WKH VHFWLRQV LQFOXGHG LQ WKLV FKDSWHU GR QRW IXOO\ UHLWHUDWH HYHU\ $16,  
6&6, PHVVDJHꢌ RSWLRQꢌ DQGꢏRU FRPPDQG FRGH VSHFLILFDWLRQꢑ WKH VHFWLRQV GR GHVFULEH WKH  
VXSSRUWHG FRPPDQGVꢌ PHVVDJHVꢌ RSWLRQVꢌ DQG HUURU UHFRYHU\ SURFHGXUHVꢂ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢅ  
6&6,ꢀ&200$1'6  
The Tandberg DLT8000 tape system supports the SCSI commands listed in Table  
5–1. The subsection of this chapter that details each of the SCSI commands is  
listed in the “Subsection” column.  
&RPPDQG  
2SHUDWLRQꢀ&RGH  
19h  
6XEVHFWLRQ  
5.3  
ERASE  
INQUIRY  
12h  
5.4  
LOAD UNLOAD  
1Bh  
5.5  
LOCATE  
2Bh  
5.6  
LOG SELECT  
4Ch  
5.7  
LOG SENSE  
4Dh  
5.8  
MODE SELECT (6 / 10)  
MODE SENSE (6 / 10))  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL  
READ  
15h / 55h  
1Ah / 5Ah  
5Eh  
5.9  
5.10  
5.11  
5.12  
5.13  
5.14  
5.15  
5.16  
5.17  
5.18  
5.19  
5.20  
5.21  
5Fh  
1Eh  
08h  
READ BLOCK LIMITS  
READ BUFFER  
05h  
3Ch  
READ POSITION  
34h  
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS  
RELEASE UNIT (6)  
RELEASE UNIT (10)  
REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT  
1Ch  
17h  
57h  
44h  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
&RPPDQG  
2SHUDWLRQꢀ&RGH  
6XEVHFWLRQ  
5.22  
REPORT LUNS  
REQUEST SENSE  
RESERVE UNIT (6)  
RESERVE UNIT (10)  
REWIND  
A0h  
03h  
16h  
56h  
01h  
1Dh  
11h  
00h  
13h  
0Ah  
3Bh  
10h  
5.23  
5.24  
5.25  
5.26  
SEND DIAGNOSTIC  
SPACE  
5.27  
5.28  
TEST UNIT READY  
VERIFY  
5.29  
5.30  
WRITE  
5.31  
WRITE BUFFER  
WRITE FILEMARKS  
5.32  
5.33  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢄꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
127(6  
1. Relative Addressing is not supported by the tape drive. Therefore, in  
all I/O commands, the RelAdr bit must be 0.  
2. RESERVE UNIT and RELEASE UNIT by Logical Unit Number are  
supported, as are third-party reservations. Extent reservations are  
not supported.  
3. The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS and SEND DIAGNOSTIC  
DATA commands implement vendor-unique pages to test the drive  
during the manufacturing process. It is recommended that initiators  
specify only the non-page format variants of these commands  
(PF=0), except for page 0x40.  
4. The DLT tape drive does not act as an initiator on the SCSI bus.  
Therefore, the drive will not 1) generate unsolicited interrupts to the  
host, 2) initiate its own SCSI commands, or 3) assert bus reset.  
5. Linked commands are supported.  
ꢉꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂꢄꢂ  
6&6,ꢀ3RLQWHUV  
SCSI architecture provides a set of three pointers (called saved pointers) for each  
I/O process. The three pointers are: Command, Status, and Data. When an I/O  
process becomes active, the three saved pointers are copied to the initiator as  
current pointers. There is only one set of current pointers in the initiator at one  
time. The current pointers point to the next command, data, or status byte to be  
transferred between the initiator’s memory and the drive. The saved and current  
pointers reside in the initiator.  
The saved command pointer always points to the start of the Command Descriptor  
Block for the I/O process. The saved status pointer always points to the start of the  
status area of the I/O process. The saved data pointer always points to the start of the  
data area until the drive sends a SAVE DATA POINTER message for the I/O  
process back to the initiator.  
In response to the SAVE DATA POINTER message, the initiator stores the value  
of the current data pointer into the saved data pointer for that I/O process. The  
drive can restore the current pointer from the saved pointer value for the active I/O  
process by sending a RESTORE POINTERS message to the initiator. The initiator  
then copies the set of saved pointers into the set of current pointers. Whenever a  
drive disconnects from the SCSI Bus, only the set of saved pointers is retained in  
the initiator. The set of current pointers is restored from the set of saved pointers  
when the I/O process is reconnected.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂꢅꢂ  
&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFN  
An initiator communicates with the drive by sending a 6- or 10-byte Command  
Descriptor Block that contains the parameters for the specific command. The SCSI  
command’s operation code is always the first byte in the Command Descriptor  
Block and a control field is the last byte. For some commands, the Command  
Descriptor Block is accompanied by a list of parameters sent during the DATA  
OUT phase. Figure 5–1 shows the format of a typical 6-byte Command Descriptor  
Block. Table 5–2 contains a description of the Command Descriptor Block fields.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code  
(MSB)  
Logical Block Address  
(LBA)  
1
Logical Unit Number  
(LUN)  
2 - 3  
Logical Block Address  
(LBA)  
(LSB)  
4
5
Transfer Length, Parameter List Length, or Allocation Length  
Control  
NOTE: Unless otherwise specified, all reserved bits indicated in the  
commands are 0. The Control byte is described on Page 5-6.  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢄꢀꢀ7\SLFDOꢀꢉꢐ%\WHꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
Operation Code  
The operation code specifies the command being requested. The list  
of supported SCSI commands and their operation codes are contained  
in Table 5–1.  
Logical Unit Number  
The Logical Unit Number contains the number of the device being  
addressed. It must be set to 0. The Logical Unit Number is ignored if  
the Command Descriptor Block is preceded by an IDENTIFY  
Message.  
Logical Block Address  
Commands that require additional parameter data specify the length of  
the Logical Block Address that is needed. See the specific command  
descriptions for more detailed information.  
The drive does not support Relative Addressing: it defaults to a value  
of 0 which specifies that the Logical Block Address specifies the first  
logical block of a range of logical blocks to be operated on by the  
command. Relative Addressing indicates a technique used to  
determine the next Logical Block Address to be operated on.,  
Transfer Length  
The transfer length field normally specifies the number of blocks to be  
transferred between the initiator and the drive. For several commands,  
the transfer length indicates the number of bytes (not blocks) to be  
sent. For these commands, this field may be identified by a different  
name.  
Parameter List Length  
The Parameter List Length is used to specify the number of bytes sent  
during the DATA OUT phase. This field is typically used for parameters  
that are sent to a drive (for example, mode, diagnostic, and log  
parameters). A parameter list length of 0 indicates that no data is to be  
transferred.  
Allocation Length  
Control Field  
This field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has  
allocated for returning data. The host uses this field to limit the size of  
data transfers to its own internal buffer size.  
The Control Field is the last byte of every command descriptor block.  
Its format is shown in Figure 5–2, and it contains the Flag and Link  
bits. Use of these bits is initiator-dependent. Setting the Link bit = 1  
provides an automatic link to the next command, bypassing the usual  
ARBITRATION, SELECTION, and MESSAGE OUT phases that would  
normally occur between commands. Other bits in the Control Field are  
considered to be reserved.  
Relative Address  
(RelAdr)  
Must be 0 (not supported).  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢅꢀꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
The final byte of the CDB is called the &RQWURO byte. Its contents are defined in the  
next figure and table. In the remainder of this chapter, the Flag and Link bytes will  
not be redefined each time they appear as part of a command.  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
---  
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢅꢀꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ&RQWUROꢀ)LHOGꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Unused  
Bits 6 & 7 of the Control Byte are reserved for vendor-specific use. They are  
not used by this tape drive, so the values in each of these bits is always 0.  
Flag  
The Flag bit is used in conjunction with the Link bit to notify the initiator in  
an expedient manner that a command has been completed.  
A Link bit set to 1 indicates that the initiator requests continuation of a task  
(an I/O process) across two or more SCSI commands.  
/LQN  
If the Link bit is 1 and the Flag bit is 0, and the task completes successfully,  
the drive continues the task and returns a status of INTERMEDIATE and a  
LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message.  
If the Link bit and the Flag bit within a Control word are both set to 1, and  
the drive completes a command with a status of INTERMEDIATE, the drive  
returns a LINKED COMMAND COMPLETE message (with Flag).  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢀꢀꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ&RQWUROꢀ)LHOGꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂꢇꢂ  
6WDWXVꢐ(UURUꢀ5HSRUWLQJ  
SCSI message-level errors are communicated by messages that are defined  
specifically for that purpose (for example, MESSAGE PARITY ERROR,  
MESSAGE REJECT). Message-level errors are also handled by drive-managed  
retries. Refer to Chapter 4 for more detailed message-handling information.  
SCSI command-level errors are communicated by a status code that is returned by  
the drive during the STATUS phase. This phase occurs at the end of each  
command, unless the command is terminated by one of the following events:  
•
•
•
•
ABORT message  
BUS DEVICE RESET message  
Hard reset condition  
Unexpected disconnect  
The status code is contained in bits 1 through 5 of the status byte. Bits 0, 6, and 7  
are reserved. Table 5–4 describes the status codes returned by the drive.  
6WDWXV  
&RGH  
'HILQLWLRQ  
0HDQLQJ  
00h  
GOOD  
The drive successfully completed the  
command.  
02h  
08h  
CHECK CONDITION  
BUSY  
A Contingent Allegiance condition occurred.  
The drive cannot service the command at  
the moment, and its Command Descriptor  
Block has been discarded. The initiator can  
retry the command at a later time.  
10h  
18h  
INTERMEDIATE GOOD  
This status is returned instead of a GOOD  
status for commands issued with the LINK  
bit set. Following the return of this status,  
the drive proceeds to the COMMAND phase  
for the transfer of the next linked command.  
RESERVATIONCONFLICT  
Another initiator has reserved the drive  
when it has been reserved for another  
initiator with a RESERVE UNIT command  
(this status is never returned for INQUIRY  
or REQUEST SENSE commands).  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢃꢀꢀ6WDWXVꢀ&RGHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
127(  
In contrast to the BUSY status condition, the DRIVE NOT READY Sense  
Key is returned as part of the Sense data following a REQUEST SENSE  
command and indicates that a media access command has been issued  
and the medium is not ready to be accessed (for example, the medium is  
not installed, the medium has been unloaded, the drive is currently  
initializing the medium to prepare it for access).  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂꢈꢂ  
'$7$ꢃ3KDVHꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ&RPSRQHQWV  
Many of the SCSI commands cause data to be transferred between the initiator and  
the drive. The content and characteristics of this data are command-dependent.  
Table 5–5 lists the information transmitted for all of the commands.  
The "Length in CDB" column of Table 5–5 identifies the Command Descriptor  
Block field used by the drive to determine how much command-related data are to  
be transferred. The units (bytes or logical blocks) for the different Length fields  
are implied by the Length Field Name as follows:  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
8QLWVꢀ,PSOLHG  
Allocation Length  
Bytes of data the drive is allowed to send to the initiator  
Parameter List Length  
Transfer Length  
Bytes of data the initiator has available for the drive  
Logical number of data blocks or data bytes the initiator wants  
transferred or verified  
Byte Transfer Length  
Bytes of data the initiator wants transferred  
The DATA OUT column in Table 5–5 lists the information passed to the drive by  
the initiator as part of the command. The DATA IN column lists the information  
sent to the initiator by the drive. Numbers in parentheses after an item indicate the  
item’s length in bytes. In some cases, additional length information is  
communicated during the DATA phase.  
ꢉꢎꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ERASE  
0
INQUIRY  
Allocation  
---  
Standard Inquiry or a Vital  
Product Data page  
LOAD UNLOAD  
LOCATE  
0
0
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
LOG SELECT  
Parameter List  
(must be 0)  
LOG SENSE  
Allocation  
---  
Log Page  
---  
MODE SELECT (6) / (10)  
Parameter List  
Mode Parameter Header  
(4) Block Descriptor (8)  
Page(s)  
MODE SENSE (6) / (10)  
Allocation  
---  
Mode Parameter Header  
(4) Block Descriptor (8)  
Page(s)  
PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION IN  
Allocation  
Parameter Length  
0
---  
Parameter List  
---  
Parameter Data  
PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT  
---  
---  
PREVENT ALLOW  
MEDIUM REMOVAL  
READ  
Transfer  
Allocation  
Allocation  
---  
---  
---  
Data  
READ BLOCK LIMITS  
READ BUFFER  
Block Length Limits  
Buffer Offset and  
Allocation Length  
READ POSITION  
Allocation  
Allocation  
---  
---  
Position Identifier or SCSI  
Logical Address  
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC  
RESULTS  
Diagnostic Page  
RELEASE UNIT  
0
---  
---  
---  
REPORT DENSITY  
SUPPORT  
Allocation  
Density Support Header  
(4), Density Support  
Descriptors  
ꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢀꢀ'$7$ꢐ3KDVHꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ&RQWHQWV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
REPORT LUNS  
REQUEST SENSE  
RESERVE UNIT  
Allocation  
Allocation  
---  
---  
---  
Supported LUNS LIst  
Sense Data (18)  
---  
0
(Extent List Option  
not supported)  
REWIND  
0
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
---  
SEND DIAGNOSTIC  
SPACE  
Parameter List  
Diagnostic Page  
0
0
---  
TEST UNIT READY  
VERIFY  
---  
Transfer  
Transfer  
Parameter List  
---  
Data  
WRITE  
Data  
Microcode Image Data  
---  
WRITE BUFFER  
WRITE FILEMARKS  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢂꢀꢀ'$7$ꢐ3KDVHꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ&RQWHQWVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂꢉꢂ  
8QLWꢀ$WWHQWLRQꢀ&RQGLWLRQ  
Queued Unit Attentions are implemented on the Tandberg DLT8000 tape drive  
and are maintained separately for each valid LUN for each initiator. Unit  
Attentions are created in each of the following circumstances:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
At Power On  
At Bus Reset  
At Bus Device Reset message  
When the medium may have changed asynchronously  
When another initiator changes the Mode Parameters  
When a firmware (microcode) update has completed  
Two queued Unit Attentions are not unusual. For example, if a unit is powered up  
and a tape cartridge is loaded, Power Up and Not-Ready to Ready Transition Unit  
Attentions are created. Due to the limited number of Unit Attention buffers, if an  
initiator does not clear Unit Attentions queued for it, at some point the tape drive  
stops generating new Unit Attentions for that initiator-logical unit combination  
(existing ones will be left queued, however).  
A LOAD command does not generate a Unit Attention for the initiator that issued  
the command since the transition to Ready is synchronous.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂꢎꢂ  
%HKDYLRUꢀ$Wꢀ3RZHUꢃ2QꢀDQGꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ5HVHW  
The following apply to the DLT8000 tape drive’s behavior at power-on and/or  
SCSI bus reset:  
•
•
•
When the Tandberg DLT8000 system is powered up, all device SCSI lines are  
set to high impedence.  
The design of the DLT8000 tape drive does not allow it to generate any  
spurious signals on the SCSI bus at power-on.  
Within five seconds of power-on, and within 250 milliseconds (typically under  
4 milliseconds) after a SCSI bus reset, the DLT8000 tape drive responds to  
SCSI bus selections and returns appropriate, normal responses. Tape motion  
commands will be returned with Check Condition status, Sense Key Not  
Ready, until the tape medium has been made ready.  
•
•
The tape drive implements the hard bus reset option.  
The tape medium is rewound to Beginning of Tape (BOT).  
The DLT8000 tape drive recognizes multiple, successive SCSI bus resets and SCSI  
bus resets of arbitrarily long duration. The tape drive recovers within the time  
limits specified above following the last SCSI bus reset.  
The tape drive goes through a calibration process at power up and loading of  
medium.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢄꢂꢍꢂ  
ꢀ'DWDꢀ&DFKHꢀDQGꢀ7DSHꢀ:ULWHꢀ,QWHUDFWLRQ  
The Tandberg DLT8000 system tape drive contains a data cache that buffers  
blocks (records) until they are written to tape. This section describes when those  
blocks are written, or “flushed” to tape. A Mode Select parameter allows the data  
cache to be disabled (unbuffered mode). In this mode, every WRITE command  
causes data to be written to the tape medium before the STATUS byte and the  
COMMAND COMPLETE message are returned to the host.  
127(  
Unbuffered mode is NOT recommended due to the poor performance that  
may result.  
The contents of the write data cache are written to the tape medium under the  
following circumstances:  
•
When two or more WRITE FILEMARKS commands are issued without  
intervening tape motion commands.  
•
•
When a WRITE 0 FILEMARKS command is issued.  
When data has been in the cache longer than the maximum time specified by  
the value of the Mode Parameter “Write Delay Time” (the default is 20  
seconds).  
•
When a non-write type media access command is received (for example,  
SPACE, READ, UNLOAD, LOCATE, ERASE).  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢅ  
6&6,ꢇFRPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀLQꢀ7KLVꢀ0DQXDO  
The SCSI commands are presented in alphabetical order. Each command starts on  
a new, odd-numbered page. Because information about a particular command may  
span multiple pages, the command name is repeated, in italics, at the top of every  
page that concerns that command. Blank pages in the chapter can be used for note-  
taking.  
The SCSI command descriptions that make up the rest of Chapter 5 contain  
detailed information about each command supported by the Tandberg DLT8000  
system tape drive. Fields common to many of the SCSI commands are supported as  
follows:  
1DPHꢀRIꢀ)LHOGꢃ  
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
+RZꢀ)LHOGꢀLVꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀLQꢀ6&6,ꢀ&RPPDQGVꢃ  
LUN for tape drive is 0.  
Reserved bits, fields, bytes, and code values are set aside for  
future standardization and must be set to 0. If the drive receives  
a command that contains non-zero bits in a reserved field or a  
reserved code value, the command is terminated with a CHECK  
CONDITION status and the sense key is set to ILLEGAL  
REQUEST.  
RelAdr  
Relative Address. Unused; contents should be 0.  
Explanations for those common fields are not repeated for every command in  
which they appear.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
Throughout this manual, multiple bytes that contain information about specific  
command parameters are portrayed as shown in the example of the Parameter List  
Length field (bytes 7 and 8) of the Log Select command shown below:  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(Bytes 0 - 6)  
ꢁ06%ꢂ  
ꢑꢀꢇꢀꢔ  
3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ/HQJWK  
ꢁ/6%ꢂ  
As shown, this sample indicates that the most significant bit (MSB) of the field is  
bit 7 of byte 7; the least significant bit is bit 0 of byte 8.  
This is an alternate, “shorthand” presentation for:  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(Bytes 0 - 6)  
ꢁ06%ꢂ  
ꢑ
3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ/HQJWK  
ꢔ
ꢁ/6%ꢂ  
The shorthand version of presentation is used in this manual due to space  
constraints.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢉꢅ  
(5$6(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋꢏKꢂ  
The ERASE command causes data on the tape medium to be erased.  
127(  
ERASE command MUST be issued while at BOT.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (19h)  
Reserved  
1
2
3
4
5
Logical Unit Number  
Immed  
Long  
(1)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢀꢀ(5$6(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
(5$6( &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢍKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Immed  
Immediate. If the Immediate bit = 0, the target does not return status  
until the selected operation has completed.  
If set to 1, status is returned as soon as the operation has been  
initiated.  
Long  
Must be set to 1. The Long bit controls the distance of tape to be  
erased.  
127(  
The ERASE command results in no operation for the tape drive  
unless the Long bit is set to 1. Issuing the ERASE command  
away from Beginning of Tape (BOT) is an ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢉꢀꢀ(5$6(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢍꢅ  
,148,5<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢁꢋꢌKꢂ  
The INQUIRY command allows the initiator to determine the kind of SCSI devices  
attached to its SCSI bus. It causes a device that is attached to a SCSI bus to return  
information about itself. The drive identifies itself as a Direct Access Storage  
Device that implements the applicable interfacing protocol. The drive does not  
need to access its storage medium to respond to the inquiry.  
The drive can provide two categories of data in response to an INQUIRY  
command: Standard Inquiry Data and Vital Product Data. Standard Inquiry Data  
contains basic data about the drive, and Vital Product Data comprises several  
pages of additional data. Each Vital Product Data page requires a separate  
INQUIRY command from the initiator.  
An INQUIRY command is not affected by, nor does it clear, a Unit Attention  
condition.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (12h)  
1
2
3
4
Reserved  
CmdDt  
EVPD  
Page Code or Operation Code  
Reserved  
Allocation Length  
5
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢃꢀꢀꢀ,148,5<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
CmdDt  
Command Support Data. If CmdDt = 0 and EVPD (see below) = 0, the  
drive returns the Standard Inquiry Data. If CmdDt = 1 with EVPD = 0,  
the drive returns the Command Data specified by Page  
Code/Operation. Information about Command Support Data is provided  
in Figure 5-12 and Table 5-13.  
EVPD  
Enable Vital Product Data. If EVPD = 0 and CmdDt (see above) = 0, the  
drive returns the Standard Inquiry Data. If EVPD = 1and CmdDt = 0, the  
drive returns the Vital Product Data Page specified by Page  
Code/Operation Code.  
Page Code or  
Specifies the Vital Product Data Page or Command Support Data which  
is to be returned by the drive when EVPD is set.  
Operation Code  
Specifies the SCSI Operation Code for command support data to be  
returned by the drive when CmdDt is set. A CHECK CONDITION status  
is returned if this field specifies an unsupported Page or Operation  
Code or if both EVPD and CmdDt are set.  
Allocation Length Specifies the number of bytes of inquiry information the drive is allowed  
to return to the initiator during the command’s data-in buffer transfer.  
Error status is not returned if the value in this field truncates the  
requested information.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢊꢀꢀꢀ,148,5<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢂꢈꢂꢄꢂ  
6WDQGDUGꢀ,QTXLU\ꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJH  
Figure 5–5 shows the format of the Standard Inquiry Data page returned by the  
drive.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Peripheral Qualifier  
Peripheral Device Type  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
RMB  
Device Type Modifier  
ISO Version  
ECMA Version  
ANSI Version  
AENC  
TrmIOP  
Reserved  
Response Data Format  
Additional Length = 33h  
Reserved  
Rsv’d  
MChngr  
Wbus32  
Reserved  
RelAdr  
Wbus16  
Sync  
Linked  
Rsv’d  
CmdQue  
SftRe  
8 - 15  
16 - 31  
32 - 35  
36 - 55  
Vendor Identification  
(TANDBERG )  
Product Identification  
(DLT8000 )  
Product Revision Level  
(hhss)  
Vendor Unique Bytes  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢀꢀ6WDQGDUGꢀ,QTXLU\ꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Table 5–8 contains field descriptions for the data returned by the drive.  
Peripheral Qualifier  
0
1
Non-zero if initiator selects an invalid logical unit (see below)  
Peripheral Device Type  
1 indicates that this is a sequential access device (see below).  
Note that the Peripheral Device Type entry for a medium  
changer is 8.  
RMB  
1
1
0
Removable Medium Bit. Set to 1.  
Device Type Modifier  
ISO Version  
Set to 1 to specify a sequential access device.  
International Standardization Organization Version level. Set  
to 0.  
ECMA Version  
0
European Computer Manufacturers Organization Version  
level. Set to 0.  
ANSI Version  
AENC  
2
0
0
ANSI SCSI Level 2 (SCSI-2) is supported.  
Asynchronous Event Notification is not supported.  
TrmlOp  
Terminate I/O Process. The tape drive does not support the  
TERMINATE I/O PROCESS message.  
Response Data Format  
Additional Length  
2
This Standard Inquiry Data is in SCSI-2 format.  
33h  
Tape drive uses this field to indicate the number of additional  
bytes of INQUIRY Response Data available.  
Mchnger  
-
Set to 1 if a Media Changer (Loader) is present and EEPROM  
parameter EnbIngMedChgr is set to 1. This SCSI-3 bit  
indicates that the Read Element Status and Move Medium  
commands can be issued to the drive (LUN0). By default, this  
bit is set to 0 on the DLT8000 drive.  
RelAdr  
WBus 32  
WBus 16  
Sync  
0
0
1
1
1
0
0
Relative Addressing is not supported.  
Set to 0 since the drive does not support 32-bit transfer.  
The WBus bit is 1 since the drive supports 16-bit data transfer.  
The drive supports Synchronous Data Transfers.  
Linked Commands are supported.  
Linked  
CmdQue  
SftRe  
The drive does not support Tagged Command Queuing.  
The drive implements the hard reset option in response to  
assertion of the SCSI Bus reset line.  
Vendor Identification  
Product Identification  
The value in this field is  
the word Tandberg)  
(there is one space after  
The value in this field is  
(there is no space between  
“DLT” and “8000” and one space after “DLT8000”)  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢀꢀ6WDQGDUGꢀ,QTXLU\ꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Product Revision Level  
This field contains 4 bytes of ASCII data that provides the drive’s  
firmware revision levels. The first two bytes are the version  
number of servo code. The second two bytes are the version  
number of the SCSI/read/write code. When a firmware update is  
performed on the DLT drive, this part of the firmware revision  
level will change to reflect that update (quotation marks will not  
appear).  
Vendor Specific  
See Section 5.4.2 for details.  
NOTE: Vendor Information, Product Identification, and Product Revision Level are returned as  
shown in Figure 5–6.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢀꢀ6WDQGDUGꢀ,QTXLU\ꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢈꢂꢅꢂ  
9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ,QTXLU\ꢀ'DWD  
The following information can be used to precisely identify the revision of  
subsystem components.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
36  
Product Family (8)  
Released Firmware  
37  
38  
Firmware Major Version #  
Firmware Minor Version #  
39  
EEPROM Format Major Version #  
EEPROM Format Minor Version #  
Firmware Personality  
40  
41  
42  
Firmware Sub-Personality  
Vendor Unique Subtype  
43  
44  
Controller Hardware Version #  
Drive EEPROM Version #  
Drive Hardware Version #  
45  
46  
47  
Media Loader Firmware Version #  
48  
Media Loader Hardware Version #  
Media Loader Mechanical Version #  
Media Loader Present Flag  
Library Present Flag  
49  
50  
51  
52 - 55  
Module Revision  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢀꢀ,148,5<ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ%\WHVꢀ'HILQLWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Product Family  
This field indicates the data density of each of the DLT tape  
drives as follows:  
3URGXFWꢀ)DPLO\ꢀ%LW  
'ULYHꢀ'HQVLW\  
0
3
5
6
7
8
Not Specified  
10.0 / 20.0 GB  
20.0 / 40.0 GB  
15.0 / 30.0 GB  
35.0 / 70.0 GB  
40.0 / 80.0 GB  
This flag differentiates between released and test versions  
of firmware. When set to 1, indicates released code (Vxxx);  
0 indicates field test code (Txxx). Released code has no  
minor firmware version number (byte 38 = 0). Field test and  
engineering versions of code have non-zero minor firmware  
version numbers for tracking purposes.  
… Version #  
These field display the various version numbers in binary,  
not ASCII  
Vendor Unique Subtype  
Firmware Personality  
Identification of product.  
Numeric indicator of firmware personality. Note that when  
set to 4, this indicates OEM family.  
Firmware Subpersonality  
Loader Present  
Set to 1, indicating standard SCSI device firmware.  
Set to 0 indicates no loader present. Non-zero indicates  
loader is present.  
Library Present  
Module Revision  
Set to 0 indicates no library present. Non-zero indicates  
library is present.  
A four byte ASCII string representing the revision level of the  
tape drive’s module (the controller PCBA attached to the  
tape drive).  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢀꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ,QTXLU\ꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢈꢂꢇꢂ  
6XSSRUWHGꢀ9LWDOꢀ3URGXFWꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHVꢀDQGꢀ&RPPDQG  
6XSSRUWꢀ'DWD  
The Supported Vital Product Data Pages page (Figure 5–7) provides a directory of  
the Vital Product Data Pages that are supported by the drive. The supported pages  
are:  
•
•
The Unit Serial Number Page (80h)  
The Device Identification Page (83h)  
•
•
The Firmware Build Information Page (C0h)  
The Subsystem Components Revision Page (C1h, reserved for use by  
Tandberg Data)  
In addition, if the CmdDt bit in the INQUIRY command is set to 1, then the drive  
returns command data as illustrated in Figure 5±12 and described in Table 5±13.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Peripheral Qualifier  
Peripheral Device Type  
1
Page Code (00h)  
2
3
Reserved  
Page Length (4 or more bytes)  
4
5
6
7
8
00h - (this page)  
80h - Unit Serial Number Page  
83h – Device Identification Page (Vendor Specific)  
C0h - Firmware Build Information Page (Vendor Specific)  
C1h – Subsystem Components Revision Page  
(For Tandberg Data Use Only; Page Content is Subject to Change)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ9LWDOꢀ3URGXFWꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHVꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7KHꢀ8QLWꢀ6HULDOꢀ1XPEHUꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢁꢔꢈKꢂ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Peripheral Qualifier  
Peripheral Device Type  
1
2
3
Page Code (80h)  
Reserved  
Page Length (0Ah)  
Serial Number  
4 - 13  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢀꢀ8QLWꢀ6HULDOꢀ1XPEHUꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Serial Number  
The serial number given is the serial number of the module or the  
drive typically starting with “CX” indicating the site of manufacture. If  
the drive serial number is valid, then it is reported; otherwise, the  
module serial number is reported. The serial number can be found  
on the bar code label. The serial number is returned in ASCII.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢀꢀ8QLWꢀ6HULDOꢀ1XPEHUꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7KHꢀ'HYLFHꢀ,GHQWLILFDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢁꢔꢉKꢂ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Peripheral Qualifier  
Peripheral Device Type  
1
2
3
Page Code (83h)  
Reserved  
Page Length (n-3)  
Identification Descriptors  
4 - n  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ,GHQWLILFDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
There are three different Device Identification Descriptors returned, in numerical  
order of the Identifier Type. Each Identification Descriptor takes the following  
form:  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
Code Set  
Identifier Type  
1
2
Reserved  
Association  
Reserved  
3
Page Length (n-3)  
4 - n  
Identification Descriptors  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢀꢀ,GHQWLILFDWLRQꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Code Set  
The value in this field indicates the type of data to be found in the  
Identifier field.  
Code Meaning  
1 Binary data  
2 ASCII data  
Association  
The value in this field indicates whether the Identifier is associated  
with the logical unit (LUN) or the port. The default for this field = 0,  
designating associating with the LUN.  
Identifier Type  
Types of identifiers allowed are:  
Value  
1
Description  
Concatenation of the Vendor Name, Product ID, and unit  
serial number  
2
3
Canonical form of the IEEE Extended Unique Identifier,  
64 bit (EIU-64)  
FC-PH Name_Identifer  
Identifier  
The value in this field indicates the Identifier, based on Identifier  
Type:  
Identifier Type Code Set Length Identifier  
1
2
24  
Tandberg DLT8000, 7 ASCII  
space characters (20h),  
followed by unit serial number  
in ASCII  
2
3
1
1
8
8
8 Bytes of binary data  
indicating the EUI-64 assigned  
to the drive  
8 Bytes of binary data  
indicating the 64-bit, Type 5,  
FC-PH Name_Identifier  
assigned to the drive  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢆꢀꢀ,GHQWLILHUꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7KHꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ%XLOGꢀ,QIRUPDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢁ98ꢂꢀꢀꢁ&ꢈKꢂ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Peripheral Qualifier  
Peripheral Device Type  
1
2
Page Code (C0h)  
Reserved  
3
Page Length (20h)  
4 - 5  
6 - 7  
8 - 11  
12 - 35  
Servo Firmware Checksum  
Servo EEPROM Checksum  
Read/Write Firmware Checksum  
Read/Write Firmware Build Data  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢆꢀꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ%XLOGꢀ,QIRUPDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Servo Firmware, Servo EEPROM, and READ/WRITE Firmware  
checksums are given as binary numbers and are for positive  
firmware and EEPROM identification.  
… Checksum  
Firmware Build Date  
Firmware Build Date is an ASCII string in the DD-MMM-YYYY  
HH:MM:SS format.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢅꢀꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ%XLOGꢀ,QIRUPDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7KHꢀ6XEV\VWHPꢀ&RPSRQHQWVꢀ5HYLVLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢁ&ꢋKꢂ  
This page contains information used by Tandberg Data ASA about firmware, drive  
controller, and other DLT8000 tape drive components. It is reserved for use by  
Tandberg Data ASA and should not be used for other purposes.  
ꢉꢎꢅꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
&RPPDQGꢀ6XSSRUWꢀ'DWD  
An application client can request command support data by setting the CmdDt bit  
of the INQUIRY command to 1, and specifying the SCSI operation code of the  
Command Descriptor Block (CDB) for which it wants information.  
Format of the command support data and definitions of the fields follow.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Peripheral Qualifier  
Peripheral Device Type  
1
2
Reserved  
Support  
ISO Version  
ECMA Version  
ANSI-Approved Version  
3 – 4  
5
Reserved  
CDB Size (m – 5)  
CDB Usage Data  
(MSB)  
6 – m  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢅꢀꢀꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ6XSSRUWꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢅꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,148,5< &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢄKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Support  
The value of the Support field describes the type of support that  
the tape drive provides for Command Support Data.  
9DOXH 'HVFULSWLRQꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
000b Data about the requested SCSI operation code is not  
currently available. In this case, all data after Byte 1 is  
undefined.  
001b The device does not support the SCSI operation code  
requested. In this case, all data after Byte 1 is  
undefined  
010b Reserved  
011b The device supports the SCSI operation code in  
conformance with the SCSI standard.  
100b Vendor-Specific  
101b The device supports the SCSI operation code, but in a  
vendor-specific manner  
110b Vendor-Specific  
111b Reserved  
ISO-Version  
Must be 0.  
ECMA-Version  
Must be 0.  
ANSI-Approved  
Version  
Minimum operating definition for supported command.  
CDB Size  
This field contains the number of bytes in the CDB for the  
Operation Code being requested and the size of the CDB  
Usage Data in the data that is returned in response to the  
INQUIRY.  
CDB Usage Data This field contains information about the CDB for the Operation  
Code being queried. Note that the first byte of the CDB Usage  
Data contains the OpCode for the operation specified. All of the  
other bytes of the CDB Usage Data contain a map for bits in the  
CDB of the OpCode specified.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢈꢀꢀꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ6XSSRUWꢀ'DWDꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
127(  
The bits in the map have a 1-to-1 correspondence to the CDB for the  
OpCode being queried. That is, if the device senses a bit as the entire  
field or as part of the field of the operation, the map in CDB Usage Data  
contains a 1 in the corresponding bit position. If the device ignores a bit or  
declares a bit as “reserved” in the CDB for the OpCode being queried, the  
map has a 0 in that corresponding bit position.  
ꢉꢎꢅꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢎꢅ  
/2$'ꢀ81/2$'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋ%Kꢂ  
The LOAD UNLOAD command tells the target to load or unload the tape media  
in the tape cartridge. If no cartridge is in the tape drive, both LOAD and UNLOAD  
return a CHECK CONDITION status with a NOT READY sense key set.  
Likewise, if the drive has received an UNLOAD command with the Immediate bit  
set and then it receives another command that would require tape motion or if it  
receives a TEST UNIT READY command, the drive returns a CHECK  
CONDITION STATUS with a NOT READY sense key set.  
127(  
Operation of the UNLOAD version of this command is different if a media  
loader is present.  
Two modes of operation are possible if a media loader is configured. If  
none of the media loader-specific commands have been issued, the  
device operates in the sequential mode of operation described below.  
Once a media loader-specific command has been issued, however, the  
sequential mode of operation (described below) is disabled and the  
UNLOAD command becomes a NO OPERATION.  
If the tape drive is in the default sequential mode of operation and an  
UNLOAD command is received by the subsystem, the current cartridge is  
unloaded and automatically moved to the magazine slot from which it was  
received. The cartridge from the next magazine slot (if the slot is not  
empty) automatically moves from the magazine into the drive, is loaded,  
and made ready. If the next magazine slot is empty, no CHECK  
CONDITION status is created.  
When the cartridge is unloaded into the last magazine slot, the subsystem  
does not cycle back to slot 0. This prevents accidental overwriting of data  
when using a media loader subsystem in sequential auto-loading mode.  
The next cartridge in the cycle must be selected and loaded manually, or  
with a SCSI MOVE MEDIUM command.  
The sequential loading feature of the loader can be enabled/disabled by  
modifying the ENALDRAUTOLD and DISLDRAUTOLDMC parameters of  
EEPROM (mode page 3Eh of the MODE SELECT command).  
A media loader does not affect the tape drive’s processing of the LOAD  
portion of the LOAD UNLOAD command.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢅꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2$' 81/2$' &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ%Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (1Bh)  
1
2
3
4
5
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Immed  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
EOT  
Re-Ten  
Flag  
Load  
Link  
Unused  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢈꢀꢀ/2$'ꢀ81/2$'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢅꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2$' 81/2$' &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ%Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Immed  
Immediate. If this bit is set to 1, status is returned as soon as the  
operation is started. If set to 0, status is returned after the operation has  
completed.  
Re-Ten  
Load  
Re-tension. Re-tension operations are not needed on the tape drive. This  
bit is ignored (i.e., “good” status, if bit is set to 1).  
Load. When a cartridge is inserted, the tape medium is automatically  
loaded and positioned by the drive at Beginning of Medium (BOM).  
Logically, the drive is positioned at the beginning of Partition 0.  
If the Load bit is set to 1, and the medium is already loaded, no action is  
taken. A “good” status is returned. If the medium was unloaded but the  
cartridge was not removed, a Load command causes the tape to be  
loaded to Beginning of Partition (BOP) again and made ready.  
If the Load bit is set to 0, and the medium is loaded, the drive writes any  
buffered data and filemarks to the tape and then rewinds the tape to BOM  
and unloads the medium back into the cartridge. The green Operate  
Handle indicator on the tape drive’s faceplate illuminates and the  
cartridge can be removed from the tape drive. If the medium is already  
unloaded, no action is taken. A “good” status is returned.  
EOT  
End of Tape. This bit is ignored by the tape drive unless both the EOT  
and Load bits are set to 1, then the drive returns CHECK CONDITION,  
ILLEGAL REQUEST data.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢃꢀꢀ/2$'ꢀ81/2$'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢅꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢐꢅ  
/2&$7(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢌ%Kꢂ  
The LOCATE command is used to do high-speed positioning to the specified  
block address.  
The READ POSITION command can be used to obtain the block address, when  
writing, when particular blocks of data (a data file, for example) are about to be  
written. The LOCATE command can then be used to position the tape back at the  
same logical position for high performance restore operations of particular blocks  
of data.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (2Bh)  
1
2
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Reserved  
BT  
CP  
Immed  
(MSB)  
3 - 6  
Block Address  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
7
8
Partition  
9
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢃꢀꢀ/2&$7(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢅꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2&$7( &RPPDQG ꢇꢄ%Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
BT  
Block Type. The Block Type bit indicates how the Block Address field is  
interpreted. The first recorded object (block or filemark) is at address 0,  
and Block Addresses count both data blocks and filemarks.  
CP  
Change Partition. Since multiple partitions are not supported, this bit  
must be set to 0.  
Immed  
Immediate. If this bit is set to 1, status is returned as soon as the  
operation is started. If set to 0, status is returned after the operation has  
completed.  
Block Address  
Partition  
The Block Address field defines the SCSI Logical Block Address to  
which the media will be positioned. These addresses start at address 0  
and include data blocks and filemarks.  
Not applicable (see &KDQJH 3DUWLWLRQ field above).  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢇꢀꢀ/2&$7(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢅꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢑꢅ  
/2*ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢍ&Kꢂ  
The LOG SELECT command allows the host to manage statistical information  
maintained by the tape drive about its own hardware parameters or about the  
installed tape medium. The description should be read in conjunction with the  
description of the LOG SENSE command that follows it and provides the user  
with information about log page format, parameters, and supported pages.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (4Ch)  
Reserved  
1
2
Logical Unit Number (0)  
PC  
PCR  
SP  
Reserved  
3
Reserved  
Reserved  
4
5
Reserved  
6
Reserved  
(MSB)  
7 - 8  
9
Parameter List Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢇꢀꢀ/2*ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢅꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
PCR  
Parameter Code Reset. If this bit is set to 1 and the parameter list length is  
set to 0, all accumulated values of page codes 2, 3, and 32 are set to 0 and  
all threshold values are set to default. If PCR is set to 1 and the parameter  
list length is set to a non-zero value, the command terminates with a CHECK  
CONDITION status with sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an additional  
sense code (ASC) of INVALID FIELD IN CDB.  
SP  
PC  
Save Page. Not supported, must be set to 0. If for some reason the Save  
Page bit is set, the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status  
with a sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST and an ASC of INVALID FIELD IN  
CDB.  
Page Control. This field defines the type of parameter values to be selected:  
00b  
01b  
10b  
11b  
Current Threshold Values  
Current Cumulative Values  
Default Threshold Values  
Default Cumulative Values  
All of these types of values are changeable using LOG SELECT.  
•
When the PC field is set to 00b or 01b and the Parameter List Length is  
set to 0, the command terminates with a CHECK CONDITION status,  
Sense Key of ILLEGAL REQUEST, and ASC of INVALID FIELD IN  
CDB. This occurs because modification of Current Threshold Values  
and Current Cumulative Values is not supported.  
•
•
When the PC field is set to 10b and the Parameter List Length field is  
set to 10b, then all Current Threshold Values are reset to the Default  
Threshold Values. This is equivalent to no change, since  
When the PC field is set to 11b and the Parameter List Length field is  
set to 0, then all Current Cumulative Values are reset to the Default  
Cumulative Values. This is equivalent to clearing all log pages that can  
be cleared.  
Parameter List  
Length  
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of the LOG SELECT parameter list to  
be transferred from the initiator to the target during the DATA OUT phase. A  
parameter list length of 0 indicates that no data is to be transferred. This  
condition is not considered an error.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢉꢀꢀ/2*ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢅꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢄꢂ  
/RJꢀ'HWHFWLRQꢀ6XPPDU\ꢀLQꢀ/2*ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀ&RPPDQG  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFN  
The following conditions constitute errors that are detected by the drive in relation  
to the CDB. The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, INVALID  
FIELD IN CDB.  
The conditions that constitute errors are:  
•
•
•
PCR bit is set to 1 and parameter list is not set to 0.  
SP bit is set to 1  
A parameter list length that would cause a parameter within a valid  
page to be truncated or otherwise incompletely initialized.  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢅꢂ  
2SHUDWLRQꢀRIꢀ/2*ꢀ6(/(&7  
The LOG SELECT command allows the initiator to modify and initialize  
parameters within the logs supported by the tape drive.  
There are two ways to initialize the log parameters.  
1. Set the PCR bit in the LOG SELECT CDB; this clears all parameters.  
2. Specify the log page and parameter values as the log parameters to clear  
individual pages. The following pages can be cleared using this method:  
3DJHꢀ&RGH  
3DJHꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
02h  
03h  
32h  
Write Error Counter Page  
Read Error Counter Page  
Compression Ratio Page  
If multiple pages are sent during the DATA OUT phase, they must be sent in  
ascending order according to page code. Otherwise, the command terminates with  
a CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and  
additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST. The same  
status is returned if an unsupported Page Code appears in any header or if the  
specified page cannot be cleared.  
ꢉꢎꢆꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢇꢂ  
ꢀ/RJꢀ6HOHFWꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDW  
Each log page begins with a 4-byte header followed by Q number of log parameter  
blocks (one block for each parameter code). Each block, except for parameter code  
05h is comprised of 8 bytes. The parameter block for code 05h is 12 bytes.  
/2*ꢀ3$*(ꢀ+($'(5  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
Reserved  
Page Code  
0
1
Reserved  
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Page Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢉꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DJHꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Code  
The Page Code specifies for which Log Page this LOG SELECT  
command is directed.  
Page Length  
The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in  
this log page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢊꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DJHꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢆꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/2*ꢀ3$5$0(7(56  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0 -1  
(MSB)  
Parameter Code  
ETC  
(LSB)  
LP  
2
3
DU  
DS  
TSD  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
Parameter Length  
Parameter Value  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢊꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Parameter Code  
Parameter Codes supported for the READ/WRITE error counter  
pages are as follows:  
3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGH 'HVFULSWLRQV  
00h  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
Errors corrected with substantial delays  
Errors corrected with possible delays  
Total rewrites or rereads  
Total errors corrected  
Total times correction algorithm processed  
Total bytes processed  
Total uncorrected errors  
8000h Vendor Unique  
1RWHꢃ Parameter codes 00h, 01h, and 04h always have a value of  
0. Parameter value for 05h is 8 bytes; the parameter length is  
set to 8.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢋꢀꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢆꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
127(  
Byte 2 of the Log Parameter Block is referred to as the Parameter Control Byte; it  
is made up of six control bits plus one bit that is reserved.  
DU  
DS  
Disable Update. This bit is not defined for LOG SELECT; the target  
ignores any value in DU.  
Disable Save. Not supported. DS and Target Save Disable (TSD)  
must be set to 1. If DS and/or TSD are set to 0, command  
terminates with CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to  
ILLEGAL REQUEST, and additional sense code set to INVALID  
FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.  
TSD  
ETC  
Target Save Disable. Not supported. TDS and DS must be set to 1.  
If TSD and/or DS are set to 0, command terminates with CHECK  
CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and  
additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.  
Enable Threshold Comparison. When set to 1, drive performs a  
comparison with threshold values once the cumulative value is  
updated. Comparison criteria is defined in Threshold Met Criteria  
(TMC). If the comparison is met and the RLEC bit of MODE  
SELECT / SENSE Control Page 0Ah is set to 1, then a UNIT  
ATTENTION is generated for all initiators. The additional sense  
code is set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET. If the RLEC bit is 0  
and the comparison is met, then UNIT ATTENTION is not  
generated.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢋꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢆꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
TMC  
Threshold Met Criteria. Once the criteria specified in this field is  
met and the ETC bit is 1 and the RLEC bit in MODE SENSE /  
SELECT Control Page is set to 1, then UNIT ATTENTION is  
generated for all initiators.  
The criteria for comparison are:  
&RGH %DVLVꢀRIꢀ&RPSDULVRQ  
00b  
01b  
10b  
11b  
•
Every update of the cumulative value  
Cumulative value equal to threshold value  
Cumulative value not equal to threshold value  
Cumulative value greater than threshold value  
The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that  
each parameter can attain.  
•
•
•
The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed  
since the last reset of the device (either via power-cycle, BUS  
DEVICE RESET, or SCSI RESET.  
The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each  
parameter is initialized at a reset condition. Default values are  
zero.  
By default, Current Threshold Values = Default Threshold  
Values.  
Note that all types of parameter values are changeable via LOG  
SELECT.  
LP  
List Parameter. This bit should always be set to 0 to indicate  
parameter codes are treated as data counters.  
Parameter Length  
Parameter Value  
This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value.  
This field indicates the actual value of this log parameter.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢆꢋꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢆꢆ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢉꢂꢍꢂꢈꢂ  
(UURUꢀ'HWHFWLRQꢀ6XPPDU\ꢀLQꢀ/RJꢀ6HOHFWꢀ3DJHV  
The host issues a LOG SENSE command to initialize host-resident software that  
allows determination of:  
•
•
The log pages used by the drive  
The parameter codes and length of each parameter  
The following conditions constitute errors in the parameter block that cause the  
drive to return CHECK CONDITION with sense data set to ILLEGAL REQUEST  
and additional send code INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST:  
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
A page header is received with unsupported page codes  
An incorrect log page length is specified in the page header  
An illegal parameter code is contained in a valid page code  
Parameter codes for a supported page are not sent in ascending order  
The LP bit (Table 5-18) is set to 1 in the parameter control byte  
The DS bit (Table 5-18) is set to 0 in the parameter control byte  
The TSD bit (Table 5-18) is set to 0 in the parameter control byte  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢆꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢔꢅ  
/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢍ'Kꢂ  
The LOG SENSE command allows the host to retrieve statistical information  
maintained by the tape drive about its own hardware parameters or about the  
installed tape medium. It is a complementary command to LOG SELECT.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (4Dh)  
Reserved  
1
2
Logical Unit Number (0)  
PC  
PPC  
SP(0)  
Page Code  
3
Reserved  
Reserved  
4
(MSB)  
5 - 6  
7 - 8  
9
Parameter Pointer  
Allocation Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢋꢀꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢆꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PPC  
Parameter Pointer Control. This bit musts be set to 0. A PPC of 0  
indicates that the parameter data requested from the device starts  
with the parameter code specified in the Parameter Pointer field  
(Bytes 5 - 6) and return the number of bytes specified in the  
Allocation Length field (Bytes 7 - 8) in ascending order of parameter  
codes from the specified log page.  
Note that the current implementation of the READ/WRITE  
COMPRESSION page does not support a PPC other than 0. If  
PPCbit is set, then the target terminates the command with CHECK  
CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and  
additional sense code set to INVALID FIELD IN CDB.  
SP  
PC  
Save Parameters. Not supported, must be set to 0. If for some  
reason the Save Parameters bit is set, the command terminates with  
a CHECK CONDITION status with a sense key of ILLEGAL  
REQUEST and an ASC of INVALID FIELD IN CDB.  
Page Control. This field defines the type of parameter values to be  
returned:  
3&ꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ7\SHꢀRIꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ9DOXHV  
00b  
01b  
10b  
11b  
Threshold Values  
Cumulative Values  
Default Threshold Values  
Default Cumulative Values  
•
•
The Default Threshold Values are the maximum values that  
each parameter can attain.  
The Current Cumulative Values are the values computed since  
the last reset of the device (either via power-cycle, BUS  
DEVICE RESET, or SCSI RESET.  
•
•
The Default Cumulative Values are the values to which each  
parameter is initialized at a reset condition. Default values are  
zero.  
By default, Current Threshold Values = Default Threshold  
Values.  
Note that all types of parameter values are changeable via LOG  
SELECT.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢍꢀꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢆꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Page Code  
The Page Code field identifies which log page is being requested by the  
initiator. If the page is not supported, then the command terminates with a  
CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and  
additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB. Supported pages are:  
00h  
02h  
03h  
07h  
2Eh  
32h  
33h  
3Eh  
List of Supported Pages Page  
Write Error Counter Page  
Read Error Counter Page  
Last n Errors Events Page  
TapeAlert Page  
5.8.2  
5.8.3  
5.8.3  
5.8.4  
5.8.5  
5.8.6  
5.8.7  
5.8.8  
Compression Ratio Page  
Device Wellness Log Page  
Device Status Log Page  
Parameter Pointer  
The Parameter Pointer field allows the host to specify at which parameter  
within a log page the requested data should begin. For example, if a page  
supports parameters 0 through 5, and the Parameter Pointer contains 3, then  
only parameters 3, 4, and 5 are returned to the initiator. Similarly, if a page  
supports parameters 1, 3, and 6, and the Parameter Pointer contains 2, then  
only parameters 3 and 6 are returned to the initiator.  
If the Parameter Pointer is larger than the highest numbered parameter on  
the page, then the target terminates the command with CHECK CONDITION  
status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and additional sense code set  
to INVALID FIELD IN CDB.  
Note that parameters within a page are always returned in ascending order  
according to parameter code.  
If the target does not support a parameter code within this page then it does  
not return any data associated with this parameter.  
Allocation Length  
This field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator has  
allocated for returning data. The host uses this field to limit the size of data  
transfers to its own internal buffer size.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢍꢀꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢆꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢄꢂ  
(UURUꢀ'HWHFWLRQꢀ6XPPDU\ꢀLQꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQG  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFN  
The following conditions constitute errors detected by the drive relating to the LOG  
SENSE command descriptor block. The request sense data is set to ILLEGAL  
REQUEST, INVALID FIELD IN CDB.  
Error conditions occur when:  
• A page is not supported  
• The parameter pointer is larger than the highest numbered  
parameter on the page  
• The SP bit is set to 1  
• The Allocation Length is smaller than the data being returned  
by the target.  
• PPC bit set to 1  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢆꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢅꢂꢀꢀ  
6XSSRUWHGꢀ3DJHVꢀ/RJꢀ3DJHꢀꢊ3DJHꢀꢁꢁKꢋ  
When page 00h is requested, the 4-byte page header is returned, followed by the pages  
supported in ascending order, one byte for each.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
Page Code (00h)  
1
Reserved  
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Page Length (05h)  
(LSB)  
4
5
00h  
02h  
03h  
07h  
2Eh  
32h  
33h  
3Eh  
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢍꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ3DJHVꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢉꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢇꢂꢀꢀ  
5($'ꢀꢊ3DJHꢀꢁꢇKꢋꢀꢐꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀꢊ3DJHꢀꢁꢅKꢋꢀꢀ(5525ꢀ/2*  
6(16(ꢀ3DJH  
Each Log page begins with a 4-byte header followed by a number of log parameter  
blocks. Each block consists of 8 bytes except for parameter code 05h.  
The log parameter block for the parameter total bytes processed (05h) is 12 bytes, since  
the parameter value is 8 bytes long.  
/2*ꢀ3$*(ꢀ+($'(5  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
Page Code  
1
Reserved  
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Page Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢎꢀꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)RUPDW  
Page Code  
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG SENSE  
command descriptor block.  
Page Length  
The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in this log  
page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.  
For example, if the PPC bit is 0 and the parameter pointer is 0, the target returns 4  
bytes of page header with page length of 44h followed by 8 bytes of parameter  
value data for each parameter code except code 05h (for code 05h, it returns 12  
bytes). Therefore, for parameters codes 00h, 01h, 02h, 03h, 04h, 06h, and 8000h,  
each page will be 8 bytes.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢎꢀꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢉꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/2*ꢀ3$5$0(7(56  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 -1  
Parameter Code  
ETC  
(LSB)  
LP  
2
3
DU  
DS  
TSD  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
Parameter Length  
Parameter Value  
(MSB)  
4 - 11  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢆꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJH  
Parameter  
Parameter Codes supported for the READ/WRITE error counter pages are as follows:  
Code  
00h  
Errors corrected with substantial delays  
Errors corrected with possible delays  
Total rewrites or rereads  
Total errors corrected  
01h  
02h  
03h  
04h  
Total times correction algorithm processed  
Total bytes processed  
05h  
06h  
Total uncorrected errors  
8001h  
9001h  
Vendor Unique  
Vendor Unique  
Parameter codes 00h, 01h, and 04h always return a value of 0. Parameter  
value for 05h is 8 bytes; the parameter length is set to 8.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢆꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJH  
)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢉꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Byte 2 of the Log Parameter Block is referred to as the Parameter Control Byte; it is  
made up of six control bits plus one bit that is reserved.  
DU  
Disable Update. This field with a value 0 indicates that the target will update  
all log parameter values. This field set to 1 indicates that the target will not  
update the log parameter values except in response to LOG SELECT. This  
bit is set by the drive when accumulated values reach maximum. This is also  
returned set to 1 if the host set the bit in the last LOG SELECT command.  
Default is 0.  
Note that for parameter types other than threshold and cumulative values,  
this bit is always 0.  
DS  
Disable Save. Not supported; always set to 1.  
TSD  
ETC  
Target Save Disable. Not supported; always set to 1.  
Enable Threshold Comparison. When set to 1, indicates that comparison to  
threshold is performed. ETC of 0 indicates that the comparison is not  
performed. This bit is set to 1 by the Control Mode Page of MODE SELECT.  
Default is 0.  
TMC  
Threshold Met Criteria. This field is valid only if host sets ETC to 1. It  
determines the basis for comparison and is specified by host using LOG  
SELECT. If the result of comparison is true (cumulative = threshold), and  
MODE SELECT / SENSE Control Mode Page RLEC bit is set to 1, then a  
UNIT ATTENTION is granted for all initiators. The sense key is set to UNIT  
ATTENTION, the additional sense code to LOG EXCEPTION, and ASCQ is  
set to THRESHOLD CONDITION MET. If the RLEC bit in Control Mode Page  
is 0, then UNIT ATTENTION is not generated.  
Note that comparison is performed in real time. A Log Sense command need  
not be issued to get the check condition. Once ETC is selected, RLEC bit in  
Control Mode Page, the check condition is issued based on the criteria  
defined in the TMC bits if the criteria is met in real time. Check condition will  
not identify for which parameter code the criteria is met. Log Sense must be  
issued to read the counters to determine for which parameter code criteria  
has been met.  
The criteria for comparison are:  
00b  
01b  
10b  
11b  
Every update of the cumulative value  
Cumulative value equal to threshold value  
Cumulative value not equal to threshold value  
Cumulative value greater than threshold value  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢆꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢉꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
LP  
List Parameter. This bit is 0 since the parameter codes are treated as data  
counters.  
Parameter Length  
Parameter Value  
This field specifies the number of bytes of the parameter value.  
This field indicates the actual value of this log parameter.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢆꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢉꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢈꢂ  
/$67ꢀQꢀ(5525ꢀ(9(176ꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢊꢁꢍKꢋ  
This page returns one parameter at a time that contains the ASCII text for the specified  
event log. The Parameter Number field in the CDB specifies the log event to return.  
The log events in EEPROM are numbered from 0 to 255, after which the number wraps  
back to 0; only a limited number of events are stored at a given time (up to 48). The log  
event that is returned is the one whose Parameter Code is equal to, or the first one  
greater than, the Parameter Number specified in the command control block.  
/2*ꢀ3$*(ꢀ+($'(5  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
Page Code (07h)  
1
Reserved  
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Page Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢅꢀꢀ/DVWꢀQꢀ(UURUꢀ(YHQWVꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Code  
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG  
SENSE command descriptor block.  
Page Length  
The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in  
this log page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢅꢀ/DVWꢀQꢀ(UURUꢀ(YHQWVꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢉꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/2*ꢀ3$5$0(7(56  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 -1  
Parameter Code  
ETC  
(LSB)  
LP  
2
3
DU  
DS  
TSD  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
Parameter Length  
(MSB)  
4 - n  
Hex ASCII String for Event n  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢈꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ/$67ꢀQꢀ(5525ꢀ(9(176ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJH  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Parameter Code  
Parameter Code values are assigned from 0 to 27, where 0 is the  
oldest event stored and the highest Parameter Code returned is the  
most recent event.  
Hex ASCII String  
fo Event n  
The text of the parameter includes a “Packet #” that is a value from 0  
to 255. This internal number is assigned when the packet is written  
to EEPROM. A value of 0 is normally the oldest packet, but packet  
numbers can wrap around back to 0 after reaching 255. For a  
description of the packet string, see Appendix B.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢈꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ/$67ꢀQꢀ(5525ꢀ(9(176ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(  
3DJHꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
For definitions of bits that make up the Control Byte (byte 2), refer to Section  
5.8.3., Table 5-21.  
ꢉꢎꢉꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢉꢂ  
7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢊꢅ(Kꢋ  
This page returns results of the tape drive’s on-going self diagnosis, so that the  
tape drive’s behavior can be monitored and high reliability ensured. The TapeAlert  
page is read from the tape drive at the beginning of each READ/WRITE activity,  
after any fatal errors occur during a READ/WRITE, at the end of any tape  
cartridge when the READ/WRITE activity continues onto another tape cartridge,  
and at the end of each READ/WRITE activity. The flags (Table 5–26) are set or  
cleared by the tape drive when the failure or corrective action occurs.  
7$3(ꢀ$/(57ꢀ/2*ꢀ3$*(ꢀ+($'(5  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Page Code (2Eh)  
Reserved  
1
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Page Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢃꢀꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Code  
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG  
SENSE command descriptor block.  
Page Length  
The Page Length field specifies the total number of bytes contained in  
this log page, not including the four bytes that make up the header.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢃꢀꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢉꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7$3(ꢀ$/(57ꢀ/2*ꢀ3$5$0(7(56  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
5
–1  
(MSB)  
to  
Parameter Code ( )  
5
(LSB)  
LP  
5
5
5
+ 1  
+ 2  
+ 3  
DU  
DS  
TSD  
ETC  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
Parameter Length (1)  
Value of TapeAlert Flag (Flag is set when Bit 0 = 1; Bits 1 – 7 are Reserved)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢇꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
Parameter Code  
This field contains the Flag code. See Table 5-26 for the supported  
Flags, level of severity, and the Flags’ definitions.  
Parameter Length  
This field is set to 1.  
Value of Tape Alert If Bit 0 is set to 1, indicates that TapeAlert has sensed a problem.  
Flag  
See Table 5-26 for the supported Flags and their definitions. If Bit 0  
is 0, the Flag is not set and no problem has been sensed.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢇꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀIRUꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJH  
For definitions of bits that make up the Control Byte (the byte “5n + 1”  
above), refer to Section 5.8.3, Table 5-21.  
ꢉꢎꢉꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
1
2
3
5
6
Read Warning  
Write Warning  
Hard Error  
Warning  
Warning  
Warning  
Critical  
Problems reading data. There is no loss of data, but the tape  
drive’s performance is reduced.  
Problems writing data. There is no loss of data, but the  
capacity of the tape is reduced.  
An error has occurred during a read or write operation that the  
tape drive cannot correct: operation has stopped.  
Read Failure  
Write Failure  
The tape medium or the tape drive is damaged. Contact a  
service representative.  
Critical  
The tape medium is faulty or the tape drive is damaged. Test  
the tape drive using a known-good tape cartridge. If the  
problem persists, contact a service representative.  
9
Write Protect  
Critical  
The tape cartridge is write protected. Set the write protection  
switch to enable writing, or use a different tape cartridge.  
10 No Removal  
Informational  
The tape drive is busy and the tape cartridge cannot be  
ejected. Wait for the operation to complete before attempting  
to eject the tape cartridge.  
11 Cleaning Media  
Informational  
The tape cartridge in the tape drive is a cleaning cartridge. For  
normal tape drive data-related operations, replace the cleaning  
cartridge with a data tape cartridge.  
20 Clean Now  
Critical  
The tape drive needs to be cleaned. Make sure that all tape  
operations have completed, eject the data tape cartridge and  
follow the appropriate steps to use a cleaning cartridge.  
* Severity levels are  
,
and  
. Informational flags provide a status-type  
message, Warning and Critical flags indicate that user intervention and/or service call may be required.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢉꢀꢀ7DSHꢀ$OHUWꢀ)ODJVꢌꢀ6HYHULW\ꢀ/HYHOVꢌꢀDQGꢀ0HDQLQJV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢉꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
22 Expired  
Cleaning Media  
Critical  
The cleaning cartridge that was used has expired.  
Wait for all tape drive operations to complete, then use  
a valid cleaning cartridge for cleaning.  
31 Hardware B  
32 Interface  
Critical  
The tape drive may have a hardware fault. Contact a  
service representative.  
Warning  
The drive has identified a problem with the interface  
to/from the host.  
34 Download Fail  
Warning  
Warning  
The attempted firmware download has failed.  
36 Drive  
Temperature within the tape drive is exceeding the  
allowable specifications  
Temperature  
40 Loader  
Hardware A  
Critical  
The mechanism that loads media to the tape drive is  
experiencing problems communicating with the tape  
drive.  
42 Loader  
Hardware B  
Warning  
Critical  
The loader mechanism has experienced a hardware-  
related fault.  
43 Loader Door  
The attempted operation has failed: the  
library/autoloader door is not closed completely.  
*
Severity levels are  
,
and  
. Informational flags provide a status-type  
message, Warning and Critical flags indicate that user intervention and/or service call may be  
required.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢉꢀꢀ7DSHꢀ$OHUWꢀ)ODJVꢌꢀ6HYHULW\ꢀ/HYHOVꢌꢀDQGꢀ0HDQLQJVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢊꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢎꢂꢀꢀ  
5($'ꢀꢐꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢊꢇꢅKꢋ  
This page begins with a 4-byte header followed by the log parameter blocks of 6 or 8  
bytes, depending on the Parameter Code selected.  
/2*ꢀ3$*(ꢀ+($'(5  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
Page Code (32h)  
1
Reserved  
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Additional Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢉꢀꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ5$7,2ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Code  
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the  
LOG SENSE command descriptor block.  
Additional Length  
The Additional Length field specifies the number of bytes available  
and depends on the parameters requested.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢊꢀꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ5$7,2ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢊꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/2*ꢀ3$5$0(7(56ꢀ)25ꢀ3$5$0(7(5ꢀ&2'(6ꢀꢈꢈKꢀ$1'ꢀꢈꢋK  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 -1  
Parameter Code  
(LSB)  
LP  
2
3
DU  
DS  
TSD  
ETC  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
02h  
(MSB)  
4 - n  
Compression Ratio x 100  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢊꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ5$7,2ꢀ/2*  
6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀꢁ3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGHVꢀꢎꢎKꢀDQGꢀꢎꢆKꢂ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Parameter Code  
Parameter Codes supported for the READ / WRITE  
COMPRESSION RATIO page are as follows (for codes 00h and 01h  
only; codes 02h through 09h are detailed separately):  
3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGH 'HVFULSWLRQV  
00h  
01h  
READ Compression Ratio x 100  
WRITE Compression Ratio x 100  
DU  
Disable Update. Always 0.  
DS  
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.  
Target Save Disable. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.  
TSD  
ETC  
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported  
on this page. Always set to 0.  
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.  
TMC  
LP  
List Parameter. Always set to 0 (parameter codes treated as data  
counter).  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢋꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ5$7,2ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(  
3DJHꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁ3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGHVꢀꢎꢎKꢀDQGꢀꢎꢆKꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢊꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/2*ꢀ3$5$0(7(56ꢀ)25ꢀ3$5$0(7(5ꢀ&2'(6ꢀꢈꢌKꢀ7+528*+ꢀꢈꢏK  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 -1  
Parameter Code  
ETC  
(LSB)  
LP  
2
3
DU  
DS  
TSD  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
04h  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
Counter Value  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢋꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ5$7,2ꢀ/2*  
6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀꢁ3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGHVꢀꢎꢅKꢀWKURXJKꢀꢎꢍKꢂ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Parameter Code  
Parameter Codes supported for the READ / WRITE  
COMPRESSION RATIO page (codes 02h through 09h) are as  
follows:  
3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGH 'HVFULSWLRQV  
02h  
03h  
04h  
05h  
06h  
07h  
08h  
09h  
Mbytes Transferred to Host  
Bytes Transferred to Host  
Mbytes Read from Tape  
Bytes Read from Tape  
Mbytes Transferred from Host  
Bytes Transferred from Host  
Mbytes Written to Tape  
Bytes Written to Tape  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢍꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ5$7,2ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(  
3DJHꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁ3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGHVꢀꢎꢅKꢀWKURXJKꢀꢎꢍKꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢊꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
DU  
Disable Update. Always 0.  
DS  
TSD  
ETC  
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.  
Target Save Disable. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.  
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported on this page.  
Always set to 0.  
TMC  
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.  
LP  
List Parameter. Always set to 0 (parameter codes treated as data counter).  
Counter Value  
Parameter Codes 02h through 09h provide a count of the number of bytes  
transferred since the current tape cartridge was inserted or since the last time the  
counters were reset via a MODE SELECT command.  
Parameter Codes 02h and 03h -- Report the count of bytes transferred from the  
tape drive to the initiator. Parameter Code 02h reports the number of full  
megabytes transferred; Parameter Code 03h reports the number of bytes less than  
a full megabyte that have been transferred. Multiplying the counter returned for  
Parameter Code 02h by 1,048,576 and then adding the value of the counter  
returned by Parameter Code 03h results in the actual total bytes transferred to the  
initiator.  
Parameter Codes 04h and 05h -- Report the count of bytes transferred from the  
tape drive to the buffer. Parameter Code 04h reports the number of full megabytes  
transferred; Parameter Code 05h reports the number of bytes less than a full  
megabyte that have been transferred. Multiplying the counter returned for  
Parameter Code 04h by 1,048,576 and then adding the value of the counter  
returned by Parameter Code 05h results in the actual total bytes transferred from  
tape to the buffer.  
Parameter Codes 06h and 07h -- Report the count of bytes transferred from the  
initiator to the buffer. Parameter Code 06h reports the number of full megabytes  
transferred; Parameter Code 07h reports the number of bytes less than a full  
megabyte that have been transferred. Multiplying the counter returned for  
Parameter Code 06h by 1,048,576 and then adding the value of the counter  
returned by Parameter Code 07h results in the actual total bytes transferred from  
the initiator to the buffer.  
Parameter Codes 08h and 09h -- Report the count of bytes written to the tape  
drive. Parameter Code 08h reports the number of full megabytes transferred;  
Parameter Code 09h reports the number of bytes less than a full megabyte that  
have been transferred. Multiplying the counter returned for Parameter Code 08h by  
1,048,576 and then adding the value of the counter returned by Parameter Code  
09h results in the actual total bytes written to the tape drive.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢍꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀ5$7,2ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(  
3DJHꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁ3DUDPHWHUꢀ&RGHVꢀꢎꢅKꢀWKURXJKꢀꢎꢍKꢂꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢊꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢍꢂ  
'HYLFHꢀ:HOOQHVVꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢊꢇꢇKꢋ  
The Device Wellness Page returns information about any check conditions related to  
Sense Keys 1, 3, 4, and 9 logged by the tape drive. Up to 16 entries (parameter code  
0000h to 000Fh) can be contained in the page; each entry records a check condition  
(Sense Key = 1), a medium error (Sense Key = 3), or hardware error (Sense Key = 4).  
Note that parameter code 000h contains the oldest log information while parameter  
000Fh contains the most recent.  
Only head cleaning recovered errors (more serious recovered errors) are recorded when  
Sense Key is 1; all sense data are recorded when Sense Key is 3 or 4.  
This page begins with a 4-byte header followed by the log parameter blocks.  
/2*ꢀ3$*(ꢀ+($'(5  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
1
Reserved  
Page Code (33h)  
1
Reserved  
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Page Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢅꢍꢀꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ:(//1(66ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Code  
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the LOG  
SENSE command descriptor block.  
Page Length  
The Page Length field specifies the number of bytes available and  
depends on the parameters requested.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢎꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ:(//1(66ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢊꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'(9,&(ꢀ:(//1(66ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3$*(ꢀ3$5$0(7(56ꢀꢁꢈꢈꢈꢈKꢀꢇꢀꢈꢈꢈ)Kꢂ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Parameter Code  
Reserved  
ETC  
1
2
DU  
DS  
TSD  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
LP  
(MSB)  
3 - 7  
8 - 11  
12  
Time Stamp  
Media ID  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
Sense Key  
13  
Additional Sense Key  
15  
Additional Error Information  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢎꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ:(//1(66ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJH  
ꢉꢎꢊꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Parameter Codes 0000h through 000Fh are supported. This  
provides 16 log entries for error information capture.  
Parameter Code  
DU  
Disable Update. Always 0.  
DS  
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.  
Target Save Disable. Not supported. This bit always set to 0.  
TSD  
ETC  
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported  
on this page. Always set to 0.  
TMC  
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.  
List Parameter. Always set to 0.  
LP  
Time Stamp  
Power-on hours when check condition occurred (note that this is the  
number of power-on hours since the last time the unit was powered  
on, not total number of hours during the lifetime of the drive).  
The time stamp counter is updated once per hour; if the tape drive is  
powered down before the hourly update occurs, the update will not  
occur until a full hour after power is re-applied.  
Media ID  
Internal media identifier being used when check condition occurred.  
0 = no media or unknown media when event occurred. Note that this  
is not an applicable means of tracing media.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢆꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ:(//1(66ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢊꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢌꢂꢌꢂ  
'HYLFHꢀ6WDWXVꢀ3DJHꢀꢀꢊꢇ(Kꢋ  
The Device Status Page describes the current status of the tape drive. Figures 5-31  
and 5-32 and Table 5-32 describe the following header log parameter formats for  
the log sense device status page.  
Code  
Provides  
0000h  
0001h  
0002h  
0003h  
0004h  
0005h  
Device type.  
Device cleaning-related status  
Number of “loads” over the lifetime of the tape drive.  
Specifies the number of cleaning sessions per cartridge.  
Vendor-unique  
Drive temperature in degrees C  
/2*ꢀ3$*(ꢀ+($'(5  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
1
Reserved  
Page Code (3Eh)  
1
Reserved  
(MSB)  
2 - 3  
Page Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢆꢀꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ67$786ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Code  
The Page Code echoes the page code that was specified in the  
LOG SENSE command descriptor block.  
Page Length  
The Page Length field specifies the number of bytes available and  
depends on the parameters requested.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢅꢀꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ67$786ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢊꢀ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'(9,&(ꢀ67$786ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3$*(ꢀ3$5$0(7(56  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0 - 1  
Parameter Code  
ETC  
2
DU  
DS  
TSD  
TMC  
Rsv’d  
LP  
3
Parameter Length (04h)  
Parameter Value  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢅꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ67$786ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJH  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢊꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Parameter Codes 0000h through 0005h are supported.  
Code Description  
Parameter Value  
0000h Specifies device type. For sequential-type devices such  
as tape drives, the value is always 00010000h.  
0001h Specifies device cleaning-related status. See Figure 5-30.  
0002h Specifies the number of “loads” over the lifetime of the  
tape drive.  
0003h Specifies the number of cleaning sessions per cartridge.  
0004h Vendor-unique  
0005h Drive Temperature in degreesC  
DU  
Disable Update. Always 0.  
DS  
Disable Save. Not supported. This bit always set to 1.  
TSD  
Target Save Disable. When = 0, indicates that the target provides a  
target-defined method for saving log parameters. When = 1,  
indicates that either the target does not provide a defined method for  
saving log parameters or that the target-defined method has been  
disabled by the initiator.  
ETC  
Enable Threshold Comparison. Threshold checking is not supported  
on this page. Always set to 0.  
TMC  
LP  
Threshold Met Criteria. Always 0.  
List Parameter. Always set to 0 (parameter codes treated as data  
counter).  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢈꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ67$786ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
ClnR  
ClnQ  
ClnEx  
(MSB)  
1 - 3  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢈꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ)RUPDWꢀIRUꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ67$786ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀ3DUDPHWHU  
ꢎꢎꢎꢆKꢀꢁ&OHDQLQJꢀ5HODWHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢋꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/2* 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢆ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
ClnR  
Set to 1 if a cleaning required condition exists. When the condition  
clears, this status is also cleared.  
ClnQ  
Set to 1 if a cleaning request condition exists. When the condition  
clears, this status is also cleared.  
ClnEx  
Set to 1 if the cleaning tape has expired. If no cleaning tape is  
installed, this bit is cleared.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢃꢀꢀ/RJꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀIRUꢀ'(9,&(ꢀ:(//1(66ꢀ/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀꢎꢎꢎꢆK  
ꢁ&OHDQLQJꢀ5HODWHGꢂꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢋꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢏꢅ  
02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢁꢐꢂꢀꢒꢀꢁꢋꢈꢂꢀꢀꢁꢋꢎKꢀꢒꢀꢎꢎKꢂ  
The MODE SELECT command (available in either 6- or 10-byte format) enables  
the host to configure the tape drive. Implementing MODE SELECT and MODE  
SENSE requires “handshaking” between the host and the drive. Before configuring  
the drive, the host should issue a MODE SENSE command to the drive to obtain a  
report of the current configuration and determine what parameters are  
configurable. The host interprets this information and then may issue MODE  
SELECT to set the drive to the host’s preferred configuration. The Mode  
Parameter List described in Section 5.8 is passed from the initiator to the drive  
during the command’s DATA OUT phase.  
Information for the drive is carried on a number of pages, each of which serves to  
set the tape drive’s operating parameters. The MODE SELECT pages supported,  
and the sections of this manual that details each page, are:  
3DJHꢀ&RGH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
'HVFULEHGꢀLQꢀ6HFWLRQ«ꢅꢅ  
01h  
02h  
0Ah  
0Fh  
10h  
11h  
1Ch  
3Eh  
READ/WRITE Error Recovery Page  
Disconnect / Reconnect Page  
Control Mode Page  
5.9.2  
5.9.3  
5.9.4  
5.9.5  
5.9.6  
5.9.7  
5.9.8  
5.9.9  
Data Compression Page  
Device Configuration Page  
Medium Partition Page  
TapeAlert Page  
EEPROM Vendor Unique Page  
Except for mode page 3Eh, the tape drive always powers up with its default  
configurations set. This is also true if the drive receives a BUS DEVICE RESET  
message or a hard reset via the RST line on the SCSI bus.  
The Command Descriptor Block is illustrated in Figure 5-34.  
127(  
For a list of changeable parameters within MODE SELECT, refer to  
Sections 5.9.9 (EEPROM Vendor Unique Page 3Eh) and 5.9.10.  
ꢉꢎꢋꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢐꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (15h)  
PF  
1
2 - 3  
4
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
SP (0)  
Reserved  
Parameter List Length  
Reserved  
5
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
0
02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢋꢈꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Byte  
0
Operation Code (55h)  
PF  
1
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
SP (0)  
2 - 6  
7 - 8  
9
Reserved  
Parameter List Length  
Reserved  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢃꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀDQGꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNVꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢋꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PF  
Page Format. The Page Format bit indicates that the data sent by the  
host after the MODE SELECT header and block descriptors complies with  
the definition of pages in the SCSI-2 specification. The SCSI-1 format will  
not be implemented so this bit must be set to 1. It is an ILLEGAL  
REQUEST to have page parameters while the PF bit is 0.  
SP  
Save Parameters. Must be 0. If set, this bit instructs the drive to save all  
savable pages, and this is not supported on the tape drive.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢇꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢄꢂ  
0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVW  
The figures below show the formats of the Mode Parameter List for MODE  
SELECT (6) and MODE SELECT (10) passed by the initiator to the tape drive  
during the command’s DATA OUT phase.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0 - 3  
Mode Parameter Header  
4 - 11  
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor (Optional)  
Page(s) (Optional)  
4 - 11  
or  
12 - n  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢇꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢋꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0 - 7  
Mode Parameter Header  
8 - 15  
Mode Parameter Block Descriptor (Optional)  
Page(s) (Optional)  
8 - n  
or  
16 - n  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢈꢉꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Mode Parameter  
Header  
Contains information about the remainder of the Parameter List and  
is always present (see Figure 5-37 and Table 5-37).  
Mode Parameter  
Block Descriptor  
Allows the initiator to set the drive’s Logical Block Size and number  
of Descriptor Logical Block Addresses (see Figure 5-38 and Table 5-  
38).  
Page(s)  
The Page Code(s) of the pages that are a part of this MODE  
SELECT command.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢉꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀRUꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢋꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢏꢅꢋꢅꢋꢅ  
0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ+HDGHU  
The figures and tables that follow provide an illustration and description of the  
fields that make up the MODE SELECT (6) or (10) command’s Mode Parameter  
header.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
1
2
3
Media Type  
Ignored  
Buffered Mode  
Speed  
Block Descriptor Length  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢊꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0 - 1  
Reserved  
2
Media Type  
Reserved  
3
Ignored  
Buffered Mode  
Speed  
4 - 5  
6 - 7  
Block Descriptor Length  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢋꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢋꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Media Type  
This field is ignored by the MODE SELECT command.  
Buffered Mode  
Default = 1. The drive implements immediate reporting on WRITE  
commands through its buffered mode. With Buffered Mode set to 1,  
the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as the  
data block has been transferred to the buffer. If this field = 0, then  
the drive does not report GOOD status on WRITE commands until  
the data blocks have been written to tape.  
When Buffered Mode is not used, the tape drive suffers significant  
performance degradation, and possible capacity, depending on tape  
format, block size, and compression. When using the 10 or 20 GB  
format with compression disabled and block size a multiple of 8  
Kbytes, there is no capacity loss.  
When writing 10 , 15,20, or 40 GB format with compression enabled  
and Buffered Mode disabled, some capacity loss can occur. The  
block packing feature is essentially disabled by turning off Buffered  
Mode.  
If Buffered Mode is set to a number greater than 1, the command is  
rejected with CHECK CONDITION, sense key of ILLEGAL  
REQUEST.  
Speed  
The value of this field specifies the speed at which the drive will  
match the transfer rate of the host.  
The default setting = 0. Tape system will attempt to match the  
drive’s throughput with the host data throughput.  
1 = Used for systems with bus speed below 5.0MB/second.  
2 = Used for systems with bus speeds between 5.0 and  
6.0MB/second  
3 = Used for systems with bus speeds of 6.0MB/second or greater.  
127(ꢃꢀꢀ7KLVꢀLQIRUPDWLRQꢀDSSOLHVꢀRQO\ꢀWRꢀ'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀIRUPDWꢅ  
Block Descriptor  
Length  
This field specifies the length in bytes of all the block descriptors.  
Since the drive only allows one block description, the value must be  
either 0 or 8. A value of 0 indicates no block description is included;  
a value of 8 indicates a block descriptor is present and precedes the  
mode page data. Any other value other than 0 or 8 causes a  
CHECK CONDITION status with sense key of ILLEGAL REQUEST  
to be returned.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢊꢀꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢋꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢏꢅꢋꢅꢌꢀꢅ  
0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRU  
The figure and table that follow provide an illustration and description of the fields  
that make up the MODE SELECT command’s Mode Parameter Block Descriptor.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Density Code  
(MSB)  
1 - 3  
Number of Blocks  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
4
(MSB)  
5 - 7  
Block Length  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢍꢀꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢋꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Density Code  
This field should match the current tape medium density; it is set to 0 if the  
density is unknown.  
00h  
19h  
Use default density  
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape – 10.0 GB  
(DLTtape III) / 15.0 GB (DLTtape IIIXT)  
1Ah  
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape – 20.0 GB  
(DLTtape IV)  
1Bh  
41h  
85937 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape – 35.0 GB  
(DLTtape IV)  
98250 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape – 40.0 GB  
(DLTtape IV)  
The density codes above are the  
codes used to define density.  
Additionally, the codes listed below may be used, though use of the Data  
Compression Page is preferred:  
7Fh No change from previous density (No Operation)  
80h  
81h  
82h  
83h  
84h  
85h  
88h  
89h  
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 10.0 GB (DLTtape III)  
/ 15.0GB (DLTtape IIIXT) without compression  
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape III)  
/ 30.0GB (DLTtape IIIXT ) with compression  
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 20.0 GB (DLTtape IV)  
without compression  
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 40 GB (DLTtape IV)  
with compression  
85937 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape - 35 GB  
(DLTtape IV) without compression  
85937 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape - 70 GB  
(DLTtape IV) with compression  
98250 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape - 40 GB  
(DLTtape IV) without compression  
98250 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape - 80 GB  
(DLTtape IV) with compression  
Number of Blocks  
This MODE SENSE field is sent = 0, indicating that all of the remaining  
logical blocks on the tape will have the medium characteristics specified by  
the block descriptor.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢋꢀꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢋꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Block Length  
This field specifies the length, in bytes, of each logical block transferred over  
the SCSI bus. A block length of 0 indicates that the length is variable  
(specified in the I/O command). Any value other than 0 indicates the number  
of bytes per block to use for READ, WRITE, and VERIFY commands that  
specify a “fixed” bit of 1 (i.e., fixed block mode) which also causes the  
transfer length in the command descriptor block to be defined as a block  
count. If fixed bit is not equal to 1, this field is ignored.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢋꢀꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢎꢅꢏꢅꢋꢅꢉꢀꢅ  
0RGHꢀ3DJHꢀ'HVFULSWRUV  
Following the MODE SELECT command’s Mode Parameter Block Descriptor are  
the MODE SELECT pages, each of which sets a different device parameter. Each  
mode page has a 2-byte header that identifies the page code and indicates the  
number of bytes in that page.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
0
Page Code  
1
Additional Page Length  
2 - Q  
Page-Defined or Vendor Unique Parameter List  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢎꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀ3DJHꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For the MODE SELECT (6) (10)  
commands, this field is reserved (0).  
Additional Page Length  
Indicates number of bytes in that page (not including bytes 0  
and 1).  
Page-Defined or Vendor Information in this field depends on the mode page. Refer to  
Unique Parameter List Sections 5.9.2 through 5.9.9.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢈꢍꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀ3DJHꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢀꢁ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢅꢂ 5($'ꢀꢐꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(5525ꢀ5(&29(5<ꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢁꢄKꢋ  
The READ / WRITE Error Recovery Page controls the drive’s response to error  
conditions that arise during the course of READ and WRITE command processing.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
PS (0)  
Page Code (01h)  
0
1
2
3
Additional Page Length (0Ah)  
Rsv’d  
Rsv’d  
TB  
Rsv’d  
EER (1)  
PER  
DTE (0) DCR (0)  
Read Retry Count  
4 - 7  
8
Reserved  
Write Retry Count  
Reserved  
9 - 11  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢆꢀꢀ5($'ꢏ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ5HFRYHU\ꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢀꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the  
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in  
MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the  
same value when performing MODE SELECT. If the page length  
does not match that expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION  
status is returned, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set  
to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a  
Page field with values not supported or changeable. In such cases,  
no parameters are changed as a result of the command.  
TB  
Transfer Block. Not supported.  
EER  
PER  
Enable Early Recovery. Set to 1 (always enabled).  
Post Error. Default is 0. When set to 1, this bit enables reporting of  
Check Condition to report recovered READ / WRITE errors.  
DTE  
Disable Transfer on Error. Must be 0. Not supported.  
Disable ECC Correction. Must be 0. Not supported.  
DCR  
Read Retry Count  
This field reports the maximum number or rereads that are  
attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error.  
Write Retry Count  
This field reports the maximum number of overwrite retries that will  
be attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢎꢀ5($'ꢏ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ5HFRYHU\ꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢀꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢇꢂ ',6&211(&7ꢀꢐꢀ5(&211(&7ꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢁꢅKꢋ  
The Disconnect / Reconnect Page controls the drive’s behavior on the SCSI bus  
and allows an initiator to tune bus performance.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Page Code (02h)  
1
2
Additional Page Length (0Eh)  
Buffer Full Ratio  
3
Buffer Empty Ratio  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 - 5  
Bus Inactivity Limit  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
6 - 7  
8 - 9  
Disconnect Time Limit  
Connect Time Limit  
Maximum Burst Time  
10 - 11  
12  
Reserved  
Reserved  
DTDC  
13 - 15  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢅꢀꢀ'LVFRQQHFWꢀꢏꢀ5HFRQQHFWꢀꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢀꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value does  
not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE  
commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when  
performing MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that expected  
by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned, sense key set to  
ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to  
ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field  
with values not supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters are  
changed as a result of the command.  
Buffer Full Ratio  
Not supported. Any value is ignored.  
Not supported. Any value is ignored.  
Not supported. Any value is ignored.  
Not supported. Any value is ignored.  
Buffer Empty Ratio  
Bus Inactivity Limit  
Disconnect Time  
Limit  
Connect Time Limit  
Maximum Burst Size  
Not supported. Any value is ignored.  
This value specifies the maximum amount of data that will be transferred  
without disconnecting. A value of 0 sets no limit. Any value is in units of 512  
bytes. For example, a value of 8 represents 4 Kbytes. Values that are not  
multiples of 8 are rounded up to the closest multiple of 8.  
DTDC  
Data Transfer Disconnect Control. This field defines further restrictions for  
when disconnect is permitted.  
00b  
01b  
Data transfer disconnect control is not used. Disconnect is  
controlled by the other fields in this page.  
Once the data transfer of a command has been started a target  
does not attempt to disconnect until all the data to be transferred  
has been transferred.  
10b  
11b  
Reserved.  
Once the data transfer of a command has started, a target does  
not attempt to disconnect until the command is complete.  
If DTDC is a non-zero value and the maximum burst size is non-zero, the  
tape drive returns CHECK CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL  
REQUEST and additional sense code set to ILLEGAL FIELD IN  
PARAMETER LIST.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢆꢀꢀ'LVFRQQHFWꢀꢏꢀ5HFRQQHFWꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢀꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢈꢂ &21752/ꢀ02'(ꢀꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢁ$Kꢋ  
The Control Mode Page provides control over several features such as tagged  
queuing, extended contingent allegiance, asynchronous event notification, and  
error logging.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Rsv’d  
Page Code (0Ah)  
1
2
Page Length (06)  
Reserved  
RLEC  
3
Queue Algorithm Modifier (0)  
Reserved  
Qerr (0)  
DQue  
(0)  
4
EECA  
(0)  
Reserved  
RAENP  
(0)  
UAAENP  
(0)  
EAENP  
5
Reserved  
(MSB)  
6 - 7  
Ready AEN Holdoff Period (0)  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢈꢀꢀ&RQWUROꢀ0RGHꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢀꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.  
Page Length  
The Page Length field indicates the number of bytes in the Control  
Mode Page that follow this byte. The valid value for this byte is 06h.  
RLEC  
Report Log Exception Condition. When set to 1, specifies that the  
target will report log exception conditions. When 0, specifies that the  
target will not report log exception conditions.  
The RLEC bit works in conjunction with the READ / WRITE Error  
Log Sense Page, specifically, the TMC bit of the READ / WRITE  
Error Log SENSE Page (Page 2 and 3), described earlier in this  
manual.  
The RLEC bit indicates whether the drive should return CHECK  
CONDITION status with sense key set to UNIT ATTENTION when  
one of the READ and WRITE error counters of the log pages reach  
a specified threshold . Thresholds can be modified using LOG  
SELECT.  
Queue Algorithm  
Modifier  
Must be 0.  
Qerr  
Queue Error. Must be 0.  
DQue  
Disable Queuing. Must be 0.  
EECA  
RAENP  
UAAENP  
Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance. Not supported; must be 0.  
Ready Asynchronous Event Notification. Not supported; must be 0.  
Unit Attention Asynchronous Event Notification. Not supported; must  
be 0.  
EAENP  
Enable AEN Permission. Asynchronous event notification is not  
supported; must be 0.  
Ready AEN Holdoff Not supported; must be 0.  
Period  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢅꢀꢀ&RQWUROꢀ0RGHꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢀꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢉꢂ '$7$ꢀ&2035(66,21ꢀꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢁ)Kꢋ  
The Data Compression page specifies parameters for the control of data  
compression. This page allows the user to turn the tape drive’s compressed format  
on and off independently of the tape medium’s position.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
Page Code (0Fh)  
1
2
Page Length (0Eh)  
DCE  
DCC  
(1)  
Reserved  
3
DDE  
(1)  
RED  
(00)  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
8 - 11  
12 - 15  
Compression Algorithm  
(10)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
Decompression Algorithm  
(10)  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢃꢀꢀ'DWDꢀ&RPSUHVVLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢀꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Code  
The Page Code identifies the type of MODE SELECT page being  
transferred. A value of 0Fh identifies this as the Data Compression  
page.  
Page Length  
DCE  
The Page Length field indicates the number of bytes in the Data  
Compression page that follow this byte. The valid value for this byte  
is 0Eh.  
Data Compression Enable. This bit specifies whether the tape drive  
should enable or disable data compression. When set to 1, the drive  
starts in compressed format.  
DCC  
DDE  
Data Compression Capable. This bit is used by the MODE SENSE  
command to indicate that the tape drive supports data compression.  
Data Decompression Enable. Must be set to 1. When the tape drive  
reads compressed data from tape, it automatically decompresses  
the data before sending it to the initiator. Data compression must  
always be enabled.  
RED  
Report Exception on Decompression. The tape drive does not report  
exceptions on decompression (boundaries between compressed  
and uncompressed data). The RED field must be 00h.  
Compression  
Algorithm  
The Compression Algorithm field indicates which compression  
algorithm the tape drive will use to process data from the initiator  
when the DCE bit (byte 02, bit 7) is set to 1. The only value currently  
supported for this field is 10h.  
127(ꢃ Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the  
tape drive to return CHECK CONDITION status, sense key  
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST. However, if EEPROM  
parameter EnaRepDecomp is set, the parameter in this  
field is ignored and no CHECK CONDITION status is  
returned.  
Decompression  
Algorithm  
The Decompression Algorithm field indicates which decompression  
algorithm the tape drive will use when decompressing data on the  
tape. The only value currently supported is 10h.  
127(ꢃ Specifying a value other than 10h for this field causes the  
tape drive to return CHECK CONDITION status, sense key  
set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢈꢀꢀ'DWDꢀ&RPSUHVVLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢀꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢎꢂ '(9,&(ꢀ&21),*85$7,21ꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢄꢁKꢋ  
The Device Configuration Page controls the drive’s behavior on the SCSI bus and  
allows an initiator to tune bus performance.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
0
Page Code (10h)  
Additional Page Length (0Eh)  
CAP (0) CAF (0) Active Format (0)  
Active Partition (0)  
1
2
3
Res’d  
4
5
Write Buffer Full Ratio  
Read Buffer Empty Ratio  
(MSB)  
6 - 7  
8
Write Delay Time  
(LSB)  
DBR (0)  
BIS  
RSmk  
(0)  
AVC (0)  
SOCF (0)  
RBO (0)  
REW  
(0)  
9
Gap Size (0)  
10  
EOD Defined (0)  
EEG  
SEW  
(1)  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
11 - 13  
Buffer Size at Early Warning (0)  
(LSB)  
14  
15  
Select Data Compression Algorithm  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢇꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢀꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the value does  
not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in MODE SENSE  
commands and must subsequently be set to the same value when  
performing MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that expected  
by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned, sense key set to  
ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set to  
ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a Page field  
with values not supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters are  
changed as a result of the command.  
CAP  
Change Active Partition. Not supported; must be 0.  
Change Active Format. Not supported; must be 0.  
Not supported. Must be 0.  
CAF  
Active Format  
Active Partition  
Only partition 0 is supported. Setting this field to any other value causes  
rejection by the drive with a CHECK CONDITION status, sense key ILLEGAL  
REQUEST set.  
Write Buffer Full  
Ratio  
The drive sets this field to 0. The drive uses an automatic adaptive  
mechanism to adjust its Full Ratio according to the average data rates over  
the SCSI bus.  
Read Buffer Empty  
Ratio  
The drive sets this field to 0. The drive uses an automatic adaptive  
mechanism to adjust its Empty Ratio according to the average data rates  
over the SCSI bus.  
Write Delay Time  
This field indicates the maximum time that the drive will wait with a partially  
full buffer before forcing the data to tape (100 ms increments). The buffer  
Full/Empty ratio, which is dynamic, can cause data to be written sooner than  
the Write Delay Time would indicate. The Write Delay Time defaults to 200  
(C8h). This causes the buffer to be flushed in 20 seconds. Maximum value is  
6500 (1964h) and the minimum is 15 (0Fh). This represents a range from 11  
minutes down to 1.5 seconds.  
Values between 0 and 15 on a MODE SELECT, are rounded down to 0. This  
causes the data to go straight to the medium without delay.  
DBR  
BIS  
Data Buffer Recovery. Not supported, must be 0.  
Block Identifiers Supported. This field is supported. Set to 1.  
Report Setmark. Not supported, must be 0.  
RSmk  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢃꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢍꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
AVC  
Automatic Velocity Control. Not supported; must be 0.  
Stop on Consecutive Filemarks. Not supported; must be 0.  
Recover Buffer Order. Not supported; must be 0.  
SOCF  
RBO  
REW  
Report Early Warning. Not supported; must be 0 (do not report Early Warning  
EOM on READ).  
Gap Size  
EOD Defined  
EEG  
Not used; must be 0.  
End-of-Data Defined. This field must be set to 00h.  
Enable End-of-Data Generation. Set to 1. This field indicates that the drive  
will generate an EOD. The drive generates an EOD mark before any change  
of direction following a WRITE-type operation. This bit is ignored, however,  
on MODE SELECT.  
SEW  
Synchronize at Early Warning. Must be set to 1.  
Not supported; must be 0.  
Buffer Size at Early  
Warning  
Select Data  
Compression  
Algorithm  
When set to 1, enables data compression.  
When 0, disables data compression.  
The setting on the front panel of the tape drive overrides any setting of  
MODE SELECT, but no error will result. If the setting is returned to the  
automatic mode on the front panel of the tape drive, the value from the last  
MODE SELECT command determines whether compression is enabled or  
disabled.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢃꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢍꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢍꢂ 0(',80ꢀ3$57,7,21ꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢄꢄKꢋ  
The drive supports the Medium Partition Parameters Page which is used to specify  
the medium partitions.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Page Code (11h)  
1
2
Additional Page Length (06)  
Maximum Additional Partitions (0)  
Additional Partitions Defined (0)  
3
4
FDP (0) SDP (0)  
IDP (0)  
PSUM (0)  
Medium Format Recognition (01)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
5
6 - 7  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢉꢀꢀ0HGLXPꢀ3DUWLWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢍꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the  
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in  
MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the  
same value when performing MODE SELECT. If the page length  
does not match that expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION  
status is returned, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set  
to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a  
Page field with values not supported or changeable. In such cases,  
no parameters are changed as a result of the command.  
Maximum  
Additional  
Partitions  
Not supported. Must be 0.  
Additional  
Partitions Defined  
Must be 0. This field specifies the number of additional partitions to  
be defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and IDP  
bits. The maximum allowed is the value returned in the Maximum  
Additional Partitions field. Only one partition is supported, therefore  
the value of the field must be 0.  
FDP  
SDP  
IDP  
Fixed Data Partitions. Must be 0.  
Select Data Partitions. Must be 0.  
Initiator Defined Partitions. Must be 0.  
Partition Size Unit of Measure. Must be 0.  
PSUM  
Medium Format  
Recognition  
This field is valid for MODE SENSE only, and is set to 01h,  
indicating that Medium Format Recognition is supported.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢇꢀꢀ0HGLXPꢀ3DUWLWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢍꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢌꢂ 7$3($/(57ꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢄ&Kꢋ  
The drive supports the TapeAlert Page which is used to set/change the supported  
TapeAlert configuration options (use the MODE SENSE command to read the  
settings of the TapeAlert page).  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Page Code (1Ch)  
1
2
Additional Page Length (0A)  
Perf = 0  
Reserved  
DExcpt  
= 1  
Test  
Rsvd  
LogErr  
3
Reserved  
MRIE  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 – 7  
8 – 11  
Interval Timer  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Report Count / Test Flag Number  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢊꢀꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢍꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit must be 0.  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number bytes in the page. However, the  
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned in  
MODE SENSE commands and must subsequently be set to the  
same value when performing MODE SELECT. If the page length  
does not match that expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION  
status is returned, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set  
to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an unsupported Page Code or a  
Page field with values not supported or changeable. In such cases,  
no parameters are changed as a result of the command.  
Perf  
Performance bit. Not supported.; always = 0.  
DExcpt  
Disable Information Exception Operations. If = 0, the reporting  
method specified by the contents of MRIE is selected. When this bit  
= 1, all information exception operations are disabled and the  
contents of the MRIE field are ignored. When in this mode, the  
TapeAlert Log page is polled by the software. To enable CHECK  
CONDITION mode, DExcpt should = 0. Default setting = 1.  
Test  
Test Bit. Not supported.  
Error Log. Not supported  
LogErr  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢉꢀꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢍꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
MRIE  
Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions. The tape drive uses  
the contents of this field to report information about exception  
conditions. Three methods are available:  
Value  
00h  
Method  
No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions. The  
device server does not report information exception  
conditions.  
03h  
Conditionally Generate Recovered Error. The device  
server reports informational exception conditions, if such  
reports of recovered errors is allowed, by returning  
CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command  
(except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands)  
following detection of the condition. The Sense Key is set  
to RECOVERED ERROR with an additional sense code  
of 5D 00 (TapeAlert Event). The SCSI command with  
CHECK CONDITION completes without error prior to the  
report of any exception condition, and does not need to  
be repeated.  
06h  
Only Report Informational Exception Condition on  
Request. The device server preserves information  
exception data. To access the data, a poll can be taken  
by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command.  
The Sense Key is set to NO SENSE with an additional  
sense code of 5D 00 (TapeAlert Event).  
The additional sense code of 5D 00 for values 03h and 06h signals  
that a TapeAlert event has occurred. Information about the event is  
stored in the TapeAlert Log Page. The setting of MRIE does not  
impact logging of events in the TapeAlert Log Page.  
Interval Timer  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Report Count /  
Test Flag Number  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢉꢀꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢍꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢏꢂ ((3520ꢀ9(1'25ꢀ81,48(ꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢊꢇ(Kꢋ  
The drive supports a vendor unique page that enables a user to modify savable  
parameters. Only one savable parameter may be changed per Mode Select  
command.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS  
Rsv’d  
Page Code (3Eh)  
1
2
Additional Page Length  
ASCII String of Parameter Name and Value  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢋꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
The ASCII string has a parameter name, followed by one or more space characters, a  
parameter value, and an ASCII line feed or null character. When the string is parsed, the  
parameter value is interpreted as shown in the following table. Note that the parameter  
name may be in upper or lower case. The saveable parameters are saved over resets and  
power  
cycles.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢍꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/HQJWK  
1DPH  
9DOXHꢀ5HSꢅ 'HIDXOW  
ꢁ%\WHVꢂ  
8VDJH  
VENDORID  
ASCII  
TANDBERG  
8
Vendor Identification field in  
INQUIRY Data  
PRODUCTID  
ASCII  
DLT8000  
0
16  
1
Product Identification field in  
INQUIRY Data  
FORCEDENSITY1  
ASCII De c im a l  
0 = automatic2  
3 = DLT2000  
4 = DLT4000  
5 = DLT2000XT  
6 = DLT7000  
7 = DLT8000  
FORCECOMP  
ASCII Bina ry  
ASCII Bina ry  
0
1
1
1
0 = automatic2  
1 = Never compress unless front  
panel selection enables it  
2 = Always compress unless front  
panel selection disables it  
DEFAULTCOMPON  
0 = Compression defaulted OFF  
on powerup/reset  
1 = Compression defaulted ON on  
powerup/reset  
DEFIXEDBLKEN  
ASCII De c im a l  
ASCII Bina ry  
0
0
8
1
Default fixed block size  
ENBINQMEDCHGR  
0 = Disable media changer bit.  
1 = Enable media changer bit in  
byte 6 of INQUIRY data (set if  
drive is in a media changer  
device)  
127(6ꢃ  
1. Applied to DLTtape III format tape DLT2000XT drive. Applied to  
DLTtape IV format tape for DLT4000, DLT7000, and DLT8000 drive.  
2. Parameter is not forced to a special format. Instead it is determined  
by the parameters selected via MODE SELECT.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢊꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ3DUDPHWHUV  
ꢉꢎꢍꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/HQJWK  
1DPH  
9DOXHꢀ5HSꢅ  
'HIDXOW  
ꢁ%\WHVꢂ 8VDJH  
LOADERLUN  
ASCII De c im a l  
1
1
1 - 7 = LUN to report media loader  
device on.  
REWINDONRESET  
ASCII Bina ry  
1
1
0 = Do not rewind on BUS RESET or  
BDR message (CAUTION: May  
have partial block data written to  
tape if reset occurs during  
WRITE).  
1 = Rewind the tape medium to BOT  
on reset.  
ENALDRAUTOLD  
DISLDRAUTODMC  
ASCII Bina ry  
1
1
1
1
To turn on/off sequential loading with  
loader  
To partially disable sequential loading  
with loader if any media loader  
command has been received.  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
ENAPARERRRETRY  
ENAMODEPG22  
0
0
1
1
To turn on/off parity error retry feature  
To enable vendor unique Data  
Compression (Status Mode Page)  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
NODISCONFXDBLK  
PROTECTDIRONWP  
1
0
1
1
To turn on/off feature that prevents  
disconnecting on every fixed block  
data transfer  
To protect tape directory if the  
cartridge write-protect switch is in its  
write protect position.  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
ENACLNGLTRPT  
1
1
1
1
To report error status if cleaning  
indicator is on.  
To report 18 or 6 bytes medium  
transport element status descriptor if  
parameter is on or off.  
LONGXPORTPAGE  
ASCII Binary  
SCSIINQVS  
0
1
To return vendor unique inquiry string,  
if set.  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
DEFSEW  
ENAINITSYNCNEG  
1
0
1
1
To set default SEW parameter.  
To enable target-initiated  
synchronous negotiation, if set.  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
REPORTRCVDPERRS  
ENATHIRDPTYDENS  
1
1
1
1
To report recovered error if parity  
error has been retried successfully, if  
set.  
To make non-DLT density code act as  
the default density (same as density  
code 0), if set.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢊꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢍꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
/HQJWK  
1DPH  
9DOXHꢀ5HSꢅ  
'HIDXOW  
ꢁ%\WHVꢂ 8VDJH  
ASCII Binary  
FORCEREADSILI  
0
1
1
To make variable READ command  
handled as if the SILI bit is set if set.  
ASCII Decimal  
CACHETMS  
0
0,1 = Do not cache filemarks unless  
IMMED bit is set (if set)  
2
= Cache if not two in a row unless  
IMMED bit is 1.  
3
= Always cache filemarks.  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
LDRCYCLRESET  
ENAREPDECOMP  
0
0
1
1
To cause the first cartridge to be loaded if  
unloading the last cartridge when the  
loader product is operated in sequential  
mode (if set).  
If set and the drive is in READ mode, the  
decompression algorithm field in Data  
Compression mode will be reset if the last  
block requested by the host was  
decompressed, otherwise it is cleared.  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
SCSIRESRELNOP  
DISUNBUFMODE  
0
0
1
1
SCSI Reserve / Release Unit commands  
are no operation (if set).  
The drive disables unbuffered mode, i.e.,  
it ignores the MODE SELECT “buffered  
mode” selection to turn off buffered mode  
(if set).  
ASCII Binary  
NODEFERRCVDERR  
CALRETRY  
0
2
1
1
The drive reports deferred recovered error  
as current recovered error (if set).  
ASCII Decimal  
0 = no retry  
1 = one retry  
2 = 2 retries  
3 = 3 retries  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢊꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ASCII Decimal  
ASCII Decimal  
SCSIBUSDMATIMER  
SCSIRESELRETRIES  
2
1
1
The number of seconds until the drive  
times out waiting for ACK once DMA  
transfer started. When set to 0, the timer  
is set to infinite.  
The number of reselection retries the drive  
makes before giving up. Each reselection  
retry occurs every 1 second. When set to  
0, the drive does infinite reselection  
retries.  
10  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
SCSIRDYEARLY  
0
0
1
1
The drive reports READY status earlier  
(if set).  
This parameter sets the default value of  
PER bit of READ / WRITE Error Recovery  
Mode page (01h).  
When set, Not Ready to Ready Transition  
unit attention will be removed from the unit  
attention queue upon a successful unload.  
This parameter allows the host to change  
the compression setting. Note that there is  
a tradeoff between best performance and  
best compression; if the compression  
setting = 1, it provides the best  
REPORTRCVRDERR  
ASCII Binary  
NORDYUAONUNLD  
0
0
1
1
ASCII Decimal  
HOSTCOMPSETTING  
performance but the worst level of  
compression. If the setting = 15, it  
provides lowest performance but  
maximum compression. Settings for the  
HOSTCOMPSETTING parameter are:  
0
1
Use default compression setting  
Set compression setting for best  
performance  
2
Set compression setting for best  
compromise of performance and  
compression  
3
Set compression setting for best  
compression  
ASCII Decimal  
ASCII Binary  
REDUNDANCYMODE  
REPBUSYINPROG  
0
0
1
1
Sets the value of the allowed maximum  
marginal channel (0 - 1 allowed).  
When set, report busy status if the drive is  
in the process of becoming ready.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢊꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
/HQJWK  
1DPH  
THIRDPARTYDEN  
9DOXHꢀ5HSꢅ  
ASCII Decimal  
'HIDXOW  
ꢁ%\WHVꢂ 8VDJH  
0
1
Value of default third party density.  
Requires ENATHIRDPARTYDENS = 1  
Enables granularity field in READ BLOCK  
LIMITS command.  
Enables SCSI filter on SCSI chip.  
Enables active negation on REQ and ACK  
signals  
ASCII Binary  
ENAGRANULARITY  
1
1
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
ENASCSIFILTER  
ENAREQACKACTNEG  
1
1
1
1
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
SETEOMATBOM  
SETEOMATEW  
0
0
1
1
Sets EOM field in byte 2 of Request  
Sense data when encountering BOM  
Sets EOM field in byte 2 of Request  
Sense data when encountering Early  
Warning end of media for all operations  
When set, the drive reports a Not Ready  
to Ready Transition Unit Attention when  
an autoloader loads the next cartridge  
When set, a cleaning report is sent over  
the library port as soon as the cleaning  
light illuminates. If this parameter = 0, then  
the report is sent only at unload.  
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
REPUAONSEQUNLD  
DISDEFERCLNRPT  
0
0
1
1
ASCII Binary  
ASCII Binary  
ENASCSIUNLONPMR  
MAXBURSTSIZE  
0
1
2
When set, enables a SCSI Unload when a  
previous Prevent Media Removal  
command is in effect  
The value in this field specifies the  
maximum amount of data to be  
0080h  
transferred without disconnecting. A value  
of 0 sets no limit. This value is given in  
512 byte increments. For example, a value  
of 8 indicates 4K bytes. Values that are  
not multiples of 8 are rounded up to the  
nearest multiple of 8. Minimum value of  
this field is 0000h, maximum is FFFFh.  
0 = Drive will match host bus speed  
1 = Bus Speed Below 5.0 MB/sec  
2 = Bus Speed 5.0 – 6.0 MB/sec  
3 = Bus Speed of 6.0 MB/sec or more  
ASCII Decimal  
ASCII Binary  
SPEEDSETTING  
TAMRIEDEFAULT  
3
3
1
1
The value in this field is the value to be  
set in the Tape Alert Mode Page (1Ch)  
MRIE parameter. Minimum value is 0;  
maximum value is 6.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢊꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
As an example of an EEPROM vendor unique page, the figure below shows a page  
that will modify the VENDORID parameter to “XXXYY.”  
0
1
0
0
Page Code (3Eh)  
Page Length (0Fh)  
2
“v”  
“e”  
“n”  
“d”  
“o”  
“r”  
(76h)  
3
(65h)  
(6Eh)  
4
5
(64h)  
6
(6Fh)  
7
(72h)  
8
“i”  
(69h)  
9
“d”  
“ ”  
(64h)  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
(20h)  
“X”  
“X”  
“X”  
“Y”  
“Y”  
(58h)  
(58h)  
(58h)  
(59h)  
(59h)  
<LF>  
(A0h) or (00h)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢍꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ³9HQGRUꢀ,'´ꢀ6DPSOHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
An example follows that illustrates an EEPROM vendor unique page that modifies  
the FORCEDENSITY parameter to 4.  
0
1
0
0
Page Code (3Eh)  
Page Length (0Fh)  
2
“F”  
“O”  
“R”  
“C”  
“E”  
“D”  
“E”  
“N”  
“S”  
“I”  
(46h)  
3
(4Fh)  
(52h)  
4
5
(43h)  
6
(45h)  
7
(44h)  
8
(45h)  
9
(4Eh)  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
(53h)  
(49h)  
“T”  
“Y”  
“ ”  
(54h)  
(59h)  
(20h)  
“4”  
(34h)  
<LF>  
(A0h) or (00h)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢎꢀꢀ((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀ3DJHꢀ³)RUFHGꢀ'HQVLW\´ꢀ([DPSOHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
127(  
In line 15 above, the number is given in ASCII code.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(/(&7 &RPPDQG ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ ꢇꢃꢉKꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢉꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢏꢂꢄꢁꢂ &KDQJHDEOHꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀZLWKLQꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7  
The table below lists the MODE SELECT command’s changeable parameters and  
their default, minimum, and maximum values. Descriptions of the various  
parameters are provided in the discussions of the different mode pages within  
MODE SELECT. Note that parameter rounding is supported for all parameters  
except for the block descriptor length.  
3DJHꢃꢀꢀ3DUDPHWHU  
'HIDXOW  
0LQLPXP  
0D[LPXP  
Header: Buffered Mode, Device Specific Byte  
1
0
1
Header: Speed, Device Specific Byte  
Block Descriptor Length  
0
0
3
08h  
00h  
08h  
Block Descriptor: Block Length  
10.0 GB and 20.0 GB Mode  
0
0
FFFFFEh  
20.0 GB and 40.0 GB Mode  
0
0
FFFFFEh  
35.0 GB and 70.0 GB Mode  
0
0
FFFFFEh  
40.0 GB and 80.0 GB Mode  
0
0
FFFFFEh  
READ / WRITE Error Recovery (01h): PER bit  
Control Mode (0Ah): RLEC  
0
0
1
0
0
1
Data Compression (0Fh): DCE  
Disconnect / Reconnect (02h): Maximum Burst Size  
Disconnect / Reconnect (02h): DTDC  
Device Configuration (10h): WRITE Delay Time  
Device Configuration (10h): SEW  
1
0080h  
0
0
1
0000h  
FFFFh  
0
Fh  
0
3
C8h  
1
1964h  
1
1
Device Configuration (10h): Select Data  
Compression Algorithm  
1
0
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢋꢀꢀꢀ&KDQJHDEOHꢀ0RGHꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀZLWKLQꢀ02'(ꢀ6(/(&7  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅ 02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀꢀꢁꢐꢂꢀꢒꢀꢁꢋꢈꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋ$Kꢀꢒꢀꢎ$Kꢂ  
The MODE SENSE command allows the drive to report its media type, and  
current, or changeable configuration parameters to the host. It is a complementary  
command to MODE SELECT.  
The command descriptor block for the 6-byte MODE SENSE (1Ah) is shown  
below. An illustration of the command descriptor block for the 10-byte MODE  
SENSE (5Ah) follows on the next page.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (1Ah)  
1
2
3
4
5
Logical Unit Number  
PC  
Rsv’d  
DBD  
Reserved  
Page Code  
Reserved  
Allocation Length  
Reserved  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢆꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
The 10-byte MODE SENSE command is required to request the Vendor-Unique  
EEPROM parameter page due to the large amount of data that parameter page  
contains. MODE SENSE (10) can be used to retrieve the other pages as well. Note  
that MODE SENSE (10) returns descriptor data in a different format than MODE  
SENSE (6).  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (5Ah)  
1
2
Logical Unit Number  
PC  
Rsv’d  
DBD  
Reserved  
Page Code  
3
Reserved  
4
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
5
6
(MSB)  
7 - 8  
Allocation Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
9
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢅꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
DBD  
Disable Block Descriptors. If 0, device returns the block descriptor  
data. If set to 1, block descriptor information is not returned.  
PC  
Page Control. The Page Control field indicates the type of page  
parameter values to be returned to the host.  
PC Description  
00 Report Current Values  
01 Report Changeable Values  
10 Report Default Values  
11 Report Saved Values  
Page Code  
This field allows the host to select any specific page or all of the  
pages supported by the drive.  
Allocation Length  
This field specifies the number of bytes that the host has allocated  
for returned MODE SENSE data. An allocation length of zero  
indicates that the drive will return no MODE SENSE data. This is not  
considered an error, and GOOD status is returned.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢃꢍꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RQWUROꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
MODE SENSE may be either MODE SENSE (6) or MODE SENSE (10). MODE  
SENSE (6) data contains a 4-byte header followed by one 8-byte block descriptor,  
followed by zero or more variable length pages, depending on the Page Code and  
Allocation Length.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢁꢂꢄꢂ  
02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ'DWDꢀ+HDGHUV  
The MODE SENSE (6) and MODE SENSE (10) headers are illustrated below.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Mode Sense Data Length  
Media Type  
1
2
3
WP  
Buffered Mode  
Speed  
Block Descriptor Length (08h)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢈꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ'DWDꢀ+HDGHUꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢁꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 1  
Mode Sense Data Length  
Media Type  
(LSB)  
2
3
WP  
Buffered Mode  
Speed  
4
Reserved  
Reserved  
5
(MSB)  
6 - 7  
Block Descriptor Length (08h)  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢃꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ'DWDꢀ+HDGHUꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Mode Sense Data  
Length  
This field specifies the length (in bytes) of the MODE SENSE data  
that follows that is available to be transferred during the DATA IN  
phase. Note that the Mode Sense Data Length does not include  
itself.  
Media Type  
The media type is determined by the drive and can be one of the  
following:  
Media Type Description  
00h  
81h  
83h  
84h  
85h  
Unknown or not present  
Cleaning tape  
DLTtape III  
DLTtape IIIXT  
DLTtape IV  
WP  
Write Protect. If 0, this field indicates that the tape is write-enabled.  
If set to 1, it indicates that the tape is write-protected.  
Buffered Mode  
This implements Immediate Reporting on WRITE commands via the  
Buffered Mode.  
If the field is 0, then the drive does not report a GOOD status on  
WRITE commands until the data blocks are actually written to tape.  
If the field is 1, then the drive reports GOOD status on WRITE  
commands as soon as the data block has been transferred to the  
buffer. This is the default configuration of the drive. Note that if  
Buffered Mode is not used, the tape drive will suffer a degradation in  
performance, but not in capacity.  
Speed  
The default setting = 0. Tape system will attempt to match the  
drive’s throughput with the host data throughput. Other available  
settings are:  
1 = Bus Speed Below 5.0 MB/sec  
2 = Bus Speed 5.0 – 6.0 MB/sec  
3 = Bus Speed of 6.0 MB/sec or more  
127(ꢃꢀꢀ7KLVꢀDSSOLHVꢀWRꢀ'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀIRUPDWꢀRQO\ꢅ  
Block Descriptor  
Length  
This field specifies the length (in bytes) of all of the block  
descriptors. Since the drive only supports one block descriptor, this  
value is 08h.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢎꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ'DWDꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢁꢂꢅꢂ 02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRU  
The illustration below describes the MODE SENSE block descriptor that follows  
the MODE SENSE header.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Density Code  
(MSB)  
1 - 3  
Number of Blocks (000000h)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
4
Reserved  
(MSB)  
5 - 7  
Block Length  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢇꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Descriptions of the MODE SENSE blocks are provided in the table on the  
following page.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Density Code  
This field should match the current tape medium density; it is  
set to 0 if the density is unknown.  
'HQVLW\  
&RGH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
00h  
19h  
Use default density  
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape –  
10.0 GB (DLTtape III) / 15.0 GB (DLTtape IIIXT)  
1Ah  
1Bh  
41h  
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cartridge tape –  
20.0 GB (DLTtape IV)  
85937 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape –  
35.0 GB (DLTtape IV)  
98250 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape –  
40.0 GB (DLTtape IV)  
The density codes above are theꢀSUHIHUUHG codes used to  
define density. Additionally, the codes listed below may be  
used, though use of the Data Compression Page is preferred:  
7Fh No change from previous density (No Operation)  
80h  
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 10.0 GB  
(DLTtape III) / 15.0 GB (DLTtape IIIXT) without  
compression  
81h  
62500 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 20.0 GB  
(DLTtape III) / 30.0 GB (DLTtape IIIXT ) with  
compression  
82h  
83h  
84h  
85h  
88h  
89h  
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 20.0 GB  
(DLTtape IV) without compression  
81633 bpi, 64 track pairs, serial cart.tape - 40 GB  
(DLTtape IV) with compression  
85937 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape -  
35GB (DLTtape IV) without compression  
85937 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape -  
70GB (DLTtape IV) with compression  
98250 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape -  
40GB (DLTtape IV) without compression  
98250 bpi, 52 track quads, serial cartridge tape -  
80GB (DLTtape IV) with compression  
ꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢆꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
This field is sent as 0, indicating that all of the remaining logical  
blocks on the tape have the medium characteristics specified by the  
block descriptor.  
Number of Blocks  
Block Length  
This field specifies the length (in bytes) of each logical block  
transferred over the SCSI bus. A block length of 0 indicates that the  
length is variable (as specified in the I/O command). Any other value  
indicates the number of bytes per block that are used for READ,  
WRITE, and VERIFY type commands that specify a fixed bit of 1  
(fixed block mode).  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢎꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢁꢂꢇꢂ 02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ0RGHꢀ3DJHV  
The illustration below depicts the variable length page descriptor.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS  
0
Page Code  
1
2
Additional Page Length  
Page Defined or Vendor-Unique Parameter Bytes  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢉꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Descriptions of the MODE SENSE page descriptor fields are provided in the table  
below. Detailed descriptions of each of the MODE SENSE Pages follow.  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. When 0, the supported parameters cannot be  
saved (savable pages are not supported). When set to 1, it indicates  
that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the drive.  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this  
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on  
MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value  
when performing MODE SELECT.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢅꢀꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀ3DJHꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Page codes and pages that are supported are:  
3DJHꢀ&RGH  
00h  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
6(16(ꢀꢒꢀ6(/(&7  
SENSE  
BOTH  
6HFWLRQ  
---  
No Requested Page  
01h  
READ / WRITE Error Recovery Page  
Disconnect / Reconnect Page  
Control Mode Page  
5.10.3.1  
5.10.3.2  
5.10.3.3  
5.10.3.4  
5.10.3.5  
5.10.3.6  
5.10.3.7  
5.10.3.8  
---  
02h  
BOTH  
0Ah  
BOTH  
0Fh  
Data Compression Page  
Device Configuration Page  
Medium Partition Page  
TapeAlert Page  
BOTH  
10h  
BOTH  
11h  
BOTH  
1Ch  
BOTH  
3Eh  
EEPROM Vendor Unique Page  
All Pages (Except EEPROM)  
BOTH  
3Fh  
BOTH  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢋꢅ  
5($'ꢀꢒꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ5HFRYHU\ꢀ3DJHꢀꢁꢈꢋKꢂ  
The tape drive supports the Error Recovery Page for READ and WRITE operations.  
The format for the page is illustrated below.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Page Code (01h)  
1
2
Additional Page Length (0Ah)  
Rsv’d  
Rsv’d  
TB  
Rsv’d  
EER  
PER  
DTE (0) DCR (0)  
3
READ Retry Count  
Reserved  
4 - 7  
8
WRITE Retry Count  
Reserved  
9 - 11  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢊꢀꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ5HFRYHU\ꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. Must be 0, the supported parameters cannot  
be saved (savable pages are not supported).  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this  
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on  
MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value  
when performing MODE SELECT.  
TB  
Transfer Block. The Transfer Block (when not fully recovered)  
function is not supported.  
EER  
PER  
Enable Early Recovery. This function is always enabled  
(must be = 1).  
Parity Error. This bit enables reporting of CHECK CONDITION for  
recovered READ / WRITE errors. Default is 0.  
DTE  
Disable Transfer on Error. Set to 0. This feature is not supported.  
Disable ECC Correction Bit. Set to 0. This feature is not supported.  
DCR  
READ Retry Count  
This field reports the maximum number of re-reads that are  
attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error.  
WRITE Retry  
Count  
This field reports the maximum number or overwrite retries that are  
attempted before declaring an unrecoverable error.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢈꢀꢀ5($'ꢀꢏꢀ:5,7(ꢀ(UURUꢀ5HFRYHU\ꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢌꢅ  
',6&211(&7ꢀꢒꢀ5(&211(&7ꢀ3DJHꢀꢁꢈꢌKꢂ  
The tape drive supports the DISCONNECT / RECONNECT Page. The format for  
the page is illustrated below.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS  
Page Code (02h)  
1
2
3
Additional Page Length (0Eh)  
Buffer Full Ratio (0)  
Buffer Empty Ratio (0)  
Bus Inactivity Limit (0)  
Disconnect Time Limit (0)  
Connect Time Limit (0)  
Maximum Burst Size  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 - 5  
6 - 7  
8 - 9  
10 - 11  
12  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
DTDC  
13  
14  
15  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢋꢀꢀ'LVFRQQHFWꢀꢏꢀ5HFRQQHFWꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢃꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. When 0, the supported parameters cannot  
be saved (savable pages are not supported). When set to 1, it  
indicates that the page can be saved in nonvolatile memory by the  
drive.  
Additional Page  
Length  
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note that this  
value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is returned on  
MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to the same value  
when performing MODE SELECT.  
Buffer Full Ratio  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Not supported.  
Buffer Empty Ratio  
Bus Inactivity Limit  
Disconnect Time  
Limit  
Connect Time Limit  
Maximum Burst Size  
Not supported.  
The value in this field specifies the maximum amount of data to be  
transferred without disconnecting. A value of 0 sets no limit. This  
value is given in 512 byte increments. For example, a value of 8  
indicates 4K bytes. Values that are not multiples of 8 are rounded  
up to the nearest multiple of 8.  
DTDC  
Data Transfer Disconnect Control. The value in this field specifies  
the restriction when a disconnect is permitted.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢃꢀꢀ',6&211(&7ꢀꢏꢀ5(&211(&7ꢀꢀ(UURUꢀ5HFRYHU\ꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢉꢅ  
&RQWUROꢀ0RGHꢀ3DJHꢀꢁꢈ$Kꢂ  
The Control Mode Page allows the user to determine whether the tape drive returns  
a CHECK CONDITION status when one of the WRITE and READ counters has  
reached a specified threshold.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
Page Code (0Ah)  
1
2
3
4
5
Page Length (06)  
Reserved  
RLEC  
Queue Algorithm Modifier (0)  
Reserved  
Qerr (0)  
DQue  
(0)  
EECA  
(0)  
Reserved  
RAENP UAAENP  
(0)  
EAENP  
(0)  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
6 - 7  
Ready AEN Holdoff Period (0)  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢍꢀꢀ&RQWUROꢀ0RGHꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Page Length  
The value in this field indicates the number of bytes in the Control  
Mode Page being transferred. The value for this byte is 06h.  
RLEC  
Report Log Exception Condition. This bit indicates whether the  
tape drive returns CHECK CONDITION status with sense key set  
to UNIT ATTENTION (06h) when one of its WRITE and READ  
error counters reaches a specified threshold, as follows:  
0
Do not return UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold has  
been met.  
1
Return UNIT ATTENTION when a threshold is met.  
Queue Algorithm  
Modifier  
Must be 0.  
Qerr  
Queue Error. Must be 0.  
Dque  
EECA  
Disable Queuing. Must be 0.  
Enable Extended Contingent Allegiance. Not supported;  
must be 0.  
RAENP  
Ready AEN Permission. Asynchronous event notification is not  
supported; must be 0.  
UAAENP  
EAENP  
Unit Attention AEN Permission. Not supported; must be 0.  
Enable AEN Permission. Asynchronous event notification is not  
supported; must be 0.  
Ready AEN Holdoff  
Period  
Not supported. Must be 0.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢇꢀꢀ&RQWUROꢀ0RGHꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢍꢅ  
'DWDꢀ&RPSUHVVLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢁꢈ)Kꢂ  
The Data Compression page specifies parameters for the control of data  
compression.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Rsv’d  
Page Code (0Fh)  
1
2
3
Page Length (0E)  
DCE  
DCC  
Reserved  
DDE (0)  
(MSB)  
RED (0)  
Reserved  
4 - 7  
8 - 11  
12 - 15  
Compression Algorithm  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
Decompression Algorithm  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢉꢎꢀꢀ'DWDꢀ&RPSUHVVLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
PS  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Parameters Savable. Not supported; must be 0.  
Page Length  
The value in this field indicates the number of bytes in the  
Control Mode Page being transferred. The value for this byte  
is 0Eh.  
DCE  
DCC  
DDE  
Data Compression Enable. The value returned for this bit  
depends on the current WRITE density of the tape drive:  
Value Write Compression is…..  
0
1
Disabled  
Enabled  
Data Compression Capable. The value returned for this bit  
indicates whether this tape drive supports data compression  
Value Data Compression is…..  
0
1
Disabled  
Enabled  
Data Decompression Enable. The value returned for this bit  
indicates whether data decompression is enabled or not.  
Value Data Decompression is…..  
0
1
Disabled  
Enabled  
Note that when the tape drive reads compressed data from  
tape, it automatically decompresses the data before sending  
it to the initiator. The value for this bit, therefore, is always 1.  
RED  
Report Exception on Decompression. The tape drive does  
not report exceptions on decompression (boundaries  
between compressed and decompressed data). The value  
returned for RED is 00h.  
Compression Algorithm  
The value for this field is 10h. This indicates the Lempel-Ziv  
high efficiency data compression algorithm.  
Decompression Algorithm  
The value for this field is 10h. This indicates the Lempel-Ziv  
high efficiency data decompression algorithm. If EEPROM  
parameter EnaRepDCcomp is set, a value of 0 is reported if  
the last block read is not decompressed.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢉꢀꢀ'DWDꢀ&RPSUHVVLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢎꢅ 'HYLFHꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢁꢋꢈKꢂ  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
The tape drive supports the Device Configuration Page. The format for the page is  
illustrated below.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Page Code (10h)  
1
2
Additional Page Length (0Eh)  
Rsv’d  
CAP (0) CAF (0)  
Active Format (0)  
3
Active Partition (0)  
4
WRITE Buffer Full Ratio (0)  
5
READ Buffer Empty Ratio (0)  
WRITE Delay Time  
(MSB)  
6 - 7  
(LSB)  
8
9
DBR (0)  
BIS (0)  
RSmk  
AVC (0)  
Gap Size (0)  
EEG (1) SEW (1)  
SOCF (0)  
RBO (0) REW (0)  
10  
EOD Defined (0)  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
11 - 13  
Buffer Size at Early Warning (0)  
(LSB)  
14  
15  
Select Data Compression Algorithm  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢉꢆꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. Not supported; must be 0.  
Additional Page Length  
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note  
that this value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is  
returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to  
the same value when performing MODE SELECT.  
CAP  
Change Active Partition. Not supported.  
Change Active Format. Not supported.  
Not supported.  
CAF  
Active Format  
Active Partition  
This field indicates the current logical partition number in  
use. Only partition 0 is supported.  
WRITE Buffer Full Ratio  
READ Buffer Empty Ratio  
WRITE Delay Time  
Indicates how full the buffer should be before restarting  
writing to the medium. The tape drive sets this to 0 (unused)  
since it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to  
dynamically adjust its ratio according to the average data  
rates over the SCSI bus.  
Indicates how empty the buffer should be before restarting  
reading from the medium. The tape drive sets this to 0  
(unused) since it uses an automatic adaptive mechanism to  
dynamically adjust its ratio according to the average data  
rates over the SCSI bus.  
Indicates the maximum time (in 100 ms increments) the  
drive waits with a partially fully buffer before forcing the data  
to tape. Note that the buffer full/empty ratio, which is  
dynamic, can cause data to be written sooner than the  
WRITE delay time value indicates. The WRITE delay time  
defaults to 200 ms (C8h). This causes the buffer to be  
flushed in 20 seconds. Minimum value is 15 (Fh); maximum  
value is 6500 (1964h). This represents a range in delay from  
1.5 seconds to 11 minutes.  
DBR  
BIS  
Data Buffer Recovery. Not supported, must be 0.  
Block Identifiers Supported. Set to 1.  
Report Setmarks. Not supported, must be 0.  
Automatic Velocity Control. Set to 0.  
Stop on Consecutive Filemarks. Set to 0.  
Recover Buffer Order. Set to 0.  
RSmk  
AVC  
SOCF  
RBO  
REW  
Report Early Warning. Set to 0 (do not report early warning  
EOM on reads).  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢊꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Gap Size  
Not supported. Set to 0.  
EOD Defined  
EEG  
End of Data. Set to 00h.  
Enable EOD Generation Bit. Set to 1 to indicate that the  
drive generates an EOD. The drive generates an EOD mark  
before any change of direction following a WRITE-type  
operation.  
SEW  
Synchronize at Early Warning. Set to 1.  
Not supported; must be 0.  
Buffer Size at Early  
Warning  
Select Data Compression  
Algorithm  
If set to 1, data compression is enabled. If 0, data  
compression is disabled.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢊꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ&RQILJXUDWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢐꢅ  
0HGLXPꢀ3DUWLWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢁꢋꢋKꢂ  
The tape drive supports the Medium Partition Page. The format for the page is  
illustrated below.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Page Code (11h)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Additional Page Length (06h)  
Maximum Additional Partitions (0)  
Additional Partitions Defined (0)  
FDP (0) SDP (0)  
IDP (0)  
PSUM (0)  
Medium Format Recognition (01h)  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢉꢅꢀꢀ0HGLXPꢀ3DUWLWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. Not supported; must be 0.  
Additional Page Length  
This field indicates the number of bytes in the page. Note  
that this value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The length is  
returned on MODE SENSE and must subsequently be set to  
the same value when performing MODE SELECT.  
Maximum Additional  
Partitions  
Not supported. Must be 0.  
Additional Partitions  
Defined  
This field specifies the number of additional partitions to be  
defined for the tape based on the settings of the SDP and  
IDP bits. The maximum allowed is the value returned in the  
Maximum Additional Partitions field. Since only one partition  
is supported, this field must be 0.  
FDP  
SDP  
IDP  
Fixed Data Partitions. Must be 0.  
Select Data Partitions. Must be 0.  
Initiator Defined Patrons. Must be 0.  
Partition Size Unit of Measure. Must be 0.  
PSUM  
Medium Format  
Recognition  
Set to 01h, indicating that automatic format recognition is  
supported.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢇꢋꢀꢀ0HGLXPꢀ3DUWLWLRQꢀ3DJHꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢄꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢑꢅ  
7$3($/(57ꢀ3$*(ꢀꢀꢁꢋ&Kꢂ  
The TapeAlert configuration settings can be read via the MODE SENSE  
command’s TapeAlert Page.  
Bit  
7
6
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
PS (0)  
Page Code (1Ch)  
1
2
Additional Page Length (0A)  
Perf  
Reserved  
DExcpt  
Test  
Rsvd  
LogErr  
3
Reserved  
MRIE  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 – 7  
8 – 11  
Interval Timer  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Report Count / Test Flag Number  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢉꢈꢀꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PS  
Parameters Savable. For MODE SELECT, this bit  
must be 0.  
Additional Page Length  
This field indicates the number bytes in the page.  
However, the value does not include bytes 0 and 1. The  
length is returned in MODE SENSE commands and must  
subsequently be set to the same value when performing  
MODE SELECT. If the page length does not match that  
expected by the drive, a CHECK CONDITION status is  
returned, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST.  
The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status with  
sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST if it receives an  
unsupported Page Code or a Page field with values not  
supported or changeable. In such cases, no parameters  
are changed as a result of the command.  
Perf  
Performance bit. Not supported.  
DExcpt  
Disable Information Exception Operations. When this bit =  
0, the reporting method specified by the contents of MRIE  
is selected. When this bit = 1, all information exception  
operations are disabled and the contents of the MRIE field  
are ignored. When in this mode, the TapeAlert Log page  
is polled by the software. To enable CHECK CONDITION  
mode, DExcpt should = 0.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢍꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Test  
Not Supported.  
LogErr  
MRIE  
Error Log. Not Supported  
Method for Reporting Informational Exceptions. The tape drive uses  
the contents of this field to report information about exception  
conditions. Three methods are available:  
Value  
00h  
Method  
No reporting of Informational Exception Conditions. The  
device server does not report information exception  
conditions.  
03h  
Conditionally Generate Recovered Error. The device  
server reports informational exception conditions, if such  
reports of recovered errors is allowed, by returning  
CHECK CONDITION status on the next SCSI command  
(except INQUIRY and REQUEST SENSE commands)  
following detection of the condition. The Sense Key is set  
to RECOVERED ERROR with an additional sense code  
of 5D 00 (TapeAlert Event). The SCSI command with  
CHECK CONDITION completes without error prior to the  
report of any exception condition, and does not need to  
be repeated.  
06h  
Only Report Informational Exception Condition on  
Request. The device server preserves information  
exception data. To access the data, a poll can be taken  
by issuing an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE command.  
The Sense Key is set to NO SENSE with an additional  
sense code of 5D 00 (TapeAlert Event).  
The additional sense code of 5D 00 for values 03h and 06h signals  
that a TapeAlert has occurred. Information about the event is  
stored in the TapeAlert Log Page. The setting of MRIE does not  
impact logging of events in the TapeAlert Log Page.  
Interval Timer  
Not Supported.  
Not Supported.  
Report Count /  
Test Flag Number  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢇꢍꢀꢀ7DSH$OHUWꢀ3DJHꢀ)RUPDWꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
02'( 6(16( ꢇꢊꢈ ꢏ ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ$K ꢏ ꢉ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢎꢅꢋꢈꢅꢉꢅꢔꢅ  
((3520ꢀ9HQGRUꢀ8QLTXHꢀSDJHꢀꢁꢉ(Kꢂ  
The tape drive supports the EEPROM vendor unique page (3Eh). All the EEPROM  
parameters setable via the MODE SELECT’s EEPROM Vendor Unique page are  
returned.  
127(  
Because of the length of the parameter list, use MODE SENSE (10)  
instead of MODE SENSE (6) to retrieve EEPROM parameters.  
Because of the length of the list of EEPROM parameters, a 10-byte MODE SENSE  
command is required. If a 6-byte MODE SENSE command is used for retrieval,  
the data is returned as follows:  
6HQGꢀDꢀꢋꢈꢇE\WHꢀ02'(ꢀ6(16(ꢀFRPPDQGꢀWRꢀJHWꢀWKHꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢅ  
The data returned by the 10-byte MODE SENSE command for the EEPROM page  
is in the form of a MODE SENSE (10) data header followed by block and page  
descriptors.  
The data in the page descriptor is organized in the form of a parameter header  
followed by the actual parameter’s value. The parameter is as follows:  
1DPHꢀ7  
&XUUHQW  
'HIDXOW  
0LQLPXP  
0D[LPXP  
1DPH refers to the parameter name, for example, PRODUCTID or  
DEFAULTCOMPON.  
7 designates data type: “E” indicates binary, “$” indicates string type, and if there  
is no designator, the data is in decimal.  
&XUUHQW,ꢀ 'HIDXOW,ꢀ 0LQLPXP, and 0D[LPXP specify the current, default,  
minimum, and maximum values of the parameter.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢋꢅ 3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ,1ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢎ(Kꢂ  
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command is a 10-byte command used to  
obtain information about persistent reservations and reservations that are active  
within a device server. It is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command. Note that reservations are not persistent across  
power cycles.  
The figure below illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN  
command; the table that follows explains the data fields of the command.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (5Eh)  
1
Reserved  
Service Action  
2 - 6  
7 – 8  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
Allocation Length  
(LSB)  
Link  
9
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢃꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ,1ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWD  
)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Service  
Action  
Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and  
registrations may require enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical  
unit.  
Service action codes available are:  
&RGH  
00h  
1DPHꢀꢀ  
'HVFULSWLRQꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
Read Keys  
Reads all registered Reservation keys  
01h  
Read Reservations Reads all current persistent reservations  
Reserved  
02 – 1Fh Reserved  
A “Read Keys” service action requests that the device server return a  
parameter list that includes a header and a complete list of all of the  
reservation keys currently registered with the device server. If multiple  
initiators have registered with the same key, then the key is listed multiple  
times, once for each registration. Refer to Figure 5-65 and Table 5-61 for  
information about Read Keys parameter data.  
A “Read Reservation” service action requests that the device server  
return a parameter list that contains a header and a complete list of all  
persistent reservations that are presently active in the device server and  
its extents. Note that duplicate persistent reservations from the same  
initiator are not reported. Refer to Figure 5-66 and Table 5-62 for  
information about Read Reservations parameter data.  
Allocation  
Length  
This field indicates how much space has been reserved for the returned  
parameter list (Read Keys or Read Reservations parameters). The actual  
length of the parameter data is indicated in the parameter data field for  
those parameters.  
If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the entire list of  
parameters, the first portion of the list that does fit is returned. If it is  
determined that the remainder of the list is required, the client should send  
a new PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command with an Allocation  
Length field large enough to contain the entire list of parameters.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢎꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ,1ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of Read Key data  
parameters.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 3  
Generation  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
Additional Length (Q – 7)  
(Reservation Key List Follows in Bytes 8 – Q)  
8 - 15  
First Reservation Key  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Q – 7  
to  
Q
(MSB)  
Last Reservation Key  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢇꢀꢀ5HDGꢀFH\Vꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Generation  
The value in this field is a 32-bit counter in the device server that is  
incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
command requests a Register, Clear, Pre-empt, or Pre-empt and  
Clear operation. Note that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN  
commands do not increment the counter, nor do PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a Reserve or Release  
service action, or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command  
that is not done due to an error or a reservation conflict. The value in  
the Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power on or reset  
processes.  
The value in the Generation field allows the application client that  
examines the value to verify that the configuration of the initiators  
attached to a logical unit has not been modified by another application  
client without any notification of the application client doing the  
examination.  
Additional  
Length  
This field contains the count of the number of bytes that are in the  
Reservation Key list (bytes 8 – Q). Note that this field contains the  
number of bytes in the reservation key list regardless of the value  
prescribed by the Allocation Length field in the command’s CDB.  
Reservation  
Keys  
Each of the Reservation Keys appear as items in a list as bytes 8  
through Q. Each entry reflects an 8-byte reservation key registered  
with the device server via the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT,  
Reserve, Pre-empt, Pre-empt and Clear, or Register service actions.  
Each key can be examined by the application client for correlation  
with a set of initiators and SCSI ports.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢆꢀꢀ5HDGꢀFH\Vꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of Read  
Reservations data parameters.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 3  
Generation  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
Additional Length (Q – 7)  
8 - Q  
Reservation Descriptors  
(See Figure 5-67 / Table 5-63 for detail of a Descriptor Field)  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢉꢀꢀꢀ5HDGꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQVꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Generation  
The value in this field is a 32-bit counter in the device server that is  
incremented each time a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command  
requests a Register, Clear, Pre-empt, or Pre-empt and Clear operation. Note  
that PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands do not increment the  
counter, nor do PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT commands that perform a  
Reserve or Release service action, or by a PERSISTENT RESERVATION  
OUT command that is not done due to an error or a reservation conflict. The  
value in the Generation field is set to 0 as part of the power on or reset  
processes.  
The value in the Generation field allows the application client that examines  
the value to verify that the configuration of the initiators attached to a logical  
unit has not been modified by another application client without any notification  
of the application client doing the examination.  
Additional Length  
This field contains the count of the number of bytes of Reservation descriptors  
(bytes 8 – ). Note that this field contains the number of bytes regardless of  
the value prescribed by the Allocation Length field in the command’s CDB.  
Reservations  
Descriptors  
One Reservation descriptor is reported for each unique persistent reservation  
on the logical unit when the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command has  
indicated a Read Reservations action. Figure 5-67 and Table 5-63 detail the  
contents of each Reservation Descriptors field.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢅꢀꢀ5HDGꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQVꢀ3DUDPHWHUVꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The figure and table below illustrate and describe the data fields of each Read  
Reservations descriptor’s data fields.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 7  
Reservation Key  
Scope-Specific Address  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
8 - 11  
12  
13  
Scope  
Type  
(MSB)  
14 - 15  
Extent Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢊꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ,1ꢀ5HDGꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQV  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢅꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The Reservation key field contains an 8-byte value that identifies the reservation  
key under which the persistent reservation is held.  
Reservation  
Key  
Scope-  
Specific  
Address  
If the Scope field (Byte 13, bits 4 – 7) represents an “Extent” reservation, the Scope-  
Specific Address field contains the logical block address (LBA) of the first block of  
the extent and the Extent Length field (Bytes 14 – 15) contains the number of blocks  
in the extent.  
If the Scope field represents an “Element” reservation, the Scope-Specific Address  
field contains the Element address, zero-filled in the most significant bytes to fit the  
field and the Extent Length field is set to zero.  
Scope  
The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to an entire  
logical unit, to a part of the logical unit (defined as an extent), or to an element.  
The values for the Scope field are:  
0h  
1h  
LU  
Logical Unit. Persistent reservation applies to the full  
logical unit. The LU scope is therefore implemented  
by all device servers that implement PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT.  
Extent  
Persistent reservation applies to the specified extent.  
When Extent is the scope, it indicates that the  
persistent reservation applies to the extent of the  
logical unit defined by the Scope-Specific Address  
and Extent Length fields in the PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command’s parameter list.  
Note that an extent is defined only for devices  
defining contiguous logical block addresses. The  
Extent scope is optional for all device servers that  
implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.  
2h  
Element  
Persistent reservation applies to the specified  
element. When Element is the scope, it indicates that  
the persistent reservation applies to the element of  
the logical unit defined by the Scope-Specific Address  
field in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
parameter list. An element is as defined by the SCSI-  
3 Medium Changer Commands (SMC) standard. The  
Element scope is optional for all device servers that  
implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.  
3h – Fh Reserved  
Reserved  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢈꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ,1ꢀ5HDGꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQV  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Type  
The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the  
persistent reservation being established for all data blocks within the  
extent or within the logical unit. Refer to Table 5-64 for the applicable  
Type codes and their meanings  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢈꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ,1ꢀ5HDGꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQV  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
Table 5–64 presents the definitions of the characters of the available “Type”  
values from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read  
Reservations parameters.  
Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations, for WRITE  
operations, and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations  
(referred to as “Additional Reservations Allowed” in the table).  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
0h  
1h  
2h  
READ  
WRITE  
READ  
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
WRITES: Prohibited; any command from any initiator that performs a  
transfer from the initiator to the target results in a reservation  
conflict.  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations do  
not conflict with any reservations  
already known to the device server.  
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the  
initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a  
transfer to the target results in a reservation conflict  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations do  
not conflict with any reservations  
already known to the device server.  
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the  
initiator that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a  
transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict  
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers to the target from the  
initiator.  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations do  
not conflict with any reservations  
already known to the device server.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢃꢀꢀ3HUVLVWHQWꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SHꢀ&RGHVꢀDQGꢀ7KHLUꢀ0HDQLQJV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
3h  
Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the  
persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the target results in a  
reservation conflict.  
Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator holding the  
persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the target results in a  
reservation conflict.  
Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with the  
Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator holding the  
persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict. The initiator that holds  
the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already  
known to the device server.  
4h  
Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that  
perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute commands that  
perform transfers to the target from the initiator.  
Restricted; any PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with the  
Reserve service action from any initiator other than the initiator holding the  
persistent reservation results in a reservation conflict. The initiator that holds  
the persistent reservation can reserve the logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations do not conflict with any reservations already  
known to the device server.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢉꢃꢀꢀ3HUVLVWHQWꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SHꢀ&RGHVꢀDQGꢀ7KHLUꢀ0HDQLQJVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
5h  
WRITE  
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not  
previously performed a Register service action with the device  
server that attempts a transfer to the target results in a  
reservation conflict  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations to  
not conflict with any reservations  
already known to the device server.  
Registrants  
Only  
6h  
Exclusive  
READS: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously  
performed a Register service action with the device server that  
attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation  
conflict.  
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not  
previously performed a Register service action with the device  
server that attempts a transfer to the target results in a  
reservation conflict  
Registrants  
Only  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations to  
not conflict with any reservations  
already known to the device server.  
7h - Fh  
Reserved  
N/A  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢃꢀꢀ3HUVLVWHQWꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SHꢀ&RGHVꢀDQGꢀ7KHLUꢀ0HDQLQJVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
Table 5–65 represents graphically all possible combinations of Persistent  
Reservations Being Attempted when Persistent Reservations are already held for  
each of the types of persistent reservations.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢆ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 ,1 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ(Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
WRITE  
Exclusive  
RO  
Exclusive  
Access  
RO  
READ  
Shared  
WRITE  
Exclusive  
READ  
Exclusive  
Exclusive  
Access *  
Shared  
Access *  
LU  
EX  
N
LU  
EX  
Y
LU  
EX  
LU  
EX  
Y
LU  
EX  
N
LU  
EX  
LU  
EX  
Y
LU  
N
Y
Y
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
READ  
Shared  
EX  
LU  
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
WRITE  
Exclusive  
EX  
LU  
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
READ  
Exclusive  
EX  
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
LU  
Exclusive  
Access *  
EX  
LU  
Y
N
O
N
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
N
O
N
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Shared  
Access *  
EX  
LU  
Y
N
O
N
N
Y
N
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
N
Y
N
Y
Y
N
O
N
WRITE  
Exclusive  
RO  
EX  
LU  
Exclusive  
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
Y
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
N
Access RO  
EX  
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
Y
O
N
N
N
N
KEY:  
LU = Logical Unit Scope  
EX = Extent or Element Scope  
RO = Registrants Only  
N = No Conflict  
Y = Conflict  
O = Conflict occurs if extent or element overlaps with  
existing extent or element reservation.  
* = Conflicts with all reservation requests from other  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢇꢀꢀ:KHQꢀ'Rꢀ&RQIOLFWVꢀ%HWZHHQꢀ([LVWLQJꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQVꢀDQG  
1HZꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQVꢀ([LVW"  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢌꢅ 3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQG  
ꢁꢎ)Kꢂ  
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is a 10-byte command used  
to reserve a logical unit or an extent within a logical unit for the exclusive or  
shared use by an initiator. Note that reservations are not persistent across power  
cycles. The command is used in conjunction with the PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION IN command; it is not used with the RESERVE and RELEASE  
commands.  
Persistent reservations conflict with reservations made via the RESERVE  
command. Initiators that perform PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT actions are  
identified by a reservation key assigned by the application client. The client may  
use the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command to identify which other  
initiators within a system hold conflicting or invalid persistent reservations and use  
the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command to preempt those reservations  
if necessary.  
Note that since persistent reservations are not reset by the TARGET RESET task  
management function or other global actions, they can be used to enact device  
sharing among multiple initiators. The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT and  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN commands provide the means for resolving  
contentions in multiple-initiator systems with multiple port target. By using the  
reservation key to identify persistent reservations, it is possible to determine which  
ports hold conflicting persistent reservations and to take over such reservations  
from failing or “greedy” initiators.  
The figure that follows illustrates the format of the PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command; the table that follows explains the data fields of  
the command.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (5Fh)  
1
Reserved  
Service Action  
Type  
2
Scope  
3 - 6  
7 – 8  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
Parameter List Length (18h)  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
9
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢋꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWD  
)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Service  
Action  
Service actions that require information about persistent reservation and  
registrations may require enabling of nonvolatile memory within the logical  
unit.  
Service action codes available are:  
&RGH 1DPHꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
'HVFULSWLRQꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
00h  
Register  
Register a reservation key with the device  
server  
01h  
Reserve  
Create a persistent reservation using a  
reservation key  
02h  
03h  
Release  
Clear  
Release a persistent reservation  
Clear all reservation keys and all persistent  
reservations  
04h  
05h  
Pre-empt  
Pre-empt persistent reservations from  
another initiator  
Pre-empt & Clear Pre-empt persistent reservations from  
another initiator and clear the task set for the  
pre-empted initiator  
06 – 1FhReserved  
Reserved  
Refer to Table 5-67 for detailed descriptions of each of the service action  
codes.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢉꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Scope  
The value in this field indicates whether a persistent reservation applies to  
an entire logical unit, to a part of the logical unit (defined as an extent), or  
to an element.  
The values for the Scope field are:  
&RGH 1DPHꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
'HVFULSWLRQꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀꢀ  
0h  
LU  
Logical Unit. Persistent reservation applies to  
the full logical unit. The LU scope is therefore  
implemented by all device servers that  
implement PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.  
1h  
Extent  
Persistent reservation applies to the specified  
extent. When Extent is the scope, it indicates  
that the persistent reservation applies to the  
extent of the logical unit defined by the Scope-  
Specific Address and Extent Length fields in the  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
command’s parameter list. Note that an extent  
is defined only for devices defining contiguous  
logical block addresses. The Extent scope is  
optional for all device servers that implement  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT.  
2h  
Element  
Persistent reservation applies to the specified  
element. When Element is the scope, it  
indicates that the persistent reservation applies  
to the element of the logical unit defined by the  
Scope-Specific Address field in the  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT parameter  
list. An element is as defined by the SCSI-3  
Medium Changer Commands (SMC) standard.  
The Element scope is optional for all device  
servers that implement PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT.  
3h – Fh Reserved  
Reserved  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢉꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²  
)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢆꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Type  
The value of the Type field specifies the characteristics of the  
persistent reservation being established for all data blocks within the  
extent or within the logical unit. Refer to Table 5–68 for the applicable  
Type codes and their meanings  
Parameter List  
Length  
Fields contained in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
parameter list specify the reservation keys and extent information  
required to perform a persistent reservation service action.  
The parameter list is 24 bytes in length; the Parameter List Length  
field contains 24 (18h) bytes.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢉꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²  
)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
Table 5–67 provides detailed descriptions of each of the PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command’s seven possible service actions (Service Action  
codes appear in bits 0 – 4 of Byte 1).  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
00h  
Register  
When the command executes a Register service action, it registers a  
reservation key with a device server without generating a reservation. The  
device server holds these reservation keys from each initiator that performs  
a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a Register service  
action until the key is changed by a new PERSISTENT RESERVATION  
OUT command with Register service action from the same initiator, or until  
the initiator registration is removed by:  
•
Powering down the logical unit, if the last Activate Persist Through Power  
Loss (APTPL; see Figure 5-69 and Table 5-69) received by the device  
server was 0;  
•
•
•
•
Performing a Clear service action;  
Performing a Pre-empt service action;  
Performing a Pre-empt and Clear service action; or  
Performing a Register service action from the same initiator with the  
value of the service action reservation key set to 0.  
When a reservation key has not yet been established or when the  
reservation key has been removed, a reservation key of 0 is used when the  
initiator performs a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT with the Register  
service action. When the reservation has been removed, no information is  
reported for the initiator in the Read Keys service action of the resulting  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN command..  
01h  
Reserve  
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Reserve service  
action creates a persistent reservation with a specified Scope and Type.  
Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation  
from any initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command that specifies either a Pre-empt or Pre-  
empt and Clear service action. New persistent reservations that do not  
conflict with an existing persistent reservation execute normally. Persistent  
reservations of logical units or extents having the same Type value are  
permitted if no conflicting persistent reservations are held by another  
initiator. When these types of overlapping reservations are released, each of  
the extent reservations and logical unit reservations are removed with a  
separate Release service action. Multiple identical reservations from the  
same initiator are all released simultaneously via a single Release service  
action that matches the reservations.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢊꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQG¶Vꢀ6HUYLFH  
$FWLRQꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
02h  
Release  
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with Release service action  
removes a persistent reservation held by the same initiator.  
The fields associated with a Release service action match fields of the active  
persistent reservation. Sending of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
command that specifies a Release service action when no persistent reservation  
exists from that initiator does not result in an error. Instead, the device server  
returns a GOOD message without altering any other reservation: the reservation  
key is not changed by the Release service action.  
The device server returns a CHECK CONDITION status for any PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command that specifies the release of a persistent  
reservation held by the requesting initiator that matches some but not all of the  
Scope, Type, Reservation Key, and extent values. The sense key is set to  
ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional sense data is set to INVALID RELEASE OF  
ACTIVE PERSISTENT RESERVATION. Attempts to release persistent  
reservations in which none of the Scope, Type, Reservation Key, and extent  
values match an existing persistent reservation held by the initiator making the  
request are not errors.  
An active persistent reservation may also be released by:  
•
Powering off. When the most recent APTPL value received by the device  
server is 0, a power-off performs a hard reset, clears all persistent  
reservations, and removes all registered reservation keys;  
or  
•
Executing a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command from another  
initiator with a persistent reserve service action of Pre-empt or Pre-empt and  
Clear.  
Note that a Release service action should not be performed if any operations  
interlocked by the persistent reservation have not yet completed.  
03h  
Clear  
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Clear service  
action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators. All reservation keys are  
also removed. Any commands from any initiator that have been accepted by the  
device server as non-conflicting continue their normal executions.  
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for all initiators for the cleared logical  
unit. The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to  
RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED.  
Note that applications should not use the Clear action service except during  
recoveries associated with initiator or system reconfiguration, since data integrity  
may be compromised.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢊꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQG¶Vꢀ6HUYLFHꢀ$FWLRQ  
'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
04h  
Pre-empt A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a successful Pre-empt  
service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have  
been registered with the Service action Reservation key specified in the  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s parameter list. A persistent  
reservation is also established for the pre-empting initiator. Any commands  
from any initiator that have been accepted by the device server as non-  
conflicting continue their normal executions. If a PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command is sent that specifies a Pre-empt service  
action and no persistent reservation exists for the initiator identified by the  
Service action Reservation key, it is not an error condition.  
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre-empted initiators. The  
sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to  
RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED. Commands that follow are subject to the  
persistent reservation restrictions set by the pre-empting initiator.  
The persistent reservation thus created by the pre-empting initiator is defined  
by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
command and the corresponding fields of the command’s parameter list.  
The registration keys for the pre-empted initiators are removed by the Pre-  
empt service action; the reservation key for an initiator that has performed a  
Pre-empt service action with its own Reservation key specified in the Service  
action Reservation key remains unchanged, although all other specified  
releasing actions and reservation actions are performed.  
Note that persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent  
reservation from any initiator except by the execution of a PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT that specifies either the Pre-empt or the Pre-empt and  
Clear service actions. New persistent reservations that do not conflict with an  
existing persistent reservation execute normally. The persistent reservation of  
a logical unit or extents having the same Type value are permitted if no  
conflicting persistent reservations other than the reservations being pre-  
empted are held by another initiator.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢊꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQG¶Vꢀ6HUYLFHꢀ$FWLRQ  
'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
05h  
Pre-empt  
& Clear  
A PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command with a Pre-empt & Clear  
service action removes all persistent reservations for all initiators that have  
been registered with the Service action Reservation key specified in the  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command’s parameter list. It also  
establishes a persistent reservation for the pre-empting initiator. Any  
commands from the initiators being pre-empted are terminated as if an  
ABORT TASK management function had been performed by the pre-empted  
initiator. If a PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command is sent that  
specifies a Pre-empt & Clear service action and no persistent reservation  
exists for the initiator identified by the Service action Reservation key, it is not  
an error condition. If the key is registered, however, the Clear portion of the  
action executes normally.  
A UNIT ATTENTION condition is established for the pre-empted initiators.  
The sense key is set to UNIT ATTENTION; the additional sense data is set to  
RESERVATIONS PREEMPTED. Commands that follow, and retries of  
commands that timed out because there were cleared are subject to the  
persistent reservation restrictions set by the pre-empting initiator.  
The persistent reservation thus created by the pre-empting initiator is defined  
by the Scope and Type fields of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
command and the corresponding fields of the command’s parameter list.  
The Pre-empt & Clear service action clears any ACA or CA condition  
associated with the initiator that is pre-empted and clears any tasks with an  
ACA attribute from that initiator.  
Any Asynchronous Event Reporting operations in progress that were initiated  
by the device server are unaffected by a Pre-empt and Clear service action.  
The reservation key for the other initiators pre-empted are removed by the  
Pre-empt & Clear service action. The reservation key for an initiator that has  
sent a Pre-empt & Clear action with its own reservation key specified in the  
service action’s reservation key remains unchanged, although all other  
specified clearing actions, releasing actions, and reservation actions are  
performed.  
Persistent reservations are not superseded by a new persistent reservation  
from any initiator except via execution of a PERSISTENT RESERVATION  
OUT that specifies either the Pre-empt or Pre-empt & Clear service action.  
New persistent reservations not in conflict with an existing persistent  
reservation execute normally. The persistent reservation of a logical unit or  
extent that has the same Type value is permitted as long as no conflicting  
persistent reservations other than the reservations being pre-empted are  
permitted.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢊꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ&RPPDQG¶Vꢀ6HUYLFHꢀ$FWLRQ  
'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Table Table 5–68 presents the definitions of the characters of the available “Type”  
values from the Type field of the PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN Read  
Reservations parameters.  
Each of the codes provides handling instructions for READ operations, for WRITE  
operations, and for subsequent attempts to establish persistent reservations  
(referred to as “Additional Reservations Allowed” in the table).  
0h  
READ Shared  
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
WRITES: Prohibited; any command from any initiator that performs a transfer  
from the initiator to the target results in a reservation conflict.  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as  
the persistent reservations do not conflict  
with any reservations already known to the  
device server.  
1h  
WRITE Exclusive  
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator  
that holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer to the  
target results in a reservation conflict  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as  
the persistent reservations do not conflict  
with any reservations already known to the  
device server.  
2h  
READ Exclusive  
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the initiator that  
holds the persistent reservation that attempts a transfer from the  
target results in a reservation conflict  
WRITES: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers to the target from the initiator.  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as long as  
the persistent reservations do not conflict  
with any reservations already known to the  
device server.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢋꢀꢀ3HUVLVWHQWꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SHꢀ&RGHVꢀDQGꢀ7KHLUꢀ0HDQLQJV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
3h  
Exclusive Access  
READS: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the  
initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a  
transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict.  
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from any initiator other than the  
initiator holding the persistent reservation that attempts a  
transfer to the target results in a reservation conflict.  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Restricted; any PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command with  
the Reserve service action from any  
initiator other than the initiator holding  
the persistent reservation results in a  
reservation conflict. The initiator that  
holds the persistent reservation can  
reserve the logical unit, extents, or  
elements as long as the persistent  
reservations do not conflict with any  
reservations already known to the  
device server.  
4h  
Shared Access  
READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
WRITES: Shared; ; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers to the target from the  
initiator.  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Restricted; any PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command with  
the Reserve service action from any  
initiator other than the initiator holding  
the persistent reservation results in a  
reservation conflict. The initiator that  
holds the persistent reservation can  
reserve the logical unit, extents, or  
elements as long as the persistent  
reservations do not conflict with any  
reservations already known to the  
device server.  
5h  
WRITE Exclusive, READS: Shared; any application client on any initiator may execute  
commands that perform transfers from the target to the initiator.  
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not  
previously performed a Register service action with the device  
server that attempts a transfer to the target results in a  
reservation conflict  
Registrants Only  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as  
long as the persistent reservations to  
not conflict with any reservations  
already known to the device server.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢉꢋꢀꢀ3HUVLVWHQWꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SHꢀ&RGHVꢀDQGꢀ7KHLUꢀ0HDQLQJVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢊ 7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
6h  
Exclusive Access, READS: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously  
performed a Register service action with the device server that  
Registrants Only  
attempts a transfer from the target results in a reservation conflict.  
WRITES: Exclusive; any command from an initiator that has not previously  
performed a Register service action with the device server that  
attempts a transfer to the target results in a reservation conflict  
ADDITIONAL RESERVATIONS: Allowed; any initiator may reserve the  
logical unit, extents, or elements as long  
as the persistent reservations to not  
conflict with any reservations already  
known to the device server.  
7h - Fh  
Reserved  
N/A  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢉꢋꢀꢀ3HUVLVWHQWꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SHꢀ&RGHVꢀDQGꢀ7KHLUꢀ0HDQLQJVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
The PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command requires a parameter list,  
illustrated in the following figure and defined in the following table. Each of the  
fields of the parameter list are sent for every PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
command, even if the field is not required for the specific Service action and/or  
Scope values.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 – 7  
Reservation Key  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
8 – 15  
Service Action Reservation Key  
Scope-Specific Address  
16 – 19  
(LSB)  
20  
21  
Reserved  
APTPL  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
22 – 23  
Extent Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢉꢍꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Reservation  
Key  
This field contains an 8-byte token that is provided by the application client to the  
device server to identify which initiator is the source of the PERSISTENT  
RESERVATION OUT command. The device server verifies that the Reservation Key  
in the PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT command matches the Reservation Key  
that is registered for the initiator from which the command is received. If there is no  
match, the device server returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status. The  
Reservation Key of the initiator is valid for all Service action and Scope values.  
Service  
Action  
Reservation  
Key  
This field contains information needed for 3 service actions: the Register service  
action, the Pre-empt service action, and the Pre-empt & Clear service action. The  
Service Action Reservation Key is ignored for all other service actions.  
For the Register service action, the Service Action Reservation Key field contains  
the new Reservation Key to be registered.  
For the Pre-empt and the Pre-empt & Clear service actions, the Service Action  
Reservation Key contains the reservation key of the persistent reservations that are  
being pre-empted. For the Pre-empt and the Pre-empt & Clear actions, any failure of  
the Service Action Reservation Key to match any registered keys results in the  
device server returning a RESERVATION CONFLICT status.  
Scope-  
Specific  
Address  
If the Scope is an Extent reservation, this field contains the Logical Block Address of  
the extent and the Extent Length field (bytes 22 – 23) contain the number of blocks  
in the extent.  
If the Scope signifies an Element reservation, the Scope-Specific Address field  
contains the Element Address, zero-filled in the most significant bytes to fit the field;  
the Extent Length is set to 0.  
If the Service action is Register or Clear, or if the Scope is a Logical Unit  
reservation, both the Scope-Specific Address and Extent Length fields are set to 0.  
APTPL  
Activate Persist Through Power Loss. This bit is valid only for Register service  
actions; it is ignored for all other types of service actions.  
Support for APTPL set to 1 is optional. If a device server that does not support  
APTPL receives a 1 in that bit in a Register service action, it returns a CHECK  
CONDITION status, with the sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST and additional  
sense data set to INVALID FIELD IN PARAMETER LIST.  
If the last valid APTPL bit value received by the device server is 0, the loss of power  
in the target releases any persistent reservations and removes all reservation keys.  
If the last valid APTPL bit value is 1, the logical unit retains all persistent  
reservations and all reservation keys for all initiators even if power is lost and later  
returned. The most recently received valid APTPL value from any initiator governs  
the logical unit’s behavior in the event of a power loss.  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢉꢍꢀꢀꢀ3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59$7,21ꢀ287ꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
3(56,67(17 5(6(59$7,21 287 &RPPDQG ꢇꢉ)Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The table below illustrates which fields are set by the application client and  
interpreted by the device server for each Service and Scope value.  
Register  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Valid  
Ignored  
Reserve  
Reserve  
Reserved  
LU  
Extent  
Element  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Extent Valid  
Element Valid  
Release  
Release  
Release  
LU  
Extent  
Element  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Extent Valid  
Element Valid  
Clear  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Ignored  
Pre-empt  
Pre-empt  
Pre-empt  
LU  
Extent  
Element  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Ignored  
Extent Valid  
Element Valid  
Pre-empt & Clear  
Pre-empt & Clear  
Pre-empt & Clear  
LU  
Extent  
Element  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Valid  
Ignored  
Extent Valid  
Element Valid  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢊꢎꢀꢀꢀ'HYLFHꢀ6HUYHUꢀ,QWHUSUHWDWLRQꢀRIꢀ6HUYLFHꢀDQGꢀ6FRSHꢀ9DOXH  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢉꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢉꢅ 35(9(17ꢀꢒꢀ$//2:ꢀ0(',80ꢀ5(029$/  
&RPPDQGꢀꢁꢋ(Kꢂ  
This command enables or disables the unloading of the tape cartridge.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (1Eh)  
1
2 - 3  
4
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Prevent  
Link  
5
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢎꢀꢀ35(9(17ꢀꢏꢀ$//2:ꢀ0(',80ꢀ5(029$/ꢀ&RPPDQG  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
Prevent  
When set to 1, the UNLOAD button on the drive’s front panel is effectively  
disabled, and the UNLOAD command does not unload the tape medium or the  
cartridge. The PREVENT / ALLOW status in the device is maintained separately  
by each initiator.  
When set to 0, the prevent state corresponding to that initiator is cleared. When all  
initiators have cleared their prevent states, the UNLOAD button and UNLOAD  
commands are enabled. By default, after power up , a hard reset, or Bus Device  
Reset message, the prevent medium removal function is cleared.  
If a Media Loader device is present, its MOVE MEDIUM command is prevented  
from removing a cartridge if PREVENT has been enabled.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢆꢀꢀ35(9(17ꢀꢏꢀ$//2:ꢀ0(',80ꢀ5(029$/ꢀ&RPPDQG  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢍꢅ 5($'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢈꢔKꢂ  
This command transfers one or more data blocks or bytes to the initiator starting  
with the next block on the tape.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (08h)  
1
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Transfer Length  
Reserved  
SILI  
Flag  
Fixed  
(MSB)  
2 - 4  
(LSB)  
5
Unused  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢆꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
SILI  
Suppress Incorrect Length Indicator. If the SILI bit is set to 1 and the  
Fixed bit is set to 1, the target terminates the command with CHECK  
CONDITION status, sense key set to ILLEGAL REQUEST, and  
additional sense code of INVALID FIELD IN CDB.  
If the SILI bit is 0 and the actual block length is different than the  
specified transfer length, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned.  
Within the sense data, the Incorrect Length Indicator (ILI) bit and Valid bit  
will be set to 1. The sense key field specifies NO SENSE. The  
information bytes are set to the difference (residue) between the  
requested transfer length and the actual block length., or, in Fixed Block  
mode, the difference (residue) between the requested number of blocks  
and the actual number of blocks read. No more than transfer length  
blocks are transferred to the initiator and the tape is logically positioned  
after the block (EOM side).  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢅꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢀKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Fixed  
This bit specifies whether fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be  
transferred, and gives meaning to the Transfer Length field of the READ  
command.  
When set to 0, variable-block mode is requested. A single block is  
transferred with the Transfer Length specifying the maximum number of  
bytes the initiator has allocated for the returned data.  
When the Fixed bit is set to 1, the Transfer Length specifies the number  
of blocks to be transferred to the initiator. This is valid only if the logical  
unit is currently operating in Fixed Block mode.  
When the Transfer Length is 0, no data is transferred and the current  
position on the logical unit does not change. This is not an error  
condition.  
A successful READ with Fixed bit set to 1 transfers (current block length)  
x (# of blocks x block size) bytes of data to the host. Upon termination of  
READ, the medium is logically positioned after the last block of data  
transferred (EOM).  
Note that a READ command in fixed mode with an odd block size returns  
a CHECK CONDITION: the DLT8000 tape drive does not support odd  
block number transfers.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢅꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
)LOHPDUNꢆꢀ(QGꢇRIꢇ'DWDꢆꢀDQGꢀ(QGꢇRIꢇ0HGLXPꢒ3DUWLWLRQꢀ+DQGOLQJ  
If the tape drive reads a Filemark, it returns a CHECK CONDITION status. Within  
the sense data, the Filemark and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key field is set to  
NO SENSE. The information fields contain the residue count. The Additional  
Sense Code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to FILEMARK  
DETECTED. Upon termination, the medium is logically positioned after the  
Filemark.  
If the drive detects End-of-Data (EOD) during a READ, the drive returns a  
CHECK CONDITION status. Within the sense data, the Valid bit is set and the  
Sense Key field is set to BLANK CHECK. The End-of-Medium (EOM) bit may be  
set if the drive determines that the tape is positioned past the PSEN marker. The  
information fields contain the residue count. The Additional Sense Code Qualifier  
fields are set. Upon termination, the medium is physically positioned before EOD  
and after the last block on tape.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢀKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The meaning of EOM is different for a READ command than for a WRITE-related  
command. EOM is reported only when the physical EOM or End-of-Partition  
(EOP) is encountered. The drive returns a CHECK CONDITION status. The EOM  
and Valid bits are set and the Sense Key is set to MEDIUM ERROR. The  
information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense Code and  
Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM/P DETECTED. The tape is  
physically positioned at EOM/P.  
If any READ command cannot be successfully completed, the drive returns a  
CHECK CONDITION status. Further commands should attempt to move past the  
anomaly and to complete successfully.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢎꢅ 5($'ꢀ%/2&Eꢀ/,0,76ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢈꢎKꢂ  
The READ BLOCK LIMITS command directs the tape drive to report its block  
length limits.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (05h)  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢅꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%/2&Fꢀ/,0,76ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' %/2&$ /,0,76 &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢉKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The READ BLOCK LIMITS data shown below is sent during the DATA IN phase  
of the command. The command does not reflect the currently selected block size,  
only the available limits. MODE SENSE is the command that returns the current  
block size.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved *  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
1 - 3  
4 - 5  
Maximum Block Length  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Minimum Block Length (0001h)  
*
In SCSI-3 configurations, Byte 0 appears as shown below:  
0
Reserved  
Granularity  
The *UDQXODULW\ field is described in the table below.  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢈꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%/2&Fꢀ/,0,76ꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
This field indicates the supported block size granularity. The  
Granularity ꢁ6&6,ꢇꢉ  
DLT8000 tape drive supports all block sizes Q such that Q minus the  
minimum block length limit is a multiple of 2x (where x is the value in  
the Granularity bits), and Q is greater than or equal to the Minimum  
Block Length Limit and less than or equal to the Maximum Block  
Size Limit. For the DLT8000 system, the content of the Granularity  
field is 1 (since block sizes must be a multiple of 2; 21 = 2).  
2QO\ꢂ  
For backward compatibility, the DLT8000 will process requests that  
do not meet Granularity criteria, except for Odd-byte Multiple Block  
Fixed Block WRITE commands when connected to a Wide (16-bit)  
SCSI bus.  
Maximum Block  
Length  
The value in this field indicates the maximum block size. The tape  
drive supports a maximum block length of 16,777,214 (16 MB-2) for  
10, 15,20, 35, or 40 GB format.  
Minimum Block  
Length  
The value in this field indicates the minimum block size. The tape  
drive supports a minimum block length of 2 bytes.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢈꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%/2&Fꢀ/,0,76ꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢐꢅ 5($'ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢁꢉ&Kꢂ  
The READ BUFFER command is used in conjunction with WRITE BUFFER as a  
diagnostic function for testing the drive’s data buffer for possible diagnostic data  
and for checking the integrity of the SCSI bus. In addition, by using buffers 1 and  
2, the READ BUFFER command allows the contents of the tape system’s local  
RAM/EEPROM, and DRAM to be transferred over the SCSI bus. Buffers 1 and 2  
provide a diagnostic capability for the system’s firmware.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (3Ch)  
1
2
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Buffer ID  
Mode  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
3 - 5  
6 - 8  
9
Buffer Offset  
Allocation Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢃꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' %8))(5 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Mode  
The tape drive supports the following values within this field. If any  
non-supported value is set, the drive terminates the command with a  
CHECK CONDITION status, ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set.  
0RGH 'HVFULSWLRQ  
000b  
010b  
011b  
Combined Header and Data (see 5.16.1)  
Data (see 5.16.2)  
Descriptor (see 5.16.3)  
Buffer ID  
Must be 0, 1, or 2.  
Buffer 0: This 1100 KB buffer is intended to be used in conjunction  
with the WRITE BUFFER command to provide a diagnostic  
capability for testing the SCSI bus and/or hardware  
integrity.  
Buffer 1: Choosing Buffer 1 results in the tape system transferring  
the contents of controlled scratchpad RAM and EEPROM  
over the SCSI bus. For DLT8000 tape systems, a total of  
264K is transferred (256K for RAM, 8K for EEPROM).  
Buffer 2: Choosing Buffer 2 results in the tape system transferring  
the contents of data cache RAM over the SCSI bus. For  
DLT8000 tape systems, a total of 8 MB is transferred.  
Buffer Offset  
The Buffer Offset field allows the host to specify where the start of  
the data is within the buffer.  
Allocation Length  
This field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the initiator  
has allocated for returning data. The host uses this field to limit the  
size of data transfers to its own internal buffer size.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢃꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
The host should first send a READ BUFFER command, in Descriptor mode, to  
determine the size of the buffer being returned. In response to the READ BUFFER  
command, the tape system returns four bytes of data, three of which contain the  
size of the buffer. The host can then use this data to establish the Buffer  
Offset/Allocation Length fields of the CDB. Once the size of the buffer is known,  
Mode 2 (Data Only, see Section 5.16.2) can be used to transfer the data across the  
SCSI Bus.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' %8))(5 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢎꢂꢄꢂ  
&RPELQHGꢀ+HDGHUꢀDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ0RGH  
In this mode, the tape drive returns a 4-byte header followed by data bytes. The  
drive terminates the DATA IN phase when the Allocation Length bytes of header  
and data have been transferred or when all available data has been transferred to  
the initiator, whichever is less. The 4-byte READ BUFFER header is followed by  
data bytes from the target data buffer. The figure below illustrates the format of the  
header.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
(MSB)  
1 - 3  
Available Length  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢇꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Available Length  
This field specifies the total number of data bytes available in the  
target’s buffer. This number is not reduced to reflect the allocation  
length, nor is it reduced to reflect the actual number bytes written  
using the WRITE BUFFER command. Following the READ BUFFER  
header, the target transfers data from its data buffer.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢇꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' %8))(5 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢎꢂꢅꢂ  
'DWDꢀ0RGH  
In this mode, the DATA IN phase contains only buffer data.  
ꢉꢂꢄꢎꢂꢇꢂ  
'HVFULSWRUꢀ0RGH  
In this mode, a maximum of four bytes of READ BUFFER descriptor information  
is returned. The tape drive returns the descriptor information for the buffer  
specified by the Buffer ID. In this mode, the drive does not reject the invalid  
Buffer IDs with a CHECK CONDITION status, but returns all zeros in the READ  
BUFFER descriptor.  
The Offset Boundary (Figure 5-76) is 12 (0Ch), indicating that buffer offsets  
should be integral multiples of 4 K.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Offset Boundaries (0Ch)  
Buffer Capacity  
(MSB)  
1 - 3  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢉꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢊꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢑꢅ  
5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢉꢍKꢂ  
The READ POSITION command is used to read a position identifier or SCSI  
Logical Block Address (LBA). The LOCATE command uses this identifier to  
position back to this same logical position in a high-performance fashion.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (34h)  
Rsv’d  
1
Logical Unit Number  
TCLP  
Long  
Flag  
BT  
2 - 8  
9
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢊꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Total Current Logical Position. When = 1, data returned includes block,  
filemark, and setmark position and fits format described in Section 5.17.2.  
When = 0, the data takes the SCSI-2 format described in Section 5.17.1.  
TCLP  
This bit indicates the drive returns data specifying the partition, file, and  
set number with the current logical position (long form). A TCLP bit of 0  
indicates the device server will return data specifying the first and last  
block location with the number of bytes and blocks in the buffer (short  
form).  
When the Long bit = 1, it indicates the server will return 32 bytes of data;  
a value of 0 indicates the device server will return 20 bytes of data. Both  
the Long bit and the TCLP bit must both be set to 1 or 0. If these bits  
have different values, the drive returns CHECK CONDITION, ILLEGAL  
REQUEST.  
Long  
BT  
Block Type. This bit indicates how the position is to be interpreted. Since  
the tape drive uses the same logical block regardless of the setting of this  
bit, the setting is ignored. The logical block address values include all  
recorded objects: blocks and filemarks.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢉꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' 326,7,21 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
127(  
The drive returns CHECK CONDITION with UNIT NOT READY sense key  
with the READ POSITION command if the media is not ready to be  
accessed.  
ꢉꢂꢄꢍꢂꢄꢂ  
6WDQGDUGꢀ5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀꢀ'DWD  
When TCLP and Long bits are both set to 0, the data takes the following format:  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
BOP  
EOP  
BCU  
BYCU  
Rsv’d  
BPU (0)  
PERR  
Rsv’d  
1
Partition Number  
Reserved  
2 - 3  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
First Block Location  
Last Block Location  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
8 - 11  
12  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
13 - 15  
15 - 19  
Number of Blocks in Buffer  
Number of Bytes in Buffer  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢋꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' 326,7,21 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
BOP  
Beginning of Partition. When set to 1, indicates that the logical unit  
is at the beginning of partition in the current partition. When 0,  
indicates that the current logical position is not at the beginning of  
partition. Since the tape drive does not support more than one  
partition, the value of this field will be 1 when at BOT.  
EOP  
End of Partition. When set to 1, indicates that the logical unit is  
positioned between early warning and the end of partition in the  
current partition. When 0, it indicates that the current logical position  
is not between early warning and end of partition.  
BCU  
BYCU  
BPU  
Block Count Unknown  
Byte Count Unknown  
Block Position Unknown. This bit is never set: the setting of the  
Block Type (BT) bit of READ POSITION’s CDB does not affect the  
block address values returned.  
PERR  
Position Error  
First Block  
Location  
The block address associated with the current logical position: the  
next block to be transferred between the target and initiator if a  
READ or WRITE command is issued.  
Last Block Location The block address associated with the current physical position: the  
next block to be transferred to tape medium and from the target’s  
buffer. If the buffer is empty, or has only a partial block, the same  
value as First Block Location is reported. The first block or filemark  
written onto the tape medium is at address 0.  
Number of Bytes in The number of data blocks in the target’s buffer.  
Buffer  
Number of Bytes in The number of data bytes in the buffer that have not been written to  
Buffer  
the tape medium.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢊꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5($' 326,7,21 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
ꢉꢂꢄꢍꢂꢅꢂ  
7RWDOꢀ&XUUHQWꢀ/RJLFDOꢀ3RVLWLRQ  
When TCLP and Long bits are both set to 1, the data takes the following format:  
Bit  
7
BOP  
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
EOP  
Reserved  
Rsv’d  
BPU (0)  
Reserved  
1 - 3  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
Partition Number  
Block Number  
File Number  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
8 - 15  
16 - 23  
24 - 31  
Set Number  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢍꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀꢁ/RQJꢀ)RUPꢂꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
BOP  
Beginning of Partition. When set to 1, indicates that the logical unit is at the beginning of  
partition in the current partition. When 0, indicates that the current logical position is not  
at the beginning of partition. Since the tape drive does not support more than one  
partition, the value of this field will be 1 when at BOT.  
EOP  
End of Partition. When set to 1, indicates that the logical unit is positioned between early  
warning and the end of partition in the current partition. When 0, it indicates that the  
current logical position is not between early warning and end of partition.  
MPU  
BPU  
Mark Position Unknown. Values in File Number and Set Number are invalid.  
Block Position Unknown. This bit is never set: the setting of the Block Type (BT) bit of  
READ POSITION’s CDB does not affect the block address values returned.  
Partition Number  
Block Number  
Partition number for the current logical position.  
Number of logical blocks between beginning of partition and current logical position.  
Filemarks and Setmarks count as one logical block each.  
File Number  
Set Number  
Number of Filemarks between beginning of partition and current logical position.  
Number of Setmarks between beginning of partition and current logical position.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢋꢀꢀ5($'ꢀ326,7,21ꢀꢁ/RQJꢀ)RUPꢂꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢔꢅ 5(&(,9(ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ5(68/76ꢀ&RPPDQG  
ꢁꢋ&Kꢂ  
The RECEIVE DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS command fetches the results of the last  
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command sent to the tape drive.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (1Ch)  
1
2
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Allocation Length  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
3 - 4  
(LSB)  
Link  
5
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢎꢀꢀ5(&(,9(ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ5(68/76ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²  
'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
Allocation Length  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Specifies the number of bytes of diagnostic page results the drive is  
allowed to send to the initiator.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢊꢍꢀꢀ5(&(,9(ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ5(68/76ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(&(,9( ',$*1267,& 5(68/76 &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ&Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The following data is returned by the drive as a result of the RECEIVE  
DIAGNOSTIC command. Note that a REQUEST SENSE command should be  
used to obtain more detailed information following a CHECK CONDITION on a  
SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Controller Present Flag  
Controller Error Flag  
Drive Present Flag  
1
2
3
4
5
Drive Error Flag  
Media Loader Present Flag  
Media Loader Error Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢆꢀꢀ5(&(,9(ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ5(68/76ꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
This information indicates which of the main components of the tape drive  
subsystem may have failed diagnostic testing.  
127(  
Running BHC Diagnostics via the SEND DIAGNOSTIC command will not  
have any affect on the flags in Bytes 0 – 5. Note that the BHC feature is  
provided for use only by a trained service provider.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢋꢏꢅ 5(/($6(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢐꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋꢑKꢂ  
The RELEASE UNIT (6) command is a 6-byte command that releases the drive if  
it is currently reserved by the requesting initiator. It is not an error to release the  
tape drive if it is not currently reserved by the requesting initiator. If the tape drive  
is reserved by another initiator, however, it is not released; the tape drive is only  
released from the initiator that issued the RELEASE command.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (17h)  
1
2
3
4
5
Logical Unit Number  
3rd Pty  
Third Party Device ID  
Rsv’d  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢅꢀꢀ5(/($6(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(/($6( 81,7 ꢇꢊꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢋKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
3rdPty  
The third party release option for RELEASE UNIT allows an  
initiator to release a logical unit that was previously reserved  
using the third-party reservation option. If this bit is 0, then the  
third-party release option is not requested. If this bit is set to 1, the  
drive is released if it was originally reserved by the same initiator  
using the third-party reservation option and if the tape drive is the  
same SCSI device specified in the Third Party Device ID field.  
Third Party Device ID Required if the 3rdPty bit is 1. This field specifies the SCSI ID of  
the initiator whose third party reservation is being released. This  
field must be set if the initiator of the original third party RESERVE  
is the source of the RELEASE.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢎꢀꢀ5(/($6(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
0(',$ꢀ&+$1*(5ꢀ&216,'(5$7,216  
The optional Element reservation feature defined for Medium Changer devices in  
the SCSI-2 ANSI specification is not supported. The RELEASE command is  
defined the same as for the tape drive. The whole loader unit can be released.  
RESERVE / RELEASE of the Loader and Drive LUNs are handled independently.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢈꢅ 5(/($6(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢋꢈꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢎꢑKꢂ  
The RELEASE UNIT and the RESERVE UNIT commands are used for contention  
resolution in multiple-initiator systems. The RELEASE (10) command is a 10-byte  
command used to release a previously reserved logical unit. The drive will not  
return an error if the initiator attempts to release a reservation that is not currently  
valid.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (57h)  
1
2
Reserved  
3rdPty  
Reserved  
LongID  
Extent  
Reservation Identification  
Third Party Device ID  
Reserved  
3
4 - 6  
7 - 8  
(MSB)  
Parameter List Length  
(LSB)  
Link  
9
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢈꢀꢀꢀ5(/($6(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(/($6( 81,7 ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢉꢋKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
3rdPty  
Third Party Release allows an initiator to release a  
logical unit that was previously reserved. If the  
value in this field is 0, third party release is not  
requested. If 3rdPty = 1, then the device server  
shall release the specified logical unit, but only if  
the initiator ID, 3rdPty bit, and third party device ID  
are identical when compared to the RESERVE  
command that established the reservation.  
LongID  
If the Long ID bit is set to 1, the Parameter List  
Length is 8 and the eight bytes of the parameter list  
carry the device ID of the third party device; the  
contents of the Third Party Device ID in the CDB  
(byte 3) are ignored.  
Third Party Device ID  
If the Third Party Device ID value that is connected  
with the reservation release is smaller than 255, the  
LongID bit may be 0 and the ID value sent in the  
CDB. If LongID bit = 0, the Parameter List Length  
field also = 0. If the Third Party Device ID value is  
greater than 255, LongID = 1.  
Device servers that support device IDs greater than  
255 will accept commands with LongID = 1; device  
servers that do not support IDs greater than 255  
may reject commands with LongID set = 1. Device  
ID formats are protocol-specific.  
Parameter List Length  
The contents of this field specify the length, in  
bytes, of the parameter list that will be transferred  
from the initiator to the target.  
Extent  
The drive supports reservations only on entire  
logical units. 7KHꢀYDOXHꢀPXVWꢀEHꢀꢈꢅ  
Reservation Identification  
Any value in this field is ignored by the drive.  
127(ꢃ Assuming that the RELEASE UNIT (10) Command Descriptor Block is  
valid, the drive always returns a GOOD status for this command. An  
actual release only happens if the initiator has the unit reserved for itself  
or a third-party initiator.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢆꢀꢀꢀ5(/($6(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢋꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢋꢅ 5(3257ꢀ'(16,7<ꢀ6833257ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢍꢍKꢂ  
The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command is a 10-byte command used to  
request that information about the densities supported by the logical unit be sent to  
the application client. Note that a reservation conflict will occur when a REPORT  
DENSITY SUPPORT command is received from any initiator other than the one  
holding a logical unit reservation.  
The figure below illustrates the format of the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT  
command; the table that follows explains the data fields of the command.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (44h)  
Reserved  
1
Media  
2 - 6  
7 – 8  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
Allocation Length  
(LSB)  
Link  
9
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢃꢀꢀꢀ5(3257ꢀ'(16,7<ꢀ6833257ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(3257 '(16,7< 6833257 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Media  
When this bit = 0, it indicates that the device server will return density  
support data blocks for densities supported by the logical unit for DQ\  
VXSSRUWHG PHGLD.  
When this bit = 1, it indicates that the device server will return density  
suport data blocks for densities supported by the PRXQWHG PHGLXP.  
Allocation  
Length  
This value in this field specifies the maximum number of bytes that the  
device server may return.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢅꢀꢀꢀ5(3257ꢀ'(16,7<ꢀ6833257ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
The REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT command returns a header followed by one or  
more density support data blocks. The data blocks are presented in ascending  
numerical order of the primary density code value.  
The figure below illustrates the REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT header.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 1  
Available Density Support Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
2 - 3  
4 - n  
Density Support Data Block Descriptors  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢇꢀꢀꢀ5(3257ꢀ'(16,7<ꢀ6833257ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
The following table provides a description of the Available Density Support  
Length field; the Density Support Data Block Descriptors field has a separate  
illustration and description table.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(3257 '(16,7< 6833257 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
This value within this field specifies the number of bytes in the data  
Available  
Density Support that follows available to be transferred. Note that this length value  
Length  
does not include this field. The value within this field is equal to 2  
more than an integer multiple of 52 (the length in bytes of a density  
support data block descriptor).  
Allocation  
Length  
This value in this field specifies the maximum number of bytes that  
the device server may return.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢈꢀꢀꢀ5(3257ꢀ'(16,7<ꢀ6833257ꢀ+HDGHUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
The figure and table that follow provide information about the Density Support  
Data Block Descriptor field of the header.  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(3257 '(16,7< 6833257 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Primary Density Code  
1
Secondary Density Code  
WRTOK  
2
DUP  
DEFLT  
Reserved  
3 - 4  
Reserved  
Bits Per MM  
Media Width  
Tracks  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
5 – 7  
8 – 9  
10–11  
12–15  
16–23  
24–31  
32–51  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Capacity  
Assigning Organization  
Density Name  
Description  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢉꢀꢀꢀ'HQVLW\ꢀ6XSSRUWꢀ'DWDꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(3257 '(16,7< 6833257 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Primary  
Density  
Code  
This field contains the value returned by a MODE SENSE command for  
the density described in the remainder of the Density Support Data Block  
Descriptor. Allowable Density Codes for the tape system are shown in  
Table (To Be Supplied).  
Secondary  
Density  
Code  
When multiple density code values are assigned to the same recording  
technology, this field lists the equivalent density code value. If no  
secondary density code exists, the device server returns the primary  
device code value in this field.  
WRTOK  
Write OK. When this bit = 0, it indicates that the drive does not support  
writing to the media with this density.  
When this bit = 1, it indicates that the drive is capable fo writing this  
density to either the currently mounted medium (if Media bit in the  
Command Block Descriptor = 1) or for some media (if Media bit in the  
Command Block Descriptor = 0). Note that all density code values  
returned by the Report Density Support command are supported for  
READ operations.  
DUP  
Duplicated. When this bit = 0, it indicates that this Primary Density Code  
has exactly one density support data block.  
When this bit = 1, it indicates that this Primary Density Code is specified  
in more than one density support data block.  
DEFLT  
Default. When this bit = 0, it indicates that this is not the default density  
of the tape drive.  
If either the Primary Density Code or the Secondary Density Code is 0,  
the DEFLT bit will be 1. If neither the Primary or Secondary Density Code  
is 0 and DEFLT is 1, the logical unit will accept a MODE SELECT header  
with a density code of 00h as equivalent to the Primary and Secondary  
Density Codes.  
NOTE: The default density of the logical unit may vary depending on the  
currently mounted media. Multiple codes may return a DEFLT bit of 1  
when the Media bit is 0 since more than one default may be possible.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢋꢃꢀꢀ'HQVLW\ꢀ6XSSRUWꢀ'DWDꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(3257 '(16,7< 6833257 &RPPDQG ꢇꢆꢆKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
'DWDꢀ)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Bit Per MM  
Bits per millimeter. The value in this field indicates the number of bits  
per millimeter per track as recorded on the tape medium. Note that  
the value is rounded up if the fractional value of the actual value is  
greater than or equal to 0.5. A value of 00h indicates that the number  
of bits per millimeter does not apply to this logical unit.  
Media Width  
Tracks  
The value in this field indicates the width of the tape medium  
supported by this density. This field has units in tenths of millimeters.  
The value in this field indicates the number of data tracks supported  
on the medium by this density.  
Capacity  
If the Media bit = 0, the Capacity field indicates the approximate  
capacity of the longest supported medium. If the Media bit = 1, the  
Capacity field indicates the approximate capacity of the current  
medium. The capacity assumes that compression is disabled. If this  
density does not support an uncompressed format, the capacity  
assumes that compression is enabled using “average” data. The  
capacity also assumes that the media is in good condition and that  
normal data and block sizes are used.The value is given in units of  
megabytes (106 bytes). Note that the logical unit does not guarantee  
that this space is actually available in all cases.  
The Capacity field is intended to be used by the client to determine  
that the correct density is being used, especially when a lower density  
format is required for interchangeability.  
Assigning  
Organization  
This field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data identifying the organization  
responsible for the specifications that define the values in the density  
support data block.  
Density Name  
Description  
This field contains 8 bytes of ASCII data identifying the document that  
is associated with this density support data block.  
This field contains 20 bytes of ASCII data describing the density.  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢋꢃꢀꢀ'HQVLW\ꢀ6XSSRUWꢀ'DWDꢀ%ORFNꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢌꢅ 5(3257ꢀ/816ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁ$ꢈKꢂ  
The REPORT LUNS command requests that the peripheral device logical unit  
numbers of known logical units in the target be sent to the applications client. The  
command only returns information about the logical units to which commands may  
be sent.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (A0h)  
Reserved  
1 - 5  
(MSB)  
6 – 9  
10  
Allocation Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
11  
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢊꢀꢀꢀ5(3257ꢀ/816ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Allocation  
Length  
If the Allocation Length is not sufficient to contain the logical unit  
number values for all configured logical units, the device server still  
reports as many logical number values as will fit in the Allocation  
Length.  
The format of the report of configured logical units is shown in Figure  
5-88.  
7DEOHꢀꢇꢐꢋꢇꢀꢀꢀ5(3257ꢀ/816ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFN²)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(3257 /816 &RPPDQG ꢇꢁ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 3  
LUN List Length (n – 7)  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
4 - 7  
(MSB)  
8 - 15  
LUN (first LUN)  
(LSB)  
•
•
•
•
•
•
n-7 – n  
LUN (last LUN, if more than one)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢋꢀꢀꢀ/81ꢀ5HSRUWLQJꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
The LUN List Length field contains the length in bytes of the LUN list that can be  
transferred. The LUN list length equals the number of logical unit numbers  
reported multiplied by eight. If the allocation length in the CDB is too small to  
allow transfer of information about all of the logical units configured, the LUN list  
length value is not adjusted to reflect the truncation.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢉꢅ 5(48(67ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢈꢉKꢂ  
The REQUEST SENSE command causes the tape drive to transfer detailed sense  
data to the initiator.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (03h)  
1
2
3
4
5
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Allocation Length  
Reserved  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢍꢀꢀ5(48(67ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Allocation Length  
This field specifies the maximum number of sense bytes to be  
returned. The tape drive terminates the transfer when this number of  
bytes has been transferred or when all available sense data has  
been transferred to the host, whichever is less.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢉꢀꢀ5(48(67ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The REQUEST SENSE command causes the tape drive to transfer detailed sense  
data to the initiator.  
The sense data is valid for a CHECK CONDITION or RESERVATION  
CONFLICT status returned on the previous command. The sense data bytes are  
preserved by the tape drive until retrieved by a REQUEST SENSE command, or  
until the receipt of any other command from the same initiator, though some  
commands, such as INQUIRY, do not change sense data.  
If the tape drive receives an unsolicited REQUEST SENSE, it returns sense data  
with the appropriate values in the End of Media (EOM), Sense Key, Additional  
Sense Code, and Additional Sense Code Qualifier. The positional information  
provided reflects the logical position of the tape drive. The tape drive returns  
information based on the non-diagnostic data in its buffer as well as the data on  
tape medium. Additionally, bytes 25 through 28 contain the amount of tape to be  
written in 4 KB blocks.  
REQUEST SENSE does not cause the drive to flush its buffered data to tape.  
Therefore, if the host requires the exact physical positioning of the tape medium, it  
should precede the REQUEST SENSE command with a WRITE FILEMARKS  
command with length 0 (Immed=0) specified. This forces the tape drive to flush  
any currently-buffered data to tape. A subsequent REQUEST SENSE command  
returns the actual physical (and logical) position of the tape drive to the initiator.  
The following illustration portrays the format of REQUEST SENSE DATA.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢀꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Valid  
Error Code  
1
2
Segment Number (0)  
Reserved  
Filemark  
(MSB)  
EOM  
ILI  
Sense Key  
3 - 6  
7
Information Bytes  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Additional Sense Length  
(MSB)  
8 - 11  
Command-Specific Information Bytes  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Additional Sense Code  
Additional Sense Code Qualifier  
Sub-Assembly Code (0)  
SKSV  
(MSB)  
C/D  
Reserved  
BPV  
Bit Counter  
16 - 17  
18  
Field Pointer  
(LSB)  
Internal Status Code (VU)  
Tape Motion Hours  
19 - 20  
21 - 24  
Power On Hours  
25 - 28  
29  
Tape Remaining  
Reserved  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢎꢀꢀ5(48(67ꢀ6(16(ꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Valid  
When set to 1, this field indicates that the information bytes contain  
valid information as defined in the ANSI SCSI-2 specification.  
Error Code  
A value of 70h indicates a current error – the report is associated  
with the most recently received command.  
A value of 71h indicates a deferred error – the report is associated  
with a previous command and not as a result of the current  
command.  
No other values are returned in this field.  
Segment Number  
Filemark  
This value of this byte is always 0.  
This bit indicates that the current command has read a Filemark.  
EOM  
End of Medium. This bit indicates that an End of Medium condition  
(End of Partition or Beginning of Partition) exists. The warning is  
also given by setting the Sense Key to NO SENSE and the  
Additional Sense Qualifier to End of Partition or Beginning of  
Partition.  
ILI  
Incorrect Length Indicator. This bit indicates that the requested  
logical block length did not match the logical block length of the data  
on the tape medium. Only READ or VERIFY may cause this bit to be  
set.  
Sense Key  
In most cases, Additional Sense Code and/or Qualifier information is  
available. The codes and qualifiers are covered in detail in Table 5-  
89.  
Information Bytes  
These bytes contain the differences (residue) of the requested  
length minus the actual length in bytes, blocks, or Filemarks, as  
determined by the command. Negative values are indicated by two’s  
complement notation. The bytes are valid for all READ, WRITE,  
SPACE, and VERIFY tape commands for which a CHECK  
CONDITION status has been generated. The information bytes are  
0 for MODE SELECT / SENSE, INQUIRY, READ BLOCK LIMITS,  
and TEST UNIT READY.  
ꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢊꢀꢀ5(48(67ꢀ6(16(ꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Additional Sense  
Length  
This field specifies the number of additional sense bytes to follow. If  
the Allocation Length of the Command Descriptor Block is too small  
to transfer all of the Additional Sense bytes, the Additional Sense  
Length is not adjusted to reflect the truncation.  
Command Specific Command Specific Information Bytes can be logged by the  
Information Bytes  
operating system on error conditions. On tape medium errors, such  
an entry usually contains the current SCSI Logical Block Address.  
Additional Sense  
Code  
This field (and the field for Additional Sense Code Qualifier) provide  
additional information about the Sense Key and cause of a CHECK  
CONDITION status. Additional Sense Codes are discussed in detail  
later in this chapter.  
Additional Sense  
Code Qualifier  
This field (and the field for Additional Sense Code) provide  
additional information about the Sense Key and cause of a CHECK  
CONDITION status. Additional Sense Code Qualifiers are discussed  
in detail later in this chapter.  
Sub-Assembly  
Code  
Not used. Returned as 0.  
SKSV  
Sense-Key Specific Valid. When = 1, indicates that the Sense Key  
specific field is as defined by the International Standard.  
C/D  
Command / Data. When set to 1, this field indicates that the illegal  
parameter is contained in the Command Descriptor Block. A C/D set  
to 0 indicates that the illegal parameter is in the Parameter List from  
the initiator.  
BPV  
Bit Pointer Valid. When set to 1, this field indicates that the Bit  
Pointer field is valid and designates which bit of the byte designated  
by the field pointer is in error. For a multi-bit field, it points to the  
most significant bit of the field.  
Field Pointer  
This field indicates which byte of the Command Descriptor Block or  
Parameter List is in error. For a multi-byte field, the most significant  
byte is indicated.  
Internal Status  
Code  
Internal Status Codes are explained in detail in Appendix A.  
ꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢊꢀꢀ5(48(67ꢀ6(16(ꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Tape Motion Hours  
This field reports the number of tape motion (i.e., head wear)  
hours. Format is given as a hexadecimal word (2 bytes).  
Power On Hours  
Tape Remaining  
This field reports the total number of hours that drive power has  
been applied since its last power on cycle (not total power on  
hours over the device’s lifetime). Format is given as a  
hexadecimal longword (4 bytes).  
This field reports the amount of tape remaining in 4 KB (4096  
bytes) blocks.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢊꢀꢀ5(48(67ꢀ6(16(ꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
6HQVHꢀEH\  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
0h  
NO SENSE. Check the Filemark/EOM/ILI bits and the Additional Sense  
Code/Additional Sense Code Qualifier bytes.  
1h  
RECOVERED ERROR. This can be caused by rounding of Mode Parameters on  
a MODE SELECT, or may report that READ/WRITE error rates are reaching  
subsystem specification limits for optimal operation. The device may still be able  
to continue to function without any unrecovered errors for a long period of time,  
however. No CHECK CONDITION is generated unless the PER bit of Mode  
Page 01h is set.  
2h  
NOT READY. The tape medium is not ready for tape operation commands.  
Tape medium might not be present in the drive or may be in the process of  
loading or calibrating.  
3h  
4h  
5h  
MEDIUM ERROR. An unrecoverable WRITE, READ, or positioning error has  
occurred. Detailed device-specific information may be available.  
HARDWARE ERROR. The Additional Sense Code / Additional Sense Code  
Qualifier fields may present more specific information.  
ILLEGAL REQUEST. The Command Descriptor Block or supplied parameter  
data had an unsupported or illegal operation specified. Check bytes 15, 16, and  
17.  
6h  
7h  
UNIT ATTENTION. Unit Attentions are created after a device reset, if the  
medium asynchronously becomes ready to the initiator, if another initiator  
changes Mode Parameters, and/or if the firmware is updated.  
DATA PROTECTED. The current tape medium is write-protected. This can be  
because the Write Protect switch on the cartridge is in its enabled position or if  
the tape medium is not the appropriate type (DLTtape I or DLTtape II), or if a  
software write protect is issued.  
8h  
BLANK CHECK. An End of Data or LongGap has been encountered.  
Bh  
COMMAND ABORTED. This key is generated when a command has been  
aborted by the tape drive for some reason. Check the Additional Sense Code /  
Additional Sense Code Qualifier bytes.  
Dh  
Eh  
VOLUME OVERFLOW. This key indicates that the physical end of tape medium  
has been reached during writing. The initiator ignored the End of Medium  
condition and continued to write to tape.  
MISCOMPARE. A compare error has occurred during READ by the self-tests  
invoked during execution of a SEND DIAGNOSTIC command.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢋꢋꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ6HQVHꢀFH\V  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The following table provides the additional sense codes (ASCs) and additional  
sense code qualifiers (ASCQs) that may be reported. Additional information,  
explanations, or suggestions for action are included in some of the descriptions.  
00h NO SENSE  
00  
00  
00  
00  
5D  
27  
00  
01  
02  
04  
00  
82  
No Additional Sense Code  
Unexpected FM Encountered  
EOM Encountered  
BOM Encountered  
Failure Prediction Threshold Exceeded  
Data Safety Write Protect  
01h RECOVERED ERROR  
00  
0A  
0A  
37  
3B  
44  
44  
47  
48  
51  
53  
5B  
5B  
80  
80  
17  
00  
80  
00  
08  
C1  
C2  
00  
00  
00  
01  
01  
02  
02  
03  
Cleaning Requested  
Error Log Overflow  
Error Log Generated  
Rounded Parameter  
Repositioning Error  
EEROM Copy 1 Area Bad  
EEROM Copy 2 Area Bad  
SCSI Parity Error  
IDE Message Received  
ERASE Failure  
Unload Tape Failure  
Threshold Met  
Log Counter at Maximum  
Cleaning Requested  
Soft Error Exceeds Threshold  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢍꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ$6&ꢀꢏꢀ$6&4ꢀLQꢀ+H[  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
02h NOT READY  
04  
04  
04  
04  
30  
30  
00  
01  
02  
03  
02  
03  
Unit Not Ready, Cause Nonreportable  
Unit Not Ready, Calibration in Process  
Unit Not Ready, LOAD Command Needed  
Unit Not Ready, Manual Intervention Needed  
Incompatible Format  
Unit Not Ready, Incompatible Medium (Cleaning  
Cartridge) Installed  
3A  
3A  
5A  
00  
80  
01  
Medium Not Present  
Medium Not Present, Cartridge Missing  
Operator Media Removal Request  
03h MEDIUM ERROR  
00  
04  
0C  
11  
11  
00  
02  
00  
00  
08  
Medium Error  
Unit Not Ready, LOAD Command Needed  
WRITE Error  
Unrecovered READ Error  
Unrecovered READ Error, Incomplete Block  
Read  
14  
15  
30  
3B  
3B  
51  
80  
80  
81  
00  
02  
00  
00  
08  
00  
00  
01  
00  
Recorded Entity Not Found  
Position Error Detected by Read of Medium  
Cannot Read Medium  
Sequential Positioning Error  
Repositioning Error  
ERASE Failure  
Calibration Error  
Cleaning Required  
Directory Read Error  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢍꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ$6&ꢀꢏꢀ$6&4ꢀLQꢀ+H[ꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
04h HARDWARE ERROR  
08  
08  
0C  
11  
11  
11  
15  
21  
3B  
3B  
3B  
40  
40  
40  
40  
40  
44  
44  
44  
44  
44  
44  
44  
44  
44  
47  
48  
00  
01  
80  
80  
81  
82  
01  
01  
08  
0D  
0E  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
00  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
8A  
C3  
00  
00  
LUN Communication Failure  
LUN Communication Timeout Failure  
Write SCSI FIFO CRC Error  
Read SCSI FIFO CRC error  
Block port detected EDC error  
Block port detected record CRC error  
Random Mechanical Positioning Error  
Invalid Element Address  
Repositioning Error  
Media Destination Element Full  
Media Source Element Empty  
Diagnostic/POST Failure, ROM EDC Error  
Diagnostic/POST Failure, RAM Failure  
Diagnostic/POST Failure, Bad Drive Status  
Diagnostic/POST Failure, Loader Diagnostics Failure  
Diagnostic/POST Failure, POST Soft Failure  
Internal Target Failure  
SCSI Chip Gross Error  
Unexplained Selection Interrupt  
Immediate Data Transfer Timeout  
Insufficient CDB Bytes  
Disconnect/SDP Sequence Failed  
Bus DMA Transfer Timeout  
Over temperature condition  
Both EEROM Copy areas bad  
SCSI Parity Error  
IDE Message Received  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢍꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ$6&ꢀꢏꢀ$6&4ꢀLQꢀ+H[ꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
04h HARDWARE ERROR  
(cont.)  
51  
00  
00  
01  
01  
Erase Failure  
53  
Media Load/Eject Failure  
Unload Tape Failure  
BHC Test Failed  
53  
84  
05h ILLEGAL REQUEST  
1A  
20  
21  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
24  
25  
26  
26  
26  
30  
39  
00  
00  
01  
00  
81  
82  
84  
86  
87  
89  
8B  
8C  
8D  
8E  
8F  
00  
00  
01  
02  
00  
00  
Parameter List Length Error  
Illegal Opcode  
Invalid Element Address  
Invalid CDB Field  
Invalid Mode on WRITE Buffer  
Media in Drive  
Insufficient Resources  
Invalid Offset  
Invalid Size  
Image Data Over Limit  
Image/Personality is Bad  
Not Immediate Command  
Bad Drive/Server Image EDC  
Invalid Personality for Code Update  
Bad Controller Image EDC  
Illegal LUN  
Parameter List Error, Invalid Field  
Parameter List Error, Parameter Not Supported  
Parameter List Error, Parameter Value Invalid  
Incompatible medium  
Saving Parameters Not Supported  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢍꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ$6&ꢀꢏꢀ$6&4ꢀLQꢀ+H[ꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
05h ILLEGAL REQUEST  
(cont.)  
3B  
0D  
0E  
00  
02  
00  
Media Destination Element Full  
3B  
Media Source Element Empty  
Invalid Bits in ID Message  
Media Removal Prevented  
Not Allowed if Not at BOT  
3D  
53  
82  
06h UNIT ATTENTION  
28  
29  
29  
29  
29  
29  
2A  
2A  
3F  
5B  
00  
00  
01  
02  
03  
04  
01  
02  
01  
01  
Not Ready To Ready Transition  
Generic Reset Occurred – Cause Undetermined  
Power On Occurred  
SCSI Bus Reset Occurred  
Bus Device Reset Occurred  
Device Internal Reset  
Mode Parameters Changed  
Log Parameters Changed  
Microcode Has Been Changed  
Log Threshold Condition Met  
07h DATA PROTECTED  
27  
27  
80  
82  
Hardware WRITE Protect  
Data Safety WRITE Protect  
08h BLANK CHECK  
00  
05  
EOD Encountered  
Code Update Event  
09h VENDOR UNIQUE  
XX *  
YY *  
* Where XX = Drive Revision Code and YY = Controller Revision Code  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢍꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ$6&ꢀꢏꢀ$6&4ꢀLQꢀ+H[ꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢃꢍꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(48(67 6(16( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁꢅKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
0Bh COMMAND ABORTED  
43  
44  
44  
44  
44  
00  
80  
82  
83  
84  
Message Error  
Unexpected Selection Interrupt  
Command Complete Sequence Failure  
SCSI Chip, Gross Error/ Illegal – Command Status  
Unexpected/Unexplained Residue Count in Transfer  
Register  
44  
44  
45  
47  
48  
49  
4B  
4E  
83  
87  
89  
00  
00  
00  
00  
00  
00  
00  
Disconnect Sequence Failed  
Internal Target Failure  
Select/Reselect Failure  
SCSI Parity Error  
IDE Message Error  
Invalid Message Error  
Data Phase error  
Overlapped Commands Attempted  
Can not retry read/write data transfer  
0Dh VOLUME OVERFLOW  
0Eh MISCOMPARE  
(No Additional Sense Code or Sense Code Qualifier)  
(No Additional Sense Code or Sense Code Qualifier)  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢋꢍꢀꢀ6XSSRUWHGꢀ$6&ꢀꢏꢀ$6&4ꢀLQꢀ+H[ꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
)LOHPDUNꢆꢀ(QGꢀRIꢀ0HGLXPꢀꢁ(20ꢂꢆꢀDQGꢀ,QFRUUHFWꢀ/HQJWKꢀ,QGLFDWRUꢀꢁ,/,ꢂꢀ%LWV  
)LOHPDUNꢁꢇE\WHꢁꢈꢉꢁELWꢁꢊꢋꢉꢁ(20ꢁꢇE\WHꢁꢈꢉꢁELWꢁꢌꢋꢉꢁDQGꢁ,/,ꢁꢇE\WHꢁꢈꢉꢁELWꢁꢍꢋꢁDUHꢁQDPHV  
RIꢁILHOGVꢁLQꢁWKHꢁ5(48(67ꢁ6(16(ꢁFRPPDQGꢄꢁAny of these bits may be set to a 1  
even though the Additional Sense Code (ASC) / Additional Sense Code Qualifier  
(ASCQ) bits have a value of 0.  
)RUꢁH[DPSOHꢅ  
•
•
•
Filemark, EOM, ILI bit may be set to 1 with No Sense key  
(00h) and ASC / ASCQ = 00 00.  
Filemark, EOM, ILI bit may be set to 1 with Recovered  
Error (01h) and ASC / ASCQ = 00 00.  
Filemark, BOM, ILI bit may be set to 1 with Medium Error  
(03h) and ASC / ASCQ = 00 00.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢍꢅ 5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢐꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋꢐKꢂ  
The RESERVE UNIT (6) command is a 6-byte command that reserves the  
specified tape drive for exclusive use by the requesting initiator or for another  
specified SCSI device.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (16h)  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
3rdPty  
Third Party Device ID  
Rsv’d  
Reserved  
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢆꢀꢀ5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(6(59( 81,7 ꢇꢊꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢊKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
3rdPty  
The third party reservation option for RESERVE UNIT (6) allows an  
initiator to reserve a logical unit for another SCSI device. This option is  
intended for systems that use COPY, and is implemented by the tape  
drive.  
If set to 1, logical unit is reserved for the SCSI device whose ID appears  
in the Third Party Device ID field. The tape drive ignores any attempt  
made by any other initiator to release the reservation and returns a  
GOOD status.  
If set to 0, no third party reservation is requested and device is reserved  
for the initiator that issued the CDB.  
Third Party  
Device ID  
If 3rdPty is set to 1 (indicating that an initiator has reserved the logical unit  
for another SCSI device), this field contains the ID number of that SCSI  
device for which the reservation was made.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢎꢀꢀ5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢉꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
A reservation via the RESERVE UNIT (6) command remains in effect until one of  
the following conditions is met:  
•
The initiator that made the reservation sends another RESERVE UNIT (6)  
command.  
•
The tape drive is released via a RELEASE UNIT (6) command from the  
same initiator.  
•
•
A BUS DEVICE RESET message is received from any initiator.  
A hard reset occurs.  
The occurrence of the last two conditions is indicated by the drive returning a  
CHECK CONDITION status, sense key of UNIT ATTENTION on the next  
command following the condition. It is not an error to issue a RESERVE UNIT (6)  
command to a drive that is currently reserved by the requesting initiator.  
If the logical unit has previously been reserved by another initiator, the target  
returns a RESERVATION CONFLICT status.  
If, after honoring the reservation, any other initiator attempts to perform any  
command except INQUIRY, REQUEST SENSE, or RELEASE UNIT (6), the  
command is rejected with a RESERVATION CONFLICT status. A RELEASE  
UNIT (6) command issued by another initiator is ignored by that logical unit.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(6(59( 81,7 ꢇꢊꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢊKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
An initiator that holds a current reservation may modify that reservation (for  
example, to switch third parties) by issuing another RESERVE UNIT (6) command  
to the tape drive.  
0HGLXPꢀ&KDQJHUꢀ&RQVLGHUDWLRQVꢀIRUꢀ5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢐꢂꢀ&RPPDQG  
The optional Element Reservation feature defined for Medium Change devices as  
described in the ANSI SCSI-2 specification is not supported. The RESERVE  
UNIT command is defined the same as for the tape drive. The whole loader unit  
may be reserved. This is separate from a reservation of the tape drive.  
The RESERVE UNIT/ RELEASE UNIT commands operate on a LUN basis. The  
Medium Changer and the tape drive are generally handled as different devices. In  
the case of a reserved drive LUN, a MOVE MEDIUM command issued to the  
Medium Changer LUN cannot insert or remove a tape cartridge to or from a tape  
drive unless the tape drive is reserved by the same initiator.  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢎꢅꢀ 5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢋꢈꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢁꢎꢐKꢂ  
The RESERVE UNIT and the RELEASE UNIT commands are used for contention  
resolution in multiple-initiator systems. The RESERVE UNIT (10) command is a  
10-byte command that is used to reserve a logical unit. The RESERVE UNIT (10)  
Command Descriptor Block is shown in Figure 5-92, and the data fields are  
described in Table 5-91. If RESERVE UNIT (10) is used, then RELEASE UNIT  
(10) is also used.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (56h)  
1
2
Reserved  
3rdPty  
Reserved  
LongID  
Extent  
Reservation Identification  
Third Party Device ID  
Reserved  
3
4 - 6  
7 - 8  
(MSB)  
Parameter List Length  
(LSB)  
Link  
9
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢍꢅꢀꢀꢀ5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(6(59( 81,7 ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢉꢊKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
3rd Pty  
LongID  
When set to 1, it indicates that the Third Party Device ID field is valid.  
When 0, indicates that the third party device associated with the reservation  
release has a number smaller than 255 and the ID value can be sent within  
the CDB. If set = 1, indicates that the third party device ID is greater than  
255, the ID value within the CDB is ignored, and the parameter list length is  
at least eight.  
Third Party  
Device ID  
Required and used only when the 3rdPty bit is set, in which case this field  
specifies the SCSI ID of the initiator to be granted the reservation of the  
logical unit. The drive preserves the reservation until one of the following  
occurs:  
•
It is superseded by another valid RESERVE command from the  
initiator;  
•
•
•
•
It is released by the same initiator;  
It is released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator;  
It is released by a TARGET RESET message from any initiator; or  
It is released by a hard reset condition.  
The drive ignores any attempt to release the reservation made by any other  
initiator. For example, if ID7 sends ID2 a Third Party reservation on behalf  
of ID6 (the target at ID2 gets reserved for the initiator ID6), then only ID7  
can release the target at ID2 (using a Third Party release). ID6 cannot  
release the reservation even though the reservation was made on its  
behalf.  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢍꢆꢀꢀꢀ5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(6(59( ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢉꢊKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
If 0, requests that the entire logical unit be reserved for use only by the  
initiator until the request is supplanted by another valid RESERVE  
command from the same initiator, or until released via a RELEASE (10)  
command from the reserving initiator, a hard reset, or a power on cycle.  
Extent  
If set = 1, the extent reservation option is implemented. This option allows  
an application client in a multitasking environment to have multiple  
reservations.  
The size of the extent list is defined by the contents of the Parameter List  
Length field. The extent list consists of zero or more descriptors. Each  
descriptor defines an extent beginning at the specified logical block address  
for the specified number of blocks. If the number of blocks is 0, the extent  
begins at the specified logical block address and continues through the last  
logical block address on the logical unit. The data format of extent  
descriptors is shown in Figure 5-93.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢍꢆꢀꢀꢀ5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Reserved  
RelAdr  
Reservation Type  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
1 - 3  
4 - 7  
Number of Blocks  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
Logical Block Address  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢍꢈꢀꢀꢀ([WHQWꢀ'HVFULSWRUVꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(6(59( 81,7 ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢉꢊKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
RelAdr is always 0: The DLT8000 tape drive does not support relative addressing.  
The Reservation Type field defines the type of reservation in effect for the extent  
being reserved. Available types of reservations are shown below.  
5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
00b  
READ shared. No write operations are permitted by any initiator to  
the reserved extent. Any initiator may read from the extent.  
01b  
10b  
11b  
WRITE exclusive. No other initiator may write to the indicated  
extent. Any initiator may read from the extent.  
READ exclusive. While this reservation is active, no other initiator  
may be permitted to read to the indicated extent.  
Exclusive access. While this reservation is active, no other initiator  
is permitted any access to the reserved extent.  
7DEOHꢀꢇ±ꢍꢅꢀꢀꢀ5HVHUYDWLRQꢀ7\SHV  
If both the LongID and the Extent bits = 1, then the parameter list takes the format  
shown below.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 7  
Third Party Device ID  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
8 - n  
Extent Descriptors  
(See Figure 5-93)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇꢐꢍꢃꢀꢀꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ:KHQꢀ/RQJ,'ꢀDQGꢀ([WHQWꢀ%LWVꢀ ꢀꢆꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
5(6(59( 81,7 ꢇꢃꢁꢈ &RPPDQG ꢇꢉꢊKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
If the LongID bit = 1 and the Extent bit = 0, then the parameter list length is eight  
and the parameter list has the format shown below.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 7  
Third Party Device ID  
(LSB)  
)LJXUHꢀꢇ±ꢍꢇꢀꢀꢀ5(6(59(ꢀ81,7ꢀꢁꢆꢎꢂꢀ,'ꢀ2QO\ꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢁꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢐꢅ 5(:,1'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢈꢋKꢂ  
The REWIND command directs the tape drive to position the tape at the beginning  
of the currently active partition (for DLTtape drives, this is BOM). Before  
rewinding, the tape drive writes any write data that is in the buffer to the tape  
medium and appends an End of Data marker.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (01h)  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Immed  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢉꢀꢀ5(:,1'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Immed  
Immediate. If this bit is set to 1, the tape drive first writes any  
remaining buffered data to tape medium and adds an EOD marker.  
It then returns status to the host EHIRUH beginning the actual rewind  
operation. If this bit is 0, status will be sent DIWHU the rewind has  
completed.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢈꢀꢀ5(:,1'ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢑꢅ 6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋ'Kꢂ  
The SEND DIAGNOSTIC command directs the tape drive to perform its self-  
diagnostic tests. It can also be used to invoke the Basic Health Check (BHC)  
diagnostic test. Note that the BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained  
service provider.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (1Dh)  
1
2
Logical Unit Number  
PF (0)  
Rsv’d  
Selftst  
DevOfl  
UnitOfl  
Reserved  
(MSB)  
3 - 4  
5
Reserved  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢊꢀꢀ6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
PF  
Page Format. Not supported; must be 0.  
Selftst  
Self Test. This bit is used in conjunction with DevOfl and UnitOfl to  
specify the type of testing to be done. An explanation is provided in the  
following paragraphs.  
DevOfl  
UnitOfl  
Device Offline. This bit is used in conjunction with Selftst and UnitOfl to  
specify the type of testing to be done. An explanation is provided in the  
following paragraphs.  
Unit Offline. This bit is used in conjunction with Selftst and DevOfl to  
specify the type of testing to be done. An explanation is provided in the  
following paragraphs.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢃꢀꢀ6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
6(1' ',$*1267,& &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
Two levels of unit-resident diagnostic tests can be accessed:  
(OHFWURQLFVꢀ6HOIꢇ7HVWꢀꢀꢁ/HYHOꢀꢋꢀ7HVWꢂ  
To invoke this level of diagnostic test, a major portion of the controller  
hardware and software must be functioning properly. The test is based on the  
premise that full power-up testing is not necessary, therefore, it is an  
extension of the power-up self tests that are run. The code ROM EDC is  
verified, two queues used by much of the controller software are checked by  
dequeuing and enqueuing items.  
If a loader (Medium Changer) is configured, the test attempts a software  
reset on the loader. This test does not attempt a WRITE or READ to or from  
the tape medium. When complete, any errors that occur are reported in the  
extended Sense Data bytes. This Level 1 test has an execution time of  
approximately five (5) seconds.  
Specify the Electronics Self-Test by setting the Selftst bit to 1, and both the  
DevOfl and UnitOfl bits to 0.  
5HDGꢀꢒꢀ:ULWHꢀ)XQFWLRQDOLW\ꢀ7HVWꢀꢀꢁ/HYHOꢀꢌꢀ7HVWꢂ  
The default version of this test does the following:  
1. Writes 500 32 KB records on track 0 (forward motion)  
2. Rewinds the tape.  
3. Reads the records.  
4. Positions to the beginning of track 1 (backward motion)  
5. Writes 500 32 KB records on track 1.  
6. Repositions to the beginning of track 1.  
7. Reads the records.  
8. Rewinds the tape.  
The execution time for this Level 2 test is approximately 6 minutes, if  
calibration is not required. Specify the Read/Write test by setting both the  
Selftst bit and the UnitOfl bit to 1 and ensuring that the DevOfl bit to 0.  
A Level 3 (or test type III) is available with user defined parameters. In addition,  
SEND DIAGNOSTIC can be used to invoke the BHC test (Figure 5-98 and Table  
5-97). Note that the BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service  
provider.  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
6(1' ',$*1267,& &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The following table illustrates the possible settings of the Selftst, DevOfl, and  
UnitOfl bits and the effects of each setting on the resulting self-test:  
6HOIWVW  
'HY2IO  
8QLW2IO  
6HOIꢀꢇꢀ7HVWꢀ(IIHFW  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Illegal Combination  
Self-Test Level 3 with User Parameters  
Illegal Combination  
Self-Test Level 2 with Default Parameters  
or BHC Test  
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Self-Test Level 1 with Default Parameters  
(device is on-line)  
Self-Test Level 2 with Default Parameters  
(device is on-line)  
Self-Test Level 1 with Default Parameters  
(device is off-line)  
Self-Test Level 2 with Default Parameters  
(device is off-line)  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢇꢀꢀ6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ&'%ꢀ%LWVꢀ6HOIWVWꢌꢀ'HY2IOꢌꢀDQGꢀ8QLW2IO  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
(MSB)  
0 - 1  
2 - 3  
Pattern Number (See Table 5-96)  
Maximum Number of Test Passes  
Block Size  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(LSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
4 - 7  
8 - 11  
Block Count  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢋꢀꢀ6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
6(1' ',$*1267,& &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Pattern Number  
Indicates the type of data pattern to be used during the diagnostic  
test.  
Pattern  
0h  
Name  
Data in Hex  
Rotate  
Rotate through the other 9  
patterns; change for each tape file.  
1h  
2h  
3h  
All 0s  
2F  
00 00 00 00 00  
FF FF FF FF FF  
Alternating 1s  
and 0s  
55 55 55 55 55 55 55 55  
4h  
5h  
6h  
7h  
8h  
9h  
2Fh  
Marching 1  
Marching 0  
MW  
80 40 20 10 08 04 02 01  
7F BF DF EF F7 BF FD FE  
EE EE EE EE EE EE EE EE  
B6 DB B6 DB B6 DB B6 DB  
AA AA AA AA AA AA AA AA  
MFM  
IF  
Random Data  
10s  
101010  
111111  
3/4 Fh  
FFh  
11s  
Run BHC Test*  
Maximum Number  
of Test Passes  
This field specifies the number of test passes of the diagnostic to be  
run. If Maximum Number of Test Passes = 0, the test will loop  
continuously. A BUS RESET or a selection from the host sending an  
ABORT or BUS DEVICE RESET message terminates testing. Note  
that for BHC Test*, the value in this field must be 0.  
Block Size  
This field specifies the size of the blocks to be used. If this field is 0,  
random block sizes are used. Note that for BHC Test*, the value in  
this field must be 0.  
* The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢉꢀꢀ6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
6(1' ',$*1267,& &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Block Count  
This field specifies how many blocks to WRITE / READ to  
and from starting on track 0, then moving to track 1. For  
example, if the Block Size and Block Count fields result in  
three (3) tracks worth of data, the test will:  
1. Write tracks 0, 1, 2  
2. REWIND, READ, and VERIFY tracks 0, 1, 2  
3. WRITE three tracks starting with 1: 1, 2, 3 and then  
REWIND to the beginning of track 1 and perform the  
READ and VERIFY pass.  
If Block Count is = 0, data is written until EOT is reached  
each time, so almost four (4) complete passes over the tape  
would result. Note that for BHC Test*, the value of this field  
must be 0.  
* The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢉꢀꢀ6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&ꢀ3DUDPHWHUꢀ/LVWꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
127(  
Because of data generation and verification, this test only streams the  
tape for short periods of time. If Block Count is set very high, therefore,  
the test can take many minutes or even many hours to complete  
127(  
If BHC* test runs and passes, a GOOD status is returned.  
If BHC* test runs and fails, a CHECK CONDITION is generated, with a  
sense code containing the following:  
Sense Key = 04h (Hardware Error)  
ASC = 84h (BHC Result)  
ASCQ = 01h (BHC Failed)  
* The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
6(1' ',$*1267,& &RPPDQG ꢇꢃ'Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
If the specified diagnostic test passes, a GOOD status is returned. Otherwise, a  
CHECK CONDITION is generated and the Sense Data contains information about  
the failure.  
6HQVHꢀEH\  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
3h  
Medium Error. A positioning error has occurred in which the returned  
position does not match the expected position. Additional Sense  
Code for possible additional information.  
4h  
5h  
Eh  
Hardware Error. The Additional Sense Code and any Additional  
Sense Code Qualifier provide more specific information.  
ILLEGAL REQUEST. Illegal bit settings in the SEND DIAGOSTIC  
command.  
Miscompare. A compare error occurred during a READ operation.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢊꢀꢀ6HQVHꢀFH\Vꢀ8VHGꢀIRUꢀ6(1'ꢀ',$*1267,&  
Additional Sense Codes and Additional Sense Code Qualifiers that apply to SEND  
DIAGNOSTIC self-test results are described in the table below.  
$GGLWLRQDO  
6HQVH  
&RGH  
$GGLWLRQDO  
6HQVHꢀ&RGH  
4XDOLILHU  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
15h  
2h  
A positioning error has occurred in which the returned  
position does not match the expected position.  
40h  
40h  
40h  
40h  
84h  
80h  
81h  
82h  
83h  
01h  
Level 1 ROM Test Failed.  
Level 1 RAM Test Failed.  
Level 1 Test Failed. Bad Drive Status.  
Level 1 Test Failed. Loader Reset Failed.  
BHC Test Failed  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢋꢀꢀ$GGLWLRQDOꢀ6HQVHꢀ&RGHVꢀDQGꢀ$GGLWLRQDOꢀ6HQVHꢀ&RGHꢀ4XDOLILHUVꢀIRUꢀ6(1'  
',$*1267,&  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢔꢅꢀ 63$&(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋꢋKꢂ  
The SPACE command provides a variety of positioning functions that are  
determined by Code and Count fields in the Command Descriptor Block. Both  
forward (toward End of Medium/End of Partition) and reverse (toward Beginning  
of Medium/Beginning of Partition) positioning are provided. Note that the  
DLT8000 tape system is a single partition device.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (11h)  
Reserved  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
Code  
(MSB)  
Count  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Reserved  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢍꢀꢀ63$&(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Code  
The code can be one of the following:  
6SDFHꢀ&RGH  
6SDFHꢀE\ꢃ  
000b  
001b  
010b  
011b  
Blocks  
Filemarks  
Sequential Filemarks  
End of Data  
Count values can be from 0 to FFFFFFh.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢍꢀꢀ63$&(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
63$&( &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢃKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Count  
When spacing over blocks or marks, the Count field is interpreted as  
follows:  
A positive value N causes forward motion over N blocks or marks. The  
tape is logically positioned after the Nth block or mark on the EOM or  
EOP side.  
A value of 0 causes no change in logical position.  
A negative value -N (two’s complement notation) causes reverse  
movement over N blocks or marks. The tape is logically positioned on the  
BOM or BOP side of the Nth block or mark.  
When spacing to EOD, the Count field is ignored. Forward movement  
occurs until the drive encounters EOD. The position is such that a  
subsequent WRITE command would append data after the last object  
that has been written to tape before EOD.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢍꢍꢀꢀ63$&(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
When executing SPACE, the tape drive implements the following hierarchy:  
+,*+(67  
BOM/P or EOM/P*  
EOD**  
Filemarks / Sequential Filemarks  
Blocks  
/2:(67  
* Beginning of Media/Partition or End of Media/Partition  
**End of Data  
The tape drive supports only one parition.  
Note that a “SPACE Sequential Filemarks” is a SPACE to the first occurrence of Q  
filemarks written sequentially.  
A SPACE command in the form “SPACE N blocks” will halt with GOOD status  
after the Nth block, or with CHECK CONDITION status on any occurrence of  
Filemark, EOD, BOM/P, or EOM/P. A command “SPACE N Filemarks” will halt  
on the Nth Filemark with GOOD status on any occurrence of EOD, BOM/P, or  
EOM/P.  
Depending on the size of blocks, read ahead data in the buffer allows some spacing  
requests to be satisfied without actual tape movement.  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢌꢏꢅ 7(67ꢀ81,7ꢀ5($'<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢈꢈKꢂ  
The TEST UNIT READY command checks the tape drive to ensure that the unit is  
ready for commands involving tape movement. If the drive has a tape loaded, the  
command returns a GOOD status. Otherwise, CHECK CONDITION is reported.  
Due to power cycle, code update, and tape loaded conditions, it is possible to get  
multiple check conditions on a TEST UNIT READY command.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (00h)  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Reserved  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢎꢀꢀ7(67ꢀ81,7ꢀ5($'<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢃꢍ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢉꢈꢅ 9(5,)<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋꢉKꢂ  
The VERIFY command directs the tape drive to verify one or more blocks  
beginning with the next block on the tape. Both CRC and EDCs are validated.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (13h)  
Reserved  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
Immed  
BC  
Fixed  
(MSB)  
Verification Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢆꢀꢀ9(5,)<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH 'HVFULSWLRQ  
Immed  
Immediate. When set to 1, the VERIFY command completes before any tape  
medium movement is done (that is, when the processing has been initiated.  
BC  
Byte Check. When set to 0, the tape drive performs an internal CRC/ECC  
check of data. No data is transferred to the initiator.  
When set to 1, the command is rejected.  
Fixed  
This bit specifies whether fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be  
verified.  
When set to 0, variable-block mode is requested. A single block is transferred  
with the Verification Length specifying the maximum number of bytes the  
initiator has allocated for verification.  
When the Fixed bit is set to 1, the Verification Length specifies the number of  
blocks to be verified. This is valid only if the logical unit is currently operating  
in Fixed Block mode.  
Verification  
Length  
This field specifies the amount of data to verify, in blocks or bytes as indicated  
by the Fixed bit.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢎꢀꢀ9(5,)<ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢁ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢉꢋꢅ ꢀ:5,7(ꢀꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢈ$Kꢂ  
The WRITE command transfers one or more blocks from the host to the current  
logical position. When in Buffered Mode (see MODE SELECT), the tape drive  
reports GOOD status on WRITE commands as soon as this data block has been  
transferred to the data buffer.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (0Ah)  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
Reserved  
Fixed  
(MSB)  
Transfer Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Unused  
Flag  
Link  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢅꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
:5,7( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Fixed  
The fixed bit specifies both the meaning of the Transfer Length field  
and whether fixed-length or variable-length blocks are to be  
transferred.  
When the Fixed bit is 0, Variable-length block mode is selected. A  
single block is transferred from the initiator and is written to the  
logical unit beginning at the current logical tape position. Upon  
successful termination, the tape is logically positioned after this  
block (on the Enod of Media/Partition, or EOM/P side). The Transfer  
Length specifies the number of bytes that the drive handshakes out  
from the initiator as one block.  
When the Fixed bit is 1, the Transfer Length field specifies the  
number of blocks to be transferred to the host beginning at the  
current tape position. This form of WRITE is valid only if the logical  
unit is currently operating in the Fixed Block mode – when it has  
been instructed to use fixed-length blocks with MODE SELECT. The  
current block length is the block length defined in the MODE  
SELECT command. Upon termination, the tape is logically  
positioned after these blocks.  
Transfer Length  
This field contains the length of the data transfer in bytes or blocks  
depending on whether Fixed or Variable block mode is selected.  
When the Transfer Length is 0, no data is transferred and the  
current position on the logical unit is not changed.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢆꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
([FHSWLRQꢀ&RQGLWLRQV  
If End of Tape (EOT) is detected while writing, the tape drive finishes writing any  
buffered data. The command terminates with CHECK CONDITION status. Within  
the sense data, the EOM bit is set, the Sense Key is set to NO SENSE, and the  
Additional Sense code and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to  
EOM/P detected. The drive attempts to complete any subsequent writes, returning  
a CHECK CONDITION status in each case.  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
:5,7( &RPPDQG ꢇꢁ$Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
If the tape drive encounters the physical End of Medium (EOM) when attempting  
WRITE, a CHECK CONDITION status is returned. Within the sense data, the  
EOM and Valid bits are set, and the Sense Key field is set to Volume Overflow.  
The Information fields contain the residue count and the Additional Sense code  
and Additional Sense Code Qualifier fields are set to EOM/P Detected. The tape is  
physically positioned at EOM/P.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢉꢌꢅ ꢀ:5,7(ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢉ%Kꢂ  
The WRITE BUFFER command is used with READ BUFFER as a diagnostic  
function for testing the device data buffer, DMA engine, SCSI bus interface  
hardware, and SCSI bus integrity. It is also used for downloading and updating  
DLTtape microcode (firmware).  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (3Bh)  
Reserved  
1
2
Logical Unit Number  
Mode  
Buffer ID (00h)  
(MSB)  
(MSB)  
3 – 5  
6 – 8  
9
Buffer Offset  
(LSB)  
Parameter List / Data Length  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢈꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Mode  
The tape drive supports the following values within the field. If any  
other value is set, the drive terminates the command with CHECK  
CONDITION status and an ILLEGAL REQUEST sense key set.  
Mode  
Description  
000b  
010b  
100b  
101b  
WRITE combined header and data (Section 5.32.1)  
WRITE data (Section 5.32.2)  
Download Microcode (Section 5.32.3)  
Download Microcode and Save (Section 5.32.4)  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢅꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
:5,7( %8))(5 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅ%Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Buffer ID  
For all of the modes described for the Mode field, only a Buffer ID of  
0 is supported. If the Buffer ID field is a value other than 0, the  
command is rejected. The target detects and rejects commands  
that would overrun the buffer.  
Buffer Offset  
See Sections 5.32.1 through 5.32.4 for the appropriate settings.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢅꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀ%8))(5ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
ꢉꢂꢇꢅꢂꢄ  
:ULWHꢀ&RPELQHGꢀ+HDGHUꢀDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ0RGHꢀꢊꢁꢁꢁEꢋ  
The data to be transferred is preceded by a 4-byte header consisting entirely of  
reserved bytes. This header is discarded (not stored within the buffer).  
The buffer offset field must be 0 for this mode.  
ꢉꢂꢇꢅꢂꢅ  
:ULWHꢀ'DWDꢀ0RGHꢀꢊꢁꢄꢁEꢋ  
Similar to Header and Data Mode, except there is no header in the data passed to  
the target. Any potential buffer overruns are detected and the command is rejected.  
&$87,21  
During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM, if any type of  
powerfail occurs, or if the reprogramming fails before completion, the tape  
drive subsystem becomes unusable and the tape drive must be replaced.  
ꢉꢂꢇꢅꢂꢇ  
'RZQORDGꢀ0LFURFRGHꢀ0RGHꢀꢊꢄꢁꢁEꢋ  
Using buffer offsets, the host can download the firmware image into the target’s  
buffer in pieces. These commands do not cause the new image to become active. A  
Download and Save Mode WRITE BUFFER command must be issued for the  
image to become active.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
:5,7( %8))(5 &RPPDQG ꢇꢅ%Kꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
The tape drive must be empty of tape medium to allow downloading of an image.  
This is a safeguard against accidentally starting a firmware update. If a tape  
cartridge is loaded when all or part of a firmware image has been downloaded,  
another WRITE BUFFER with Download Microcode mode will be rejected. The  
firmware image must be downloaded in integral multiples of 8K bytes.  
Any error on a WRITE BUFFER command causes any downloaded image data to  
be discarded and the download must be restarted from the beginning.  
&$87,21  
During the actual reprogramming of the FLASH EEPROM, if any type of  
powerfail occurs, or if the reprogramming fails before completion, the tape  
drive subsystem becomes unusable and the tape drive must be replaced.  
ꢉꢂꢇꢅꢂꢈꢂ  
'RZQORDGꢀ0LFURFRGHꢀDQGꢀ6DYHꢀ0RGHꢀꢊꢄꢁꢄEꢋ  
This mode is used to download and save the entire image at once, or to download  
the image and save it, or to cause a save operation after the image data has been  
downloaded using the Download Microcode mode (without the Save). This mode  
of the WRITE BUFFER command causes the image data to be verified and the  
Flash EEPROM firmware area to be updated. During the reprogramming of the  
Flash EEPROM, the WRITE PROTECT and Drive Activity leds on the drive’s  
front panel blinks. Also, when it is updating the EEPROM, it disconnects from the  
SCSI bus and will not respond until the update is complete.  
When the Save operation is successfully completed, the firmware restarts itself,  
causing the Power On Self Test (POST) to be run, and two UNIT ATTENTION  
conditions are generated: POWER UP RESET and OPERATING CODE HAS  
CHANGED.  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
ꢎꢅꢉꢉꢅ :5,7(ꢀ),/(0$5E6ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀꢀꢁꢋꢈKꢂ  
The WRITE FILEMARKS command directs the tape drive to write the specified  
number of Filemarks beginning at the current logical position on tape. If the  
Immediate bit is not set, any data or Filemarks in the WRITE cache buffer are  
written to tape.  
Bit  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Byte  
0
Operation Code (10h)  
Reserved  
1
2 - 4  
5
Logical Unit Number  
WSMk  
(0)  
Immed  
(MSB)  
Number of Filemarks  
Reserved  
(LSB)  
Link  
Unused  
Flag  
)LJXUHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢃꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀ),/(0$5F6ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'HVFULSWRUꢀ%ORFNꢀ²ꢀ'DWDꢀ)RUPDW  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
:5,7( ),/(0$5$6 &RPPDQG ꢇꢃꢁKꢈ ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
)LHOGꢀ1DPH  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
WSmk  
Write Setmark. Must be 0. This tape drive does not support Setmarks.  
Immed  
Immediate. When this bit is set to 1, the tape drive returns status as  
soon as the Command Descriptor Block (CDB) has been validated,  
unless the Filemark count is 0, or greater than 1 (since either condition  
causes the WRITE buffer to be flushed to tape medium).  
When set to 0, this bit indicates the status will not be returned until the  
operation is complete.  
Number of  
Filemarks  
This field contains the number of consecutive Filemarks to be written to  
tape medium. A value of 0 is not considered to be an error; GOOD  
status is returned.  
7DEOHꢀꢂ±ꢆꢎꢈꢀꢀ:5,7(ꢀ),/(0$5F6ꢀ&RPPDQGꢀ'DWDꢀ²ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
The WRITE FILEMARKS command may be used to force the tape drive to write  
any buffered WRITE data to the tape medium. If the tape drive is in buffered  
mode, and WRITE FILEMARKS is received, the requested filemarks are appended  
to the data and the WRITE buffer contents are flushed to tape medium. A value of  
0 in the Number of Filemarks field indicates that no filemarks are to be written to  
the tape medium, but still flushes any WRITE data to the tape medium.  
If End of Tape (EOT) is detected while writing filemarks, the tape drive finishes  
writing any buffered data and terminates with CHECK CONDITION status.  
Within the Sense data, the End of Medium (EOM) bit is set, the Sense Key field is  
set to NO SENSE and the Additional Sense Code and Additional Sense Code  
Qualifier fields are set to EOM/P DETECTED. The tape drive attempts to  
complete any subsequent WRITE FILEMARKS, returning  
a
CHECK  
CONDITION status in each case. If the tape drive encounters the physical EOM  
when attempting a WRITE FILEMARKS, it returns CHECK CONDITION status.  
ꢉꢎꢄꢄꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
A. Definition of Vendor Unique  
Sense Data Information  
7KLV DSSHQGL[ OLVWV WKH LQWHUQDO VWDWXV FRGHV ZLWK WKHLU GHVFULSWLRQVꢂ  
The internal status code is located at byte offset 18 of the REQUEST SENSE data  
and may be available for certain types of failures.  
127(  
Byte 18 of the REQUEST SENSE data has two formats: a byte code and  
a bit flags format. The bit flags format is used when there is no internal  
status code to report and can be quickly distinguished by checking to see  
if bit 7 of byte 18 is set to 1.  
'HFLPDO  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
+H[DGHFLPDO  
0
1
0
1
No Meaning  
Reed-Solomon Error Correction Code Recovery  
READ or WRITE Block Retry (Soft Retry)  
REPOSITION Command Aborted  
Controller Has Stopped Reading  
No Control or Data Buffers Available  
Target Delivered in Read Ahead  
Logical EOT Encountered, 2 Filemarks  
Command Connection Dropped  
Cleared from Queue  
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
0A  
0B  
0C  
0D  
Missing Data Block – READ only  
Gap Within Object (Missing Block in Record)  
Record on Tape Larger Than Requested  
Compare Error  
7DEOHꢀ$±ꢄꢀꢀ,QWHUQDOꢀ6WDWXVꢀ&RGHV  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
$ꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ $  
'HFLPDO  
14  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
+H[DGHFLPDO  
0E  
0F  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
Successive Blocks Missing Across Objects  
Drive State Not Valid for Command  
Drive Error  
15  
16  
17  
Drive Communication Timeout Error  
Drive Unloaded  
18  
19  
Unable to WRITE – No CRC  
Block to Append To Not Found  
20  
21  
Data Synchronization Error (READ after WRITE Not  
Happening  
22  
23  
24  
25  
16  
17  
18  
19  
Missing Block(s) in Current Entity  
Drive Hardware WRITE Protected  
Reposition-Target Not Found  
Log Gap Encountered (Blank Tape or No Data  
Encountered)  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
1A  
1B  
1C  
1D  
1E  
1F  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
End of Data or Filler Block Encountered  
Filemark Encountered  
EDC Error Found by “FEZ” ASIC – FECC RAM Bad  
Beginning of Medium Encountered  
EDC Error  
Hard WRITE Error – “FEZ” ASIC Underrun  
Hard WRITE Error – READ Sync Timeout  
Hard WRITE Error – Overshoot Append  
Hard WRITE Error – CRC Error  
EDC Error Found by “FEZ” ASIC – FECC RAM OK  
Timeout on Command to Medium Changer  
Medium Changer UART Error (Overrun)  
Medium Changer Response Length Error  
Medium Changer Detected Error  
Invalid Source Slot  
7DEOHꢀ$±ꢄꢀꢀ,QWHUQDOꢀ6WDWXVꢀ&RGHVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
$ꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
'HFLPDO  
41  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
+H[DGHFLPDO  
29  
2A  
2B  
2C  
2D  
2E  
2F  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
Invalid Destination Slot  
42  
Source Slot Empty  
43  
Destination Slot Full  
44  
Medium Changer Motion Error  
Medium Changer/Drive Interface Error  
Medium Changer/Slot Interface Error  
Medium Changer Mechanical Error  
Medium Changer Hardware Error  
Medium Changer Controller Error  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
Unrecognized Medium Changer Subcommand  
Medium Changer Fatal Error  
51  
52  
Medium Changer is in Manual Mode  
68020 Detected Communication Error with Servo Area  
68020 Detected Drive Command Timeout  
Calibration Failure  
53  
54  
55  
56  
Bad Tape Format  
7DEOHꢀ$±ꢄꢀꢀ,QWHUQDOꢀ6WDWXVꢀ&RGHVꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
$ꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ $  
%LWꢀꢐ  
%LWꢀꢎ  
%LWꢀꢍ  
%LWꢀꢉ  
Bit 7  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
ꢁ5VY¶Gꢂ  
ꢁ5VY¶Gꢂ  
ꢁ5VY¶Gꢂ  
ꢁ5VY¶Gꢂ  
%LWꢀ1Rꢅ  
ꢈ
'HVFULSWLRQ  
If set to 1, Cleaning Light is Illuminated, otherwise Light is off.  
Tape Directory Status Bits:  
ꢌꢀGꢀꢋ  
%LWꢀꢌ  
%LWꢀꢋ  
0
0
1
0
1
0
Good Status  
Unknown Status  
Partial Directory (will be rebuilt when tape is  
undergoing READ/WRITE)  
1
1
No Directory (will be rebuilt when tape is  
undergoing READ/WRITE)  
ꢉꢀꢇꢀꢐ  
ꢑ
Reserved  
If set to 1, the Internal Status Byte (Byte 18) is in Bit Flags format; otherwise  
Byte 18 contains a status code.  
7DEOHꢀ$±ꢅꢀꢀ,QWHUQDOꢀ6WDWXVꢀ%LWꢀ)ODJV  
$ꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
B. EEPROM-resident Bugcheck  
and Event Logs  
7KLV DSSHQGL[ SURYLGHV D H[SODQDWLRQ RI WKH HYHQW ORJV ꢇLQIRUPDWLRQ SDFNHWVꢈ VWRUHG LQ VHPLꢎ  
SHUPDQHQWꢌ QRQꢎYRODWLOH PHPRU\ RI WKH WDSH GULYHꢂ 7KHVH SDFNHWV FDQ EH UHWULHYHG YLD WKH  
6&6, /2* 6(16( FRPPDQG ZLWK 3DJH &RGH ꢁꢋKꢂ  
%ꢅꢋꢀꢅ ((3520ꢀ3DFNHWVꢀꢁ/$67ꢀQꢀ(9(176ꢂ  
The tape drive keeps certain event logs in semi-permanent, non-volatile memory  
(EEPROM, in this case) located on the tape drive’s controller PCB. There is  
storage enough within EEPROM for a total of 14 of these logs, or packets, each  
packet consisting of 98 bytes (96 data bytes plus two control bytes) of information.  
Packets may be written for different reasons and several packet types exist.  
The information in the event logs does not indicate that a tape drive or tape  
medium has failed but is useful in isolating problems that may be occurring.  
The logs are maintained in a circular buffer: a new entry overwrites the oldest  
existing entry. At any point in time, the most recent 14 logs are kept.  
The EEPROM information packets can be retrieved via the SCSI-2’s LOG SENSE  
command with Page Code 07 (Last n Error Events Page).  
The packet type field defines the content as well as the format of the data portion  
of the packet. These packet types are detailed in this Appendix. Note that the byte  
offsets in the structure layout diagrams are reference relative tot he beginning of  
the 98-byte EEPROM log envelope.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
%ꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ %  
%ꢅꢌꢅ  
ꢀ%XJFKHFNꢀ3DFNHWV  
Bugchecks are the result of some firmware-detected errors. For example, a  
hardware failure or an internal system consistency failure may cause a bugcheck.  
These events cause bugcheck packets to be written to EEPROM.  
The most important information within the packet is the error code. The more  
common bugcheck codes are listed in Table B—1. A full listing of all possible  
codes is not provided: they are typically associated with firmware or product  
development and are not expected once the product is released. Analysis of the  
other information saved within an EEPROM bugcheck packet requires the in-depth  
firmware knowledge to interpret and/or attempt to determine the actual cause.  
(UURUꢀ&RGH  
0HDQLQJꢀDQGꢀ3RVVLEOHꢀ&DXVH  
E204h  
Unexpected Timer 2 Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
EE01h  
EE02h  
EE03h  
EE04h  
EE05h  
EE06h  
EE08h  
Spurious Non-Maskable Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
Spurious 8524 Timer Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
Spurious Level 5 Interrupt (GPSP) – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
Spurious Drive Comm Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
Spurious Loader Comm Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
Spurious Diag Comm Interrupt – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
Watch Dog Expiration – SCSI bus may have lost  
termination, or Tape Drive Controller PCB is constantly  
receiving non-tape commands.  
EE09h  
EE0Dh  
F202h  
Spurious Power Fail Signal Received – Possible Power  
Supply fault.  
Spurious Level 6 Interrupt (GPSP) – Possible Tape Drive  
Controller PCB fault  
Loader Time-Out – Possible Media Loader fault  
7DEOHꢀ%±ꢆꢀꢀ%XJFKHFNꢀ3DFNHWꢀ(UURUꢀ&RGHVꢀꢁ%\WHVꢀꢍꢀ±ꢀꢆꢎꢂ  
%ꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
%ꢂꢅꢂꢄꢂ  
3267ꢀ)DLOXUHꢀ3DFNHWV  
POST failure packets are stored whenever the Power On Self Test logic detects a  
failure of any kind. Each failure is encoded as a 4-byte vector. In some cases,  
multiple vectors may be stored.  
If logging of POST failures occurs, contact a service representative.  
%ꢂꢅꢂꢅꢂ  
(YHQWꢀ/RJꢀ3DFNHWV  
Event log packets are non-fatal and can occur to log information about significant  
events. Refer to Table B—2 for a listing of the existing error codes that are found  
within event log packets.  
Note: These logs are informational only  
(UURUꢀ&RGH  
0xA400  
0xA401  
0xA402  
0xA403  
0xA404  
0xA405  
0xA406  
0xA407  
0xA408  
0xA409  
0xA40B  
0xA40C  
0x40D  
0HDQLQJ  
Hard READ Error Log  
Hard WRITE Error Log  
Drive Error Log  
Loader Error Log  
Calibration Log1 Error Entry  
Calibration Log2 Error Entry  
EDC Error Detected by SCSI Port Code  
Directory Read Fail *  
Directory Write Fail *  
Unload Information Statistics  
Media Quality Log  
Spurious Eject  
Directory Write on Unload Retries Failed *  
Directory Write after Read Retries Failed *  
Directory Read Retries Failure *  
0x40E  
0x40F  
*
Directory Read and Write Fail recoverable events are  
discussed below.  
7DEOHꢀ%±ꢅꢀꢀ(YHQWꢀ/RJꢀ(UURUꢀ&RGHVꢀꢁ%\WHVꢀꢍꢀ±ꢀꢆꢎꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
%ꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ %  
'LUHFWRU\ꢀ)DLOXUHꢀ(YHQWꢀ/RJꢀ3DFNHWV  
Directory failure event logs are written when a directory read or directory write  
request fails for any reason. Table B—3 provides the description of important  
fields within the packet. Note that the byte count begins at Byte 13, the location of  
the 1st event log byte within the event log packet.  
)LHOG  
'HVFULSWLRQ  
Saved Overwrites /  
Rereads / Rewrites  
These fields serve as temporary counters and have no  
use in interpreting the directory failure packets.  
Directory Called Mode  
A code that specifies the original reason for the directory  
call.  
A value of 1 indicates a directory READ (on LOAD).  
A value of 2 indicates a directory WRITE (on UNLOAD).  
A value of 3 indicates a directory WRITE (on WRITE  
from BOT).  
Tape Format Called / New  
Flags  
These fields contain the TMSCP values for the tape  
format both prior to and after the directory operation.  
A bit-mapped field that provides additional status  
information.  
%LWꢀ0DVN  
0HDQLQJ  
0x01h  
READ on LOAD operation complete  
Inhibit further WRITE operations unless WRITE from  
BOT  
LBN 0 was found intact  
Directory WRITE failed  
Tape format mismatch  
Event log generated  
Tape format unknown  
Reserved  
7DEOHꢀ%±ꢈꢀꢀ'LUHFWRU\ꢀ)DLOXUHꢀ(YHQWꢀ3DFNDJHꢀ±ꢀ)LHOGꢀ'HVFULSWLRQV  
%ꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
C. Updating the Firmware  
7KLV FKDSWHU H[SODLQV KRZ WR XSGDWH WKH WDSH V\VWHP¶V 3&%$ꢎUHVLGHQW ILUPZDUHꢂ  
&ꢅꢋꢅꢀ 2YHUYLHZ  
Using the tape drive’s front panel and a tape with the updated firmware image, you  
can update the tape drive’s PCBA-resident firmware.  
&$87,21  
If a powerfail occurs during the firmware update process (when the new  
image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs), the tape  
drive’s PCBA will be rendered unusable. When performing a firmware  
update, take all possible precautions to prevent power failure to the tape  
drive.  
&ꢅꢌꢅꢀ ꢀ&UHDWLQJꢀDꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ8SGDWHꢀ7DSH  
To update the tape drive’s PCBA firmware, you need a tape cartridge with a copy  
of the new firmware image. The firmware image must be byte-written without  
compression onto the tape using the appropriate block size as defined in Table C—  
1. The image must be “copied” onto the tape instead of using the backup utility.  
7DSHꢀ)RUPDW  
'HQVLW\  
8SJUDGHꢀ7DSHꢀ%ORFN  
DLTtape III  
10.0 GB  
4 Kbytes Only  
DLTtape IIIXT  
DLTtape IV  
15.0 GB  
4 Kbytes Only  
20.0 GB  
35.0 GB  
40.0 GB  
4 Kbytes Only  
8 Kbytes Only  
8 Kbytes Only  
7DEOHꢀ&²ꢆꢀꢀ%ORFNꢀ6L]Hꢀ8VHGꢀIRUꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ8SGDWHꢀ7DSH  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
&ꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ &  
127(  
On UN*X systems, use the FTP utility to transfer the binary firmware  
image. Be sure to specify “type image” before using the “get” or “put”  
commands, otherwise extra characters may be added to the file, causing  
it to be invalid. The image file should be exactly 1286 * 512 bytes in size.  
When making the update tape, copy the image file to the tape media  
using an appropriate block size as shown in Table D-1, that is, dd, ltf, and  
so on. The tape must be uncompressed.  
&ꢅꢉꢅꢀꢀ )LUPZDUHꢀ8SGDWHꢀ3URFHGXUH  
This section describes the procedure to update the firmware of the tape drive’s  
PCBA. The update requires a cartridge that holds the update firmware image.  
Firmware updates from a host are also supported (see the section on the SCSI  
command WRITE BUFFER in Chapter 5).  
&$87,21  
If a powerfail occurs during the firmware update process (when the new  
image is actually being programmed into the FLASH EEPROMs), the tape  
drive’s PCBA will be rendered unusable. When performing a firmware  
update, take all possible precautions to prevent power failure to the tape  
drive.  
Make sure you are using a DLTtape that bears the firmware image of the required  
revision level copied to it.  
1. Put the tape drive into the firmware update mode. To do this  
A. Remove any cartridge in the target tape drive and close the handle (down  
position).  
B. Press the UNLOAD button on the drive front panel and hold the button  
until the WRITE PROTECTED indicator begins blinking (approximately  
six seconds). This indicates that the tape drive has recognized your request  
for firmware update mode and is waiting for the sequence to complete.  
&ꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
127(  
If the WRITE PROTECTED indicator does not blink, check that:  
1. POST passed  
2. The drive is unloaded.  
3. The drive handle is in its down position.  
C. elease the UNLOAD button, then press the UNLOAD button again within  
four (4) seconds. The second press should take less than one (1) second.  
D. The TAPE IN USE and the WRITE PROTECTED indicators will blink.  
This indicates that the tape drive recognizes that the firmware update mode  
has been selected.  
If you are unsuccessful in selecting the firmware update mode (if, for  
example, pressing the UNLOAD button the second time requires longer  
than one [1] second), the WRITE PROTECTED indicator will stop  
blinking within several seconds. Try the procedure again. If the drive and  
controller PCBA are not communicating properly, you cannot select the  
firmware update function.  
Once the firmware update mode has been successfully selected, insert the cartridge  
with updated firmware image into the drive. The drive then  
•
Automatically reads the cartridge. The tape will move for a few minutes  
performing calibration and directory processing before any data is read.  
•
•
Examines the data  
Verifies that the data is a valid firmware image for the tape drive.  
At this point, the firmware update mode is automatically cleared. One of the  
following conditions will occur:  
•
If the firmware image is valid and the drive code is up-to-date, the drive  
code does not go through an update.  
•
If the firmware image is valid and the drive code is NOT up-to-date, the  
code in the drive is updated. This will take 2 - 3 minutes  
While the drive code is being updated, the WRITE PROTECTED and  
TAPE IN USE indicators flash alternately.  
When the drive code update is complete, the drive resets, and runs its  
Power-On Self Test (POST). The process waits until the tape is reloaded at  
the beginning of tape (BOT).  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
&ꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ &  
If the firmware image is valid, the tape drive’s PCBA controller’s FLASH  
EEPROM is updated with the new firmware image. The WRITE  
PROTECTED and TAPE IN USE indicators flash again during the  
controller firmware update.  
&ꢅꢍꢅꢀꢀ ,QWHUSUHWLQJꢀWKHꢀ5HVXOWVꢀRIꢀDꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ8SGDWH  
Following a firmware update procedure, two possible results can occur:  
•
The firmware update cartridge is unloaded. This signals a successful  
update  
The tape drive rewinds the cartridge, the door is unlocked, and the green  
OPERATE HANDLE indicator illuminates.  
•
The firmware update cartridge is NOT unloaded. This signals an  
unsuccessful update.  
The tape drive subsystem may still be usable. Failure may be a result of:  
•
•
•
Power failure  
Bad firmware image on the tape  
Non-functioning FLASH EEPROMS.  
Table C—2 provides troubleshooting information.  
,Iꢅꢅꢅ  
7KHQꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ  
The image is valid  
1. The FLASH EEPROM containing the current  
firmware is erased.  
2. The new image is programmed into FLASH  
EEPROM (approximately 2 minutes). Then:  
•
•
•
The tape drive resets  
The tape drive runs POST  
The tape drive unloads the tape  
cartridge and the cartridge can be  
removed. This indicates a successful  
firmware update.  
7DEOHꢀ&²ꢅꢀꢀ5HVXOWVꢀRIꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ8SGDWH  
&ꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
6&6, &RPPDQGV  
,Iꢅꢅꢅ  
7KHQꢅꢅꢅꢅꢅ  
1. The tape is NOT a valid firmware  
update tape  
No firmware update is attempted. The  
WRITE PROTECTED and TAPE IN USE  
indicators do not blink. The drive resets and  
the tape remains loaded to signal that the  
firmware update was unsuccessful.  
2. The tape does not contain a valid  
firmware image  
The tape contains a valid image but  
there is a failure when attempting to  
reprogram FLASH EEPROM  
The controller PCBA is probably unusable  
and should be replaced. The tape drive  
performs a reset and reruns POST. POST  
will fail if FLASH EEPROM does not contain  
a valid firmware image.  
7DEOHꢀ&²ꢅꢀꢀ5HVXOWVꢀRIꢀ)LUPZDUHꢀ8SGDWHꢀꢁFRQWLQXHGꢂ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
&ꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ &  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
&ꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
'ꢂ 5XQQLQJꢀWKHꢀ%DVLFꢀ+HDOWK  
&KHFNꢀꢊ%+&ꢋꢀ7HVWꢀYLDꢀWKH  
/LEUDU\ꢀ3RUW  
7KLV DSSHQGL[ H[SODLQV KRZ WR UXQ WKH '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ WDSH V\VWHP¶V %+& WHVW RQ D WDSH GULYH WKDW  
LV FRQILJXUHG DV D FRPSRQHQW ZLWKLQ D OLEUDU\ꢂ  
NOTE:  
The BHC feature is provided for use only by a trained service provider.  
Issue the RUN BHC TEST command (15h) to the tape drive configured within the  
library.  
For the results of the BHC test, obtain Tape Data Packet 3 by issuing a SEND  
TAPE DATA 3 command (13h). The results of the BHC test are reported in Byte 1  
of Tape Data Packet 3.  
The BHC test status results possible are:  
&RGH ,QGLFDWHV«  
0HDQLQJ«  
00h  
BHC Test Not Run  
BHC test has not been invoked via the Library  
Port since the last time that Tape Data Packet  
3 was read. The tape drive within the library  
sets this status after each read of the Tape  
Data Packet 3 H[FHSW if the BHC test is in  
progress.  
01h  
02h  
BHC Test In Progress  
BHC Test Pass  
This code indicates that the BHC test was  
invoked via the Library Port and is currently in  
progress.  
BHC test has completed successfully; no  
trouble found.  
03h  
04h  
BHC Test Fails  
BHC test has failed.  
Diagnostic Test in Progress  
This code indicates that a diagnostic test was  
in progress when the library controller  
attempted to invoke the BHC test. This  
prevents the BHC test from running.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
'ꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ '  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
'ꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
E. Visual Inspection Procedure  
for DLTtape Cartridges  
7KLV DSSHQGL[ H[SODLQV KRZ WR YLVXDOO\ LQVSHFW D '/7WDSH &DUWULGJHꢂ 'DPDJHG FDUWULGJHV  
PXVW QRW EH XVHGꢂ  
'/7WDSHꢀ&$575,'*(ꢀ*(1(5$/ꢀ+$1'/,1*ꢀ*8,'(/,1(6  
•
Always keep each tape cartridge in its protective plastic case when it is  
not in the tape drive.  
•
When carrying tape cartridges in their cases, always orient the cases so  
that the grooves in the cases interlock. This prevents the cases from  
slipping apart and falling.  
•
•
Never stack the tape cartridges in a stack of more than five.  
Always observe the proper environmental conditions for the storage of  
tape cartridges. Refer to the cartridge reference card supplied with each  
cartridge.  
•
•
•
When placing tape cartridges in archival storage, make sure you stand  
each tape cartridge vertically.  
Avoid placing tape cartridge near any sources of high intensity magnetic  
fields, such as monitor or electric motors.  
Never apply adhesive labels or POST-IT notes on the top, side, or  
bottom of your DLTtape cartridge. Only use the user slide- in type label  
provided with each cartridge and slide it over the label slot on the  
cartridge.  
•
•
Do not carry cartridges loosely in a box or any other container. Allowing  
cartridges to hit together exposes the them to unnecessary physical  
shock.  
'RꢀQRWꢀWRXFKꢀRUꢀDOORZꢀGLUHFWꢀFRQWDFWꢀZLWKꢀWDSHꢀRUꢀWDSHꢀOHDGHUꢅ Dust  
or natural skin oils can contaminate the tape and impact tape  
performance.  
•
•
Do not expose the tape cartridge to moisture or direct sunlight.  
Do not insert any cartridge that has been dropped into the DLTtape  
drive without at least a thorough visual inspection as described in this  
paper. A dropped cartridge may have dislodged, loosened, or damaged  
internal components.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
(ꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ (  
9,68$/ꢀ0(&+$1,&$/ꢀ,163(&7,21ꢀ352&('85(  
:KHQꢀVKRXOGꢀ\RXꢀSHUIRUPꢀꢀDꢀYLVXDOꢀPHFKDQLFDOꢀLQVSHFWLRQꢀꢁ90,ꢂꢀRQꢀD  
'/7WDSHꢀFDUWULGJH"  
<RXꢀVKRXOGꢀGRꢀDꢀ90,  
•
•
•
•
As a general practice whenever you change or load a new  
tape cartridge  
If a tape cartridge is dropped or subject to some hard physical  
shock  
If the DLTtape drive becomes inoperable after loading a tape  
cartridge  
If you receive a shipment of tape cartridges that show any sign  
of shipping damage  
Follow these steps to visually inspect a DLTtape cartridge:  
1. Remove the tape cartridge from its protective plastic case.  
2. Look at the tape cartridge to check for any obvious cracks or other physical  
damage. Look for broken or missing parts.  
3. Gently shake the tape cartridge. Listen for any rattling or sounds of any  
loose pieces inside the cartridge. ,Iꢀ\RXꢀKHDUꢀDQ\WKLQJꢀORRVHꢀLQVLGHꢌꢀGRꢀQRW  
XVHꢀWKHꢀFDUWULGJH.  
4. Hold the tape cartridge so that the end of the cartridge that is inserted into  
the DLTtape drive is facing you, as shown in Figure E-1. You will see that  
there is a small opening on the left-hand side of the tape cartridge.  
(ꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ %ꢒ 7KH 6XSHU '/7WDSH , &DUWULGJH  
5HHO /RFN 2SHQLQJ  
)LJXUHꢀ(ꢐꢆꢀꢀ/RFDWLRQꢀRIꢀ2QHꢀRIꢀWKHꢀ7ZRꢀ5HHOꢀ/RFNꢀ7DEV  
RQꢀWKHꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
Inside and near the center of this opening, you should see a small plastic  
tab. This is one of the reel locks. The reel locks can break if the cartridge is  
dropped. This may be the cause of any rattling sound you hear when you  
gently shake the tape cartridge. ,IꢀWKLVꢀUHHOꢀORFNꢀWDEꢀLVꢀQRWꢀYLVLEOHꢀGRꢀQRWꢀXVH  
WKHꢀFDUWULGJH.  
5.  
Look at the bottom of the tape cartridge, holding it as shown in Figure E-2.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
(ꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ (  
Spring-Loaded Hub  
Reel Lock  
)LJXUHꢀ(ꢐꢅꢀꢀ/RFDWLRQꢀRIꢀ5HHOꢀ/RFNꢀ2SHQLQJꢀDQGꢀ6SULQJꢐ/RDGHGꢀ+XE  
RQꢀ%RWWRPꢀRIꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ&DUWULGJH  
Check the opening indicated in Figure E-2 and ensure that the small plastic  
tab is partially visible. This is the second reel lock. The reel locks can break  
if the cartridge is dropped. This may be the cause of any rattling sound you  
hear when you gently shake the tape cartridge. ,IꢀWKLVꢀUHHOꢀORFNꢀWDEꢀLVꢀQRW  
YLVLEOHꢀGRꢀQRWꢀXVHꢀWKHꢀFDUWULGJH.  
Also located on the bottom of the tape cartridge is the spring-loaded hub.  
Verify that the hub is centered within the circular opening in the tape  
cartridge. Gently press the hub and make sure that it springs back into place.  
Make sure that it ends up centered within its circular opening.  
(ꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ %ꢒ 7KH 6XSHU '/7WDSH , &DUWULGJH  
6.  
Ensure that the tape leader within the tape cartridge is in the correct  
position. To do this, you must open the tape cartridge door. Refer to  
Figure E-3.  
Le a d e r Lo o p  
)LJXUHꢀ(ꢐꢈꢀꢀ2SHQLQJꢀWKHꢀ'RRUꢀRQꢀDꢀ'/7WDSHꢀ&DUWULGJHꢀ6KRZLQJ  
7DSHꢀ/HDGHUꢀ/RRSꢀLQꢀLWVꢀ&RUUHFWꢀ3RVLWLRQ  
Open the door by holding the DLTtape cartridge as shown in Figure E-3.  
On the right side corner of the tape cartridge there is a small tab in a cut-  
out portion of the cartridge. Using your thumb, gently lift up on the tab and  
swing the door open (Figure E-3).  
Inside the door, you will see the tape and cartridge leader loop. The loop  
should stick up about an eighth of an inch when viewed from the edge; the  
loop must be a closed loop. ,Iꢀ WKHꢀ ORRSꢀ LVꢀ WRUQꢌꢀ EHQWꢌꢀ SXOOHGꢀ LQꢌꢀ RUꢀ QRW  
VWLFNLQJꢀXSꢀDERXWꢀDQꢀHLJKWKꢀRIꢀDQꢀLQFKꢌꢀGRꢀQRWꢀXVHꢀWKHꢀWDSHꢀFDUWULGJHꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
(ꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ (  
7. Figure 4 shows three different tape cartridge loop problems. 1RꢀWDSH  
FDUWULGJHꢀWKDWꢀH[KLELWVꢀWKHꢀSUREOHPVꢀVKRZQꢀLQꢀWKHꢀH[DPSOHVꢀLQꢀ)LJXUHꢀ(ꢐꢃ  
VKRXOGꢀEHꢀXVHGꢀLQꢀDꢀ'/7ꢀWDSHꢀV\VWHP.  
)LJXUHꢀ(ꢐꢃꢀꢀ7KUHHꢀ([DPSOHVꢀRIꢀ7DSHꢀ&DUWULGJHVꢀZLWKꢀ'DPDJH  
9LVLEOHꢀ'XULQJꢀ9LVXDOꢀ,QVSHFWLRQ  
(ꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ %ꢒ 7KH 6XSHU '/7WDSH , &DUWULGJH  
8. Finally, check for proper operation of the tape cartridge’s Write Protect  
Switch (Figure E-5). This sliding switch, located on the end of the tape  
cartridge used for the tape label, should snap smartly back and forth, and  
the orange tab should be visible when the tape cartridge is set to provide  
Write Protection (data on the tape cannot be written over).  
:ULWH 3URWHFW  
6ZLWFK  
)LJXUHꢀ(ꢐꢇꢀꢀ/RFDWLRQꢀRIꢀ:ULWHꢀ3URWHFWꢀ6ZLWFK  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
(ꢎꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ (  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
(ꢎꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
F. Timeout Specifications for  
DLT8000 Tape System SCSI  
Commands  
7KLV DSSHQGL[ SURYLGHV WKH WLPHRXW VSHFLILFDWLRQV IRU WKH 6&6, FRPPDQGV VXSSRUWHG E\ WKH  
'/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ WDSH V\VWHPꢂ  
&RPPDQG  
7LPHRXW  
6 hours (for overwriting the entire tape)  
500 milliseconds  
16 minutes  
ERASE  
INQUIRY  
LOAD / UNLOAD  
LOCATE  
6 hours  
LOG SELECT  
LOG SENSE  
MODE SELECT  
MODE SENSE  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION IN  
PERSISTENT RESERVATION OUT  
PREVENT / ALLOW MEDIA REMOVAL  
READ  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
1 hour  
READ BLOCK LIMITS  
READ BUFFER  
500 milliseconds  
3 minutes  
READ POSITION  
RECEIVE DIAGNOSTICS  
RELEASE UNIT  
REPORT DENSITY SUPPORT  
REPORT LUNS  
REQUEST SENSE  
5(6(59( 81,7  
5(:,1'  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
500 milliseconds  
4 minutes  
6(1' ',$*1267,&6  
63$&(  
7(67 81,7 5($'<  
9(5,)<  
20 minutes  
6 hours (Directory may need rebuilding)  
500 milliseconds  
1 hour  
:5,7(  
1 hour  
:5,7( %8))(5 ꢇ8SGDWH )/$6+ꢈ  
:5,7( ),/(0$5$  
10 minutes  
1 hour  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
)ꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ )  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
)ꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
G. DLT7000 Emulation Feature  
7KLV DSSHQGL[ SURYLGHV LQIRUPDWLRQ DERXW XVLQJ WKH '/7ꢋꢁꢁꢁ HPXODWLRQ IHDWXUH RQ D  
'/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ WDSH GULYHꢂ ,W LQFOXGHV LQIRUPDWLRQ DERXW ZKDW WKH IHDWXUH LVꢌ FRPSDUHV WKH IHDWXUH  
ZLWK DFWXDO '/7ꢋꢁꢁꢁ WDSH GULYH FDSDELOLW\ꢌ DQG H[SODLQV KRZ WR HQDEOH WKH HPXODWLRQ  
IHDWXUHꢂ  
DLT7000 emulation is a feature that has been included in the DLT8000 tape  
drive’s firmware. It allows a host to operate a DLT8000 tape drive with this  
emulation feature enabled to function as a DLT7000 tape drive, emulating the  
DLT7000 tape drive’s performance, capacity, and SCSI bus communication. Note,  
however, that some minor differences will exist so that emulation of a DLT7000  
drive is not exact; those differences will be described in this Appendix.  
When in DLT7000 emulation mode, the DLT8000 tape drive identifies itself over  
the SCSI bus as a DLT7000 tape drive, even though it will still support the  
additional SCSI-3 commands not supported by a genuine DLT7000 drive. This will  
not present a problem, though, since those commands should not be invoked in a  
DLT7000 drive’s environment anyway. Running in DLT7000 emulation mode, a  
DLT8000 drive will have a capacity of 35 GB (native) and a transfer rate of 5  
MB/second.  
Applications will be able to distinguish between a DLT7000 drive and a DLT8000  
drive in DLT7000 emulation mode over the SCSI Bus via the “Product Family”  
code returned in the SCSI INQUIRY command’s Vendor Unique Bytes. Once  
enabled, the DLT7000 emulation setting will be retained even across power cycles  
in the tape drive.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
*ꢎꢃ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ *  
*ꢅꢋꢅ  
(QDEOLQJꢀDQGꢀ&OHDULQJꢀWKHꢀ'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈ  
(PXODWLRQꢀ)HDWXUH  
&$87,21  
8VHꢀ([WUHPHꢀ&DXWLRQꢀZKHQꢀHQDEOLQJꢀWKHꢀ'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀHPXODWLRQꢀIHDWXUHꢃ  
WKHꢀ'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀHPXODWLRQꢀPRGHꢀFKDQJHVꢀWKHꢀRSHUDWLRQꢀRIꢀWKHꢀWDSHꢀGULYH  
DQGꢀIXQGDPHQWDOO\ꢀFKDQJHVꢀWKHꢀZD\ꢀGDWDꢀDQGꢀPHGLDꢀDUHꢀKDQGOHGꢅ  
• Do NOT enable/clear the DLT7000 emulation feature with a tape  
cartridge loaded in the tape drive.  
• Do NOT enable/clear the DLT7000 emulation feature while the  
drive is in operation.  
1.  
Enable and clear the DLT7000 emulation mode via the SCSI bus by  
changing the EMUL7K_MODE parameter (in EEPROM) on the Vendor  
Unique EEPROM Parameter Page.  
•
When EMUL7K_MODE is set to ꢎ, DLT7000 emulation is enabled on  
the drive.  
•
When EMUL7K_MODE set to ꢏ, it restores the drive to standard  
DLT8000 operation.  
2.  
After the DLT7000 Emulation Mode feature has been enabled, it is critical  
that you reinitialize the SCSI bus interfaceꢀusing one of the following  
methods:  
•
•
Issue a bus reset (this resets all devices on the bus);  
Issue the Advanced SCSI Programming Interface (ASPI, an interface  
specification for sending commands to SCSI host adapters) Device  
Reset command 6&6,B5(6(7B'(9 (this resets the specific device  
changed); or  
•
Issue the ASPI command 65%ꢀ&200$1'5(6&$1%86, as  
described in the Win 32 ASPI Specification.  
*ꢎꢄ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ &ꢒ 7KH '/7WDSH ,9 &DUWULGJH  
*ꢅꢌꢅ  
:KDWꢀ<RXꢀ6KRXOGꢀEQRZꢀ$ERXWꢀWKHꢀ'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈ  
(PXODWLRQꢀ)HDWXUH  
A DLT8000 tape system running with DLT7000 emulation enabled does not  
“become” a DLT7000 system, nor does it retain all of the features of a DLT8000  
system. Here are the differences:  
1. A DLT8000 tape drive with DLT7000 emulation enabled has the capability of  
writing and reading 10 GB, 15 GB, 20 GB and 35 GB formats. It will not  
support the 2.6 GB and 6.0 GB formats supported by a “real” DLT7000  
system, however. The DLT8000 system hardware cannot support these  
formats.  
2. On a READ operation, a DLT8000 system with DLT7000 emulation enabled  
will reject any tape written in 40 GB format, reporting a Medium Error with no  
illumination of the cleaning light. Writing from Beginning of Tape (BOT) is  
allowed, with 35 GB format as default.  
3. Selection of 40 GB format from the front panel, the library port, or the SCSI  
bus interface is disabled by the DLT7000 emulation feature.  
4. By design, DLT8000 tape drives do not include an audio indicator (“beep”) as  
a signal for tape unloading. Running the drive with DLT7000 emulation  
enabled will not provide an audio indicator.  
5. There are differences in the Power On Self Test (POST) for a DLT7000 and a  
DLT8000 with DLT7000 emulation enabled. DLT7000 drives run a minimized  
POST due to the amount of available memory within the drives. DLT8000  
drives, even with DLT7000 emulation enabled, have sufficient memory  
available to run the full POST image.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
*ꢎꢅ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ *  
*ꢅꢉꢅ  
9HULI\LQJꢀ3URGXFWꢀ)DPLO\ꢀYLDꢀWKHꢀ6&6,ꢀ%XV  
You can verify a DLTtape system’s product family via the SCSI Bus. The  
following table describes the information returned by the SCSI command  
INQUIRY. The contents of the Product Family bits (byte 4, bits 4 – 7) of the  
INQUIRY command’s Subsystem Components Revision Page (C1h). A DLT8000  
running with DLT7000 emulation enabled will return a Product Family code of  
09h.  
3URGXFW  
3URGXFWꢀ,'ꢓ  
3URGXFWꢀ)DPLO\  
DLT7000  
DLT8000  
DLT8000 with DLT7000  
Emulation Enabled  
“DLT7000”  
“DLT8000”  
“DLT7000”  
7
8
9
*The product ID is dependent on the Firmware Personality.  
Note that the Product ID of a DLT8000 system running with DLT7000 emulation  
enabled is reported as a DLT7000. The Product Family code, however, is reported  
as 9, indicating that emulation is enabled.  
*ꢎꢆ7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ &ꢒ 7KH '/7WDSH ,9 &DUWULGJH  
*ꢅꢍꢅ  
6&6,ꢀ%XVꢀ'LIIHUHQFHV  
The table below illustrates the SCSI bus differences between a DLT7000 system, a  
DLT8000 system, and a DLT8000 system with DLT7000 emulation enabled.  
SCSI opcodes that exist for a DLT7000 drive will have an identical response on a  
DLT8000 drive with emulation enabled. Note that SCSI opcodes that are not  
compatible with a “real” DLT7000 drive DUH supported by a DLT8000 drive in  
DLT7000 emulation mode.  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYHꢀZLWKꢀ'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈ  
'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
(PXODWLRQꢀ(QDEOHG  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
(only reports supported  
formats)  
5(3257ꢀ'(16,7<  
&RPPDQG  
Not supported  
Not supported  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
5(3257ꢀ/816  
&RPPDQG  
3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59(  
,1ꢀ&RPPDQG  
3(56,67(17ꢀ5(6(59(  
287ꢀ&RPPDQG  
,148,5<ꢀ&RPPDQG  
Œ CmdDTbit  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
,148,5<ꢀ'DWD  
Œ Product Identification  
“DLT7000”  
(Personality  
dependent)  
“DLT8000”  
(Personality  
dependent)  
“DLT7000”  
(Personality dependent)  
7 (35.0/70.0 GB)  
8 (40.0/80.0 GB) 9 (35.0/70.0 GB)  
Œ Product Family  
,148,5<ꢀ9LWDOꢀ3URGXFW  
'DWDꢀ3DJHꢀꢔꢉ+  
Œ IEEE Identifier  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
*ꢎꢉ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ *  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYHꢀZLWK  
'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀ(PXODWLRQ  
(QDEOHG  
'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢀꢀ&RPPDQG  
•
Density Code Field  
'/7ꢋꢁꢁꢁ ꢎ 6XSSRUWHG  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Not Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
DLT8000 - Supported '/7ꢋꢁꢁꢁ ꢎ 6XSSRUWHG  
0x00 Default  
0x17 2.6 GB  
0x18 6.0 GB  
0x19 10/15GB  
0x1A 20GB  
0x1B 35GB  
0x41 40GB  
0x80 10/15GB no compress  
0x81 20/30GB compress *  
0x82 20GB no compress  
0x83 40GB compress *  
0x84 35GB no compress  
0x85 70GB compress *  
0x88 40GB no compress  
0x89 80GB compress*  
* assuming 2:1 compression  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Not Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Not Supported  
Not Supported  
02'(ꢀ6(/(&7 &RPPDQG  
•
Speed Field  
Allows only 0 to be  
selected  
Allows 0,1,2,3 to be  
selected  
Allows only 0 to be  
selected  
02'(ꢀ6(/(&7ꢒ6(16(  
&RPPDQGV  
•
EEPROM Vendor-  
Unique Page (3Eh)  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported (EEPROM  
parameters may be  
different)  
/2*ꢀ6(16(ꢀ&RPPDQG  
DLT7000 Format  
Support  
DLT8000 Format  
Support  
DLT8000 Format  
Support  
•
Last n Events Log  
Page (07h)  
•
Device Status Page  
(3Eh) Drive Temp.  
Parameter  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
ꢇFRQWLQXHGꢈ  
*ꢎꢊ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ &ꢒ 7KH '/7WDSH ,9 &DUWULGJH  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYHꢀZLWK  
'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀ(PXODWLRQ  
'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
(QDEOHG  
3DJHꢀ&ꢋK  
• Vendor Unique  
DLT7000 Format  
Support  
DLT8000 Format  
Support  
DLT8000 Format Support  
(Product Family 0x09)  
5($'ꢀ326,7,21  
&RPPDQG  
• Long Format Bit  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
SEND DIAGNOSTIC  
Com m a nd  
•
Run Basic Health  
Check (BHC) Pattern  
Number  
Not supported  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Detailed Unit Attention  
ASCQs for Resets  
*ꢅꢎꢅ  
)URQWꢀ3DQHOꢀ'LIIHUHQFHV  
The table below describes the difference between the front panels of a “real”  
DLT7000 drive, a DLT8000 drive, and a DLT8000 drive with DLT7000 emulation  
enabled.  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀZLWKꢀ'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈ  
'/7ꢑꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
'/7ꢔꢈꢈꢈꢀ'ULYH  
(PXODWLRQꢀ(QDEOHG  
'HQVLW\ꢀ6HOHFW  
40GB  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Selection Not Available  
Selection Not Available  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Supported  
Selection Not Available  
Selection Not Available  
35GB  
20GB  
10/15GB  
6.0GB  
2.6GB  
Not supported  
Supported  
Supported  
5XQꢀ%+&ꢀ7HVW  
127(  
DLT8000 Front Panel  
The 40/80 GB density light and selection are not available when a  
DLT8000 drive is running in DLT7000 emulation mode. The 40/80 GB  
density selection is skipped in the selection sequence.  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
*ꢎꢋ  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7DQGEHUJ 'DWD  
$SSHQGL[ *  
7KLVꢀ3DJHꢀ,QWHQWLRQDOO\ꢀ/HIWꢀ%ODQN  
*ꢎꢀ  
7DQGEHUJ '/7ꢀꢁꢁꢁ 3URGXFW 0DQXDO  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
www.tandberg.com  
Part No. 42 22 54-01  
Publ. N0.  
January  
9158-1  
2001  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Adaptec Personal Computer T645UK User Manual
ADTRAN Network Card 3010 HTU C User Manual
Alcatel Lucent Switch CAR2888080520 User Manual
Allied Telesis Switch AT 8800 Series User Manual
Altinex Stereo Amplifier DA1921SX User Manual
Analog Devices Automobile SSM2166 User Manual
Atlantis Land Switch A04 H401 User Manual
Atmel Computer Hardware ATmega324PA User Manual
Axor Plumbing Product 10313001 User Manual
Behringer Portable Speaker TRUTHB2030A User Manual